Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutReport (2) 72nd & Dartmouth Apartments fire sprinkler product submittal Section 1 Sprinkler heads: Victaulic V2740 - residential semi recessed pendant sprinkler, white. Located in all residential units. Victaulic V2738 — residential semi recessed sidewall sprinkler, white. Located in residential units on the south podium level Victaulic V2710 — standard semi recessed sidewall sprinkler, brass. Located under stair landings, and elevator pit. Victaulic V2708 — standard semi recessed pendant sprinkler, white. Located at back of house areas. Victaulic V2704 — standard upright sprinkler, brass. Located in parking structure and storage areas. Victaulic V3416 — extended coverage sidewall sprinkler, brass. Located in stairwells. Victaulic V3402 — standard upright sprinkler, brass. Located in future TI spaces. Victaulic V3610 — dry sidewall sprinkler, sleeve and skirt trim, white. Located at residential balconys. Reliable LT56 RA5814 — extended coverage semi recessed pendant, white. Located in corridors. Tyco CC3 TY3199 — combustible concealed space upright sprinkler, brass. Located in attic space. Tyco TY3338 — extended coverage dry sidewall, sleeve and skirt trim, white. Located south level 5 patio deck. Tyco TY5337 — extended coverage sidewall, brass. Located in parking structure, and south building electrical vault. Reliable — extended coverage sidewall, Unit patios FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS-AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 40.47 V27, K4.9 a 1 es SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS Residential Pendent and Recessed Pendent V2740 QUICK RESPONSE This Model V27 residential sprinkler is designed to meet the requirements of NFPA 13, 13D and 13R for residential use in a variety of room sizes,depending upon available operating pressure and room configuration.The design incorporates state-of-the-art,heat responsive, frangible glass bulb design(quick response)for prompt, precise operation. The die cast frame is more streamlined and attractive than traditional sand cast frames. <EP It is cast with a hex-shaped wrench boss to allow easy tightening from many angles, f reducing assembly effort.This sprinkler is available in various finishes to meet many design requirements. PENDENT (V2740) SPRINKLER OPERATION: The operating mechanism is a frangible glass bulb which contains a heat responsive liquid. During a fire,the ambient temperature rises causing the liquid in the bulb to expand.When the ambient temperature reaches the rated temperature of the sprinkler,the bulb shatters.As a result,the waterway is cleared of all sealing parts and water is discharged towards the deflector.The deflector is designed to distribute the water in a pattern that is most effective in controlling the fire. • COVERAGE: Residential spray coverage up to 20 feet x 20 feet/6.1 m x 6.1 m room sizes per NFPA. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Model:V2740 ACCESSORIES Style:Pendent and Recessed Pendent Installation Wrench: ..�'j Nominal Orifice Size:?t'/12mm • Open End:V27 +✓ K-Factor:4.9 Imp./7.1 S.I^for room sizes up to Recessed:V27-1 20'J6.1 m Sprinkler Finishes: Nominal Thread Size:v' NPT/15mm • Plain brass Max.Working Pressure: 175 psi/1200 kPa • Chrome plated r��\ Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% 500 psi/ White painted** 3450kPa • Custom painted** �_� �� Min.Operating Pressure:7 psi/48kPa For escutcheons,cabinets and other accessories Temperature Rating:See chart on page 3 efer to separate sheet. ��� rIpli...)) A For K-Factor when pressure is measured in • • MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Bar, multiply S.I.units by 10.0. Pendent Deflector:Bronze per UNS C51000 *Teflon is a registered trademark of Bulb:Glass with glycerin solution Dupont Co. Bulb Nominal Diameter: UL Listed for corrosion resistance in all F� • Quick Response:3.Omm Load Screw:Bronze per UNS C65100 configurations. Pip Cap:Bronze per UNS C65100 NOTE:Weather resistant recessed escutcheon available upon request. •a'a Seal:Teflon*tape t± �� �� Frame: Die cast brass 65-30 a Exaggerated for clarity JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com �• VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.C 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. rCtat.Jl'1\i REV_E 40.47_i FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS-AUTOMATIC SPRINKLF2 40.47 V27, K4.9 Residential Pendent and Recessed Pendent V2740 QUICK RESPONSE • APPROVALS/LISTINGS Orifice Nominal Approved Temperature Ratings Mocel Sire K-Factor Response Deflector Type °Fit Inches Imperial min S.I.^ cULus V2740 'AO 4.9 Quick Pendent 155,175 12 7.1 68,79 V2740 '�fi 4,9 Quick Recessed Pendent 155,175 12 71 Up to'/z"Adjustment" 68,79 V2740 Ylfi 4.9 Quick Recessed Pendent 155,175 12 7.1 Up to%'Adjustment# 68,79 #Listings and approval as of printing. A For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I,units by 10.0. "For 12'x 12'to 20'x 20'rooms #For 12'x 12'to 18'x 18'rooms RATINGS All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from-67°F/-55°C to those shown in table below. Temperature— Fl C Victaulic --- Sprinkler Temperature I Part Nominal Temperature Maximum Ambient Classification Identification Rating Temperature Allowed Glass Bulb Color Ordinary 155 138 F,,d Intermediate I 175 165o Yellow ORDERING INFORMATION Please specify the following when ordering: Sprinkler Model Number Style Temperature Rating K-Factor Thread Size Quantity Sprinkler Finish Escutcheon Finish Wrench Model Number • www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.SD2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. jctaUI1C 40.47 2 REV_E FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS-AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 40.47 • V27, K4.9 Residential Pendent and Recessed Pendent V2740 QUICK RESPONSE WARNING • Always read and understand installation,care,and maintenance instructions,supplied with each box of sprinklers, before proceeding with installation of any sprinklers. c • Always wear safety glasses and foot protection. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install,remove,or adjust any Victaulic piping products. • Installation rules,especially those governing obstruction,must be strictly followed. • Painting,plating,or any re-coating of sprinklers(other than that 0 supplied by Victaulic)is not allowed. Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury and/or property damage. The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the current National Fire Protection Association pamphlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler / \ systems. In addition,the authority having jurisdiction may have addi- \ tional maintenance,testing,and inspection requirements that must be �r�7� followed. If you If you need additional copies of this publication,or if you have any questions about the safe installation of this product,contact Victaulic World Headquarters:P.O.Box 31, Easton, Pennsylvania 18044-0031 USA,Telephone:001-610-559-3300. • AVAILABLE WRENCHES Sprinkler Type Open End Recessed `1_740 Pendent .s V27-2 b2740 Recessed Pendent — V27-2 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.02013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 11(.'1'•a V lIa REV_E 40.47_3 FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS-AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 40.47 V27, K4.9 Residential Pendent and Recessed Pendent V2740 QUICK RESPONSE DIMENSIONS Standard Pendent-V2740 M7 23/4"/ rill 60 min 4T mm � t 1 1v/ 30 mm Maximum Recess-1"Adjustment Recessed-V2740(drawing not to scale) 2Yd0 mm Max.76 Hale — 2751 mm y � �Min.Hole ni/ "We 30 m/ ' i i f f _ w._ } ICI`I 1�1�� } 17 mm TYPica'.Ceiling Tile m I`� Typical Ceiling Tile uy43 mmWillill Finished Surface 30+mII Finished Surface MAXIMUM RECESS 2'iFi'/ 75 mere MAXIMUM EXTENSION Maximum Recess-a/a"Adjustment Recessed-V2740(drawing not to scale) 2b4'/60 ran Max Hole 2"/51 mere Min.Hole 1 = 'i5s"/ ,S./ 37mm 1 24 mm le mm '�� ' � i Typical Ceiling Tile + •','=I1'Iff. �PIETA Typical Ceiling Tile t VW 116'/ Flashed Surface 24 mm tl Finished Surface 43 ma) MAXIMUM RECESS 75 mm MAXIMUM EXTENSION www.victaulic.com jCtalllia VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.02013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 40.47_4 REV_E FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS-AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 40.47 V27, K4.9 Residential Pendent and Recessed Pendent V2740 QUICK RESPONSE ROOM SIZE Victaulic V2740,4.9 K-Factor Pendent Sprinkler For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D 2013 Editions Max. Ordinary Temp Intermediate Temp Coverage i Rating ! Rating Deflector to Installation Minimum Aream 155 F/68 C 175°F/79°C Ceiling Type Spacing Flow'hi r Pressure 1 Flow1e 1 Pressure" Fl.x Ft- GPM PSI GPM PSI Pt m x in Lire n liar Limn bar ni 12X12 13 70 13 7.0 3.7 X 3.7 49.2 0.48 49.2 0.48 14X14 13 70 13 7.0 4.3 X 4.3 49.2 0.48 49.2 0.48 ke recessed 16 X 16 13 70 13 7,0 Escutcheonl°r 8.0 4.9 X 4.9 49.2 048 49,2 pqg 11e to 4 inch or non-recessed 2.4 per NFPA 13,13R 18 X 18 17 12 17 12 or 1312 5.5 X 5.5 64.3 0 83 64.3 0.83 I 20 X 20 20 16.7 20 167 11 6.1 X 6.1 75.7 1.15 75.7 1.15 (a)For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated,use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. (b)For NFPA 13 residential applications,the greater of 0.1gpm/fta over the design area of the flow in accordance with the criteria in the table must be used. (c) For 20 x 20 Coverage Area-Y2.Maximum Recess • www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY®2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. jCt.'ditJllCP REV_E 40.47_5 FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS—AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 40.47 V27, K4.9 Residential Pendent and Recessed Pendent V2740 QUICK RESPONSE WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. • NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com 40.47 4525 REV E UPDATED 04/2013 ictaUlid VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.C 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 40.47 FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS—AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 40.54 V27, K4.2 US,ED SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS Residential Horizontal Sidewall, Recessed Horizontal Sidewall V2738 QUICK RESPONSE i L ,`. These Model V2738 residential sprinklers are designed to meet the requirements of the 2002 ; 0 Y ,;; ,. i ., or later NFPA 13, 13D and 13R for residential use.The Model V2738 is UL Listed for use J� under smooth flat horizontal ceilings.The design incorporates stateof-the-art,heat responsive, ‘ frangible glass bulb design(quick response)for prompt,precise operation. The die cast frame is more streamlined and attractive than traditional sand cast frames. It HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL RECESSED (V273H1 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL is cast with a hex-shaped wrench boss to allow easy tightening from many angles, reducing tv2731D assembly effort.This sprinkler is available in various finishes to meet many design requirements. •SPRINKLER OPERATION: The operating mechanism is a frangible glass bulb which contains a heat responsive liquid. During a fire,the ambient temperature rises causing the liquid in the bulb to expand.When the ambient tem- perature reaches the rated temperature of the sprinkler,the bulb shatters.As a result,the waterway is cleared of all sealing parts and water is discharged towards the deflector.The deflector is designed to distribute the water in a pattern that is most effective in controlling the fire. COVERAGE: Residential spray coverage up to 320sq.ft./29.9sq.m room sizes per NFPA. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Models:V2738 Accessories Style: Residential Horizontal Installation Wrench: Sidewall and Recessed Horizontal • Open End:V27 Sidewall • Recessed:V27-2 ''__ Nominal Orifice Size:,/�6'/12mm Sprinkler Finishes: K-Factor:4.21mp./6.1S.1^ • Plain brass � i ---� Nominal Thread Size: I"NPT/15mm Chrome plated .at)„10�; ., />, Max.Working Pressure: 175 psi/1200 kPa • White painted** ,/ ,^j V Factory Hydrostatic Test: • Custom painted** / :' ` 100% 1500psi/3450kPa For escutcheons,cabinets and other accessories % Min.Operating Pressure:7psi/48 kPa refer to separate sheet. �� Temperature Rating:See chart on page 2 NOTE Weather resistant recessed escutcheons Material Specifications available upon request. Deflector:Bronze per UNS C51000 ^ For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bulb:Glass with glycerin solution. Bar,multiply S.I. units by 10.0. Bulb Nominal Diameter: * Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. • Quick Response:3.0mm **UL Listed for corrosion resistance. Load Screw:Bronze per UNS C65100 Pip Cap: Bronze per UNS C65100 Spring:Beryllium nickel Seal:Teflon*tape Frame:Die cast brass 65-30 Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel per UNS S30200 JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.®2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. iIV'ta V Illu REV_D 40.54_1 FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS—AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 40.54 V27, K4.2 Residential Horizontal Sidewall,Recessed Horizontal Sidewall V2738 QUICK RESPONSE APPROVALS/LISTINGS Orrlice Nominal Approved Temperature Model Size 8-Factor Response Deflector Type Ratings°F/°C t Inches i Imperial Standard "s. «w .^. xx xr+.+w+.• mm S.1.^ or Quick cULus NYC/MFAt CSFM V2738 'TB 42 155,175 155,175 155,175 11 6.1 Quick Horizontal Sidewall 68,79 68J9 68,79 V2758 ' Quick I 155,175 155,175 155,175 'Or, 42 Recessed Horizontal 5idewa 11 61 Up to "Adjustment 68,79 68,79 68,79 # Listings and approval as of printing. A For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0. t MEA#62-99-E. RATINGS All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from—67'F/-55°C to those shown in table below. Victaulic --- Temperature- F/C Sprinkler Temperature Part Nominal Temperature Maximum Ambient Classification Identification Rating Temperature Allowed Glass Bulb Color 155 100 Or-inur� - 68 38 [lad 175 150 Intermediate 79 66 Yellow ORDERING INFORMATION Please specify the following when ordering: Sprinkler Model Number Style .. . Temperature Rating K-Factor Thread Size Quantity Sprinkler Finish Escutcheon Finish Wrench Model Number VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.®2013 VICTAUUC COMPANY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. �A"..t.BUlliC`a 40.54_2 REV_D FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS—AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 40.54 V27, K4.2 Residential Horizontal Sidewall, Recessed Horizontal Sidewall V2738 QUICK RESPONSE WARNING A A WARNING - I • Always read and understand installation,care,and maintenance instructions, supplied with each box of sprinklers,before proceeding with installation of any sprinklers. C • Always wear safety glasses and foot protection. i::: • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove,or adjust any Victaulic piping products. • Installation rules,especially those governing obstruction, must be strictly followed. • Painting, plating,or any re-coating of sprinklers(other than that sup- plied by Victaulic)is not allowed. Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury and/or property damage. The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and ' devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the current National Fire Protection Association pamphlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler I/ I systems. In addition,the authority having jurisdiction may have addi- tional maintenance,testing, and inspection requirements that must be W7�r followed. w If you need additional copies of this publication,or if you have any questions about the safe installation of this product, contact Victaulic World Headquarters: P.O. Box 31, Easton, Pennsylvania 18044-0031 USA,Telephone:001-610-559-3300. AVAILABLE WRENCHES Sprinkler Type Open End Recessed V2738-No escutcheon V27 V27-2 . . .....- ..-...-.. . V2738-With escutcheon — V27-2 www.vicfaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISIEREU TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.02013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. tctalulid REV D 40.54_3 FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS—AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 40.54 V27, K4.2 Residential Horizontal Sidewall,Recessed Horizontal Sidewall V2738 QUICK RESPONSE DIMENSIONS 2 314'(70mm) 2"(51mm) R.aldelWal HOW.V2736 lyra--.7,.. T/16' (11mm)1 1 WV ,...„......i (C m) *VI I 1— " ' 1 eilit Figure 1—3"Adjustment Recessed—V2738(drawing not to scale) 1 7/16 1 5/15' 111 9/1ff'(14mm) (37mm) (33mm) (56m (55mm) Finished Ceilingpe ,00„yJ Finished Ceiling (102-305mm) I A (102-305mm) I A E .E irf_J1l�ll��ll����� 2'(61mm) 2316"(60mm) 215/15' ��,///��� Ii1111111���1 !/� Ilillllry Min.Hole MaK.Hole (TSmm) 7/— „La ill�llilll ' I Finished Surface 1 Finished Surface Typical Wall 1 1 Typical Wall MAXIMUM EXTENSION MAXIMUM RECESS VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.C 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED- Jctaulla 40.54_4 REV_D FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS-AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 40.54 V27, K4.2 Residential Horizontal Sidewall, Recessed Horizontal Sidewall V2738 QUICK RESPONSE ROOM SIZE Victaulic V2738,4.2 K-Factor Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D 2013 Editions Max.Coaerago Area I Ordinary Temp Intermediate Temp Top of Width X Max. Rating Rating Deflector to Installation Minimum Length1r° Spacing 155°F/68 C 175'F/79 C Ceiling Type Spacing "" - . " loY` ""�'Prescu re Flowl^� 'e o.eio 't -•Pressure Ft.x Ft. Ft. GPM PSI GPM PSI Ft -�. m x m nr L{min bar Urn bar Ell 12 X 12 I 12 14 11.1 14 11 1 3.7 X 3.7 3.7 53.0 0.76 53.0 - 0.76 14 X 14 14 14 11.1 14 11.1 4.3 X 4.3 ' 4.3 53.0 0.76 53.0 0 76 16X16 16 17 164 17 16.4 4to6inches 4.9 X4.9 4.9 644 1.13 64.4 1.13 16 X 18 16 19 20.5 19 20.5 4.9 X 5.5 4.9 72.0 1.4 72.0 14 16 X 20 16 23 30.0 23 30,0 , 3/a'recessed 4.9X61 4.9 87.1 2.1 87.1 2.1 using 8.0 ..__. _... Escutcheon or 24 12 X 12 12 15 12.8 15 12.8 non-recessed per 37 X 3.7 3.7 56.8 088 568 0.88 NFPA 13, 14X14 14 17 164 17 16.4 13R or 13D 4 3 X 4.3 4.3 64.4 1.13 64.4 1.13 16X16 16 19 20.5 19 20.5 6to 12 inches 49 X4.9 4.9 720 14 72.0 1.4 16X18 16 24 326 . 24 326 4.9 X 5.5 4.9 90.8 2.25 90.8 ' 2.25 16X20 16 28 444 28 444 4.9 X 6.1 4.9 106.0 3.06 106.0 3.06 (a)For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated,use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. (b)For NFPA 13 residential applications,the greater of 0.1gpm/ft2 over the design area of the flow in accordance with the criteria in the table must be used. (c)The Width X Length dimension refers to the Width(backwall where the sprinkler is located)times the Length(horizontal throw of sprinkler) www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY 0 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. �II'rt'd1L1li1(~i REV_D 40.54 5 FireLock® V27, K5.6 Jcta„lic° Models V2709,V2710 40.11 Standard Spray Technical Specifications: Horizontal and Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Standard and Quick Response Models:V2709, V271O Style: Horizontal Sidewall or Recessed Horizontal Sidewall = 4 * Nominal Orifice Size: V2"/13 mm K Factor: 5.6 Imp./8.1 S.L1 Nominal Thread Size: 1715 mm V2709/V2710 V2709/V2710 Max. Working Pressure: Standard Horizontal Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sidewall • 175 psi/1200 kPa (FM) • 250 psi/1725 kPa (UL) Approvals/Listings: Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% @ 500 psi/3450 kPa OMin. Operating Pressure: �� us <C> C �STFD • 7 psi/48 kPa See Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details. Temperature Rating: See chart on page 3 .------- -------- -------------------- ------ ---- 'For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0. Product Description: These Model V27, standard spray horizontal sidewall sprinklers are designed for up to ordinary Hazard per NFPA 13, and can be used for standard or recessed y�J� installations. The design provides a crescent-shaped water discharge pattern for installation along a wall or under a beam or ceiling. It is cast with a hex-shaped wrench boss to allow easy tightening from many angles, reducing assembly effort. This sprinkler is available in various temperature ratings (see chart on page 3) and finishes to meet many design requirements. The recessed pendent should be utilized with a Model V27 414 recessed escutcheon which provides up to 3/4"/19 mm of �JIJ adjustments. eN \ �i�..l • Coverage For coverage area and sprinkler placement, refer to NFPA 13 or applicable standard. Exaggerated for clarity Job/Owner Engineer System No. Spec Section Location Paragraph Contractor Approved Submitted By Date Cate victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.11 40.11 2545 Rev.K Updated 07/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 fctaul,c` victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock'I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.11 Material Specifications: Accessories .......... Horizontal Deflector: Commercial bronze per Installation Wrench: UNS C22OOO Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution ❑ Open End: V27 Bulb Nominal Diameter: ❑ Recessed: V27-2 ❑ Standard: 5.0 mm Sprinkler Finishes: U Quick Response: 3.0 mm Plain Brass Load Screw: Low Silicon bronze per UNS C651OO ❑ Chrome plated Pip Cap: Low Silicon bronze per UNS C651OO ❑ White polyester coated3 Spring: Beryllium nickel ❑ Flat black painted3 Seal: Teflon2 tape ❑ Custom painted3 Frame: Die cast brass 65-30 ❑ Proprietary Nickel/Teflon2 coating3 Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel per UNS S3O2OO ❑ VC-2504 155, 200, 286 SR Only: ❑ Wax3 For cabinets and other accessories refer to separate sheet. NOTE:Weather resistant recessed escutcheon available upon request. 4 Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. UL Listed for corrosion resistance. 4 UL Listed and FM Approved for corrosion resistance. 40.11 2545 Rev.N Updated 07/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ictaulic° victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLocke I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.11 Approvals/Listings: APPROVALS/LISTINGS Model V2709 V2709 Recessed V2710 V2710 Recessed l V2710 Recessed Orifice Size(inches) 1/2" J - 1/2" '/2° '/2" 1 Orifice Size(mm) 13 13 13 13 13 Nominal K Factor Imperial 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 I Nominal K Factor S.I.5 8.1 • 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 Response Standard Standard Quick Quick _ Quick I Recessed Recessed Horizontal Recessed Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Deflector Type Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall Sidewall(up to Sidewall(up to Sidewall' '/"adjustment) '/a"adjustment) Approved Temperature Ratings F°/C° 135°F/57°C I 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C c ULus 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175°Fl79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C • 135°F/57°C I 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C l 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C FM a 175°F/79°C None 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 200°F/93°C • 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C I 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68"C 155°F/68°C 1551768°C NYC/MEA 6#62-99-E 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C ii. CSFM 6#7690-0531:112 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286°Fl141°C 135°F/57°C• 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C LPCB 6104b/01 175°F/79°C None 175°F/79°C None None 61046/02 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C '.. 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C • 360°F/182°C • 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135'F/57°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C VNIIPO 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 775°F/79°C 175°F/79°C None 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C CCCf ZSTBS None None None None 155"F/68°C For K Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0 6 Light Hazard ONLY Note:Listings and Approvals as of printing.All are approved open. 40.11 2545 Rev.K Updated 07/2014 ®2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ictaulic victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock* I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.11 Dimensions: 3"/89 mm -� 2%i'/57 mm f 1'iIIIi mm __ _�11 mm m 32 m 1'al Standard HSW-V2709,V2710 r 2N47 1117,,, 1'Ne/ 1N:/ y5566mmrn �py�p 43 mm 30 mm d 4-127102-305 mm Finished Ceiling PO Flmshed Gelling 4-12'/102 305 mm Pe,TNFPA IA Pet NFPA I --ill 2751 mm 23W/60 mm .,Ae7 5� �1,' ' 2751 mm 2W/60 mm l� 1 II Min.Hole Max.Hole �^ IS mm l� �1 Min.Hole Max Hole �i 1 ir Finished Surface IF Finished Sudac- I I—Typical Wall `-Typical Wall MAXIMUM EXTENSION MAXIMUM RECESS VZ"Adjustment Recessed-V2709,V2710(drawing not to scale) lief 24 mm r 23167 M.'/18 mm IN!! fill'/ 56 mm 37 mm 33mm 1 Finished ceiling Flmshed Ceding 4-1Z/102-305 mm 4-I7/1J2-305mm Per NIFFA Per NFPA I 2751mm 2W/60mm 217 2751 mm 235760mm Mn. 34 Hole Max1Mr,Hole 75 mm M .Hole Max.Hole i Finished Surface Fnished 5wlace Typical Wall �Typl©I Wall MAXIMUM EXTENSION MAXIMUM RECESS 3/"Adjustment Recessed-V2709,V2710(drawing not to scale) • 40.11 2545 Rev.K Updated 07/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 Nictaulia victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.11 Distribution Patterns: Models V2709,V2710 K5.6 Standard Horizontal Sidewall and Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Distribution Patterns-Trajectory 10' 0 _ 3.0m 2.4m � 7psi 48 kPa 1.8m 15 Psi 4 103 kPa 1.2m 30 psi 207 kPa 0,6m 2' 4' 6' 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 22' 24' 26' 0,6m 1,2m 1,8m 2.4m 3.0m 3.7m 4.3m 4.9m 5.5m 6.1 m 6.7m 7.3 m 7.9m Models V2709,V2710 K5.6 Standard and Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Distribution Patterns-Plan View 2' 4' 6' 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 22' 24' 26' 28' 0.6m 1.2m 1.8m 2.4m 3.0m 3.7m 4.3m 4.9m 5.5 m 6.1 m 6.7m 7.3 m 79m 8.5m o• rJ�] 1 , 0.6 m 1.2m 1 `�: 7psi 48 kPa 1.8 m 15 psi 8' r 103 kPa 2.4 m - - 10' 30 psi ---- 3.0m _ _.. r 207kPa 3.7 m :. 14' 4.3m 16' 4.9 m NOTES: A.Data shown is approximate and can vary due to differences in installation. B.These graphs illustrate approximate trajectories,floor-wetting,and wall-wetting patterns for these specific Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers.They are provided as information for guidance in avoiding obstructions to sprinklers and should not be used as minimum sprinkler spacing rules for installation.Refer to the appropriate NFPA National Fire Code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction for specific information regarding obstructions,spacing limitations and area of coverage requirements.Failure to follow these guidelines could adversely affect the performance of the sprinkler and will void all Listings,Approvals and Warranties. 40.11 2545 Rev.K Updated 07/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ictaulic' victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.11 Ratings: Available Wrenches: All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from -67°F (-55°C) to those shown in the table below. V27-2 V27 Recessed Open End • Temperature- F/C No escutcheon / / • !.. Maximum With escutcheon Sprinkler Victaulic Nominal ! Ambient Glass Temperature Part Temperature Temperature Bulb Classification Identification Rating Allowed Color I Ordinary A 135"F/S7"C 100"F/38"C Orange Ordinary i C 155"F/68"C 100"F/38"C Red Intermediate I E 175"F/79"C 15OF/65°C Yellow Intermediate F 200"F/93"C 150"F/65"C Green tHigh J 286"F/141"C 225"F/107"C Blue , Extra High y K 360F1182°C 300"F/149"C Purple - M Open I - No Bulb __._.._L 'Standard response only. ti:, A WARNING, i:113 • Always read and understand installation,care,and maintenance instructions,supplied with each box of sprinklers, before proceeding with installation of any sprinklers. ' • Always wear safety glasses and foot protection. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install,remove,or adjust any Victaulic piping products. • Installation rules,especially those governing obstruction, must be strictly followed. • Painting, plating,or any re-coating of sprinklers(other than that supplied by Victaulic) is not allowed. 0 Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury and/or property damage. The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements,refer to the current National Fire Protection Association pamphlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition,the authority having jurisdiction may have additional maintenance,testing,and inspection requirements that must be followed. If you need additional copies of this publication,or if you have any questions about the safe installation of this product, contact Victaulic World Headquarters:P.O.Box 31, Easton, Pennsylvania 18044-0031 USA,Telephone: 001.610.559-3300. n Installation Note Reference should always be made to the 1-40 Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.At products Installation and Maintenance Sheet for the product you are installing.This installation sheet to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. is included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard data,and is available in PDF format on our website at victaulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 40.11 2545 Rev.K Updated 07/2014 4 2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 ictaulic' FireLock® V27, K5.6 ✓otaulrc' Models V2703, V2707, V2704, V2708 40.10 Standard Spray Technical Specifications: Upright, Pendent and Recessed Pendent Standard and Quick Response Models:V2703, V2704, V2707, V2708 3y "� Style: Pendent, Upright or Recessed Pendent ^. Nominal Orifice Size: 1 /13 mm K Factor: 5.6 Imp./8.1 S.1.1 Nominal Thread Size: 1/" NPT/15 mm Max. Working Pressure: • 175 psi/1200 kPa (FM) V2703/V2704 V2707/V2708 V2707rv2708 • 250 p51/1725 kPa (UL) Upright Pendent Recessed Pendent Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% © 500 psi/3450 kPa Approvals/Listings: Min. Operating Pressure: m FM ( ) • 7 psi/48 kPa cO LPCB pZ vds o b • 0.35 bar/5 psi (VdS for upright only) See Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details. Temperature Rating: See chart For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0. Product Description: These Model V27 standard spray sprinklers are designed to produce a hemispherical spray pattern for standard commercial applications. They are available with either standard or quick response bulbs. It is cast with a hex-shaped wrench boss to allow easy tightening from many angles, reducing assembly effort. This sprinkler is available in various temperature ratings (see chart on page 3) and finishes to meet many design requirements. The recessed pendent should be utilized with a Model V27 recessed escutcheon which provides `up to 3/4719 mm of adjustments. "-- i Coverage For coverage area and sprinkler placement, refer to NFPA 13 or applicable standard. Exaggerated for clarity Job/Owner Engineer System No. Spec Section Location Paragraph Contractor Approved Submitted By Date Date victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock®I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 40.10 2544 Rev.K Updated 01/2020 ©2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 uctaul.c° victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock®I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Material Specifications: Accessories Upright Deflector: Bronze per UNS C11O00 Pendent Deflector: Bronze per UNS C5100O Installation Wrench: Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution ❑ Open End: V27 Bulb Nominal Diameter: ❑ Recessed: V27-2 L� Standard: 5.0 mm Sprinkler Finishes: ❑✓ Quick Response: 3.0 mm ❑✓ Plain Brass Load Screw: Bronze per UNS C651O0 ❑ Chrome plated Pip Cap: Bronze per UNS C6510O ❑✓ White polyester coated3 Spring: Beryllium nickel ❑ Black painted3 Seal: Teflon2 tape ❑ Custom painted3 Frame: Die cast brass 65-30 ❑ Proprietary Nickel Teflon2 coating3 Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel per UNS S302OO ❑ VC-2504 155, 200, 286 SR Only: ❑ Wax3 For cabinets and other accessories refer to separate sheet. Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. 3 UL Listed for corrosion resistance. 4 UL Listed and FM Approved for corrosion resistance. 40.10 2544 Rev.K Updated 01/2020 ©2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 iCtssuliCr victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock' I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 ° Approvals/Listings: APPROVALS/LISTINGS Model V2703 V2707 V2707 V2704 V2708 V27087 Orifice Size(inches) Vs" Vz" Ye 1/2" Orifice Size(mm) 13 13 13 13 13 13 Nominal K Factor Imperial 5.6_- -- --.. — 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5 Nominal K Factor S.I.S 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 Response Standard Standard Standard ___.. Quick Quick Quick Deflector T a Recessed Recessed Type Upright Pendent pendent Upright Pendent pendent Approved Temperature Ratings F°/C° -135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C • 135'F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C • 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C cULus 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C FM 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 200°F/93°C 0°F' 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C -- 155°F/68°C '.. 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155'F/68°C 135°F/57°C NYC/MEA 62-99-E 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C ,., 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C . 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 755°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C CSFM 7690-0531:112 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175"F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C LPCB 175°F/79°C None None 155°F/68°C None None 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C j 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 755°F/68°C 55°F' 135°F/57°C VNIIPO 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 1557/68°C •175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C i 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C ZSTZ ZSTX K-ZSTZ K-ZSTZ CCC 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C None 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C None 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C Vd5 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C None None 175°F/79°C None None 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 135°F/57°C - - 135°F/57°C 15S°F/68°C 155°F/68°C • CE 175°F/79°C None None 175°F/79°C None • None • 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C L. 286°F/141°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C s For K Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0 7 FM Approved with Vs"adjustment escutcheon only-quick response Note:Listings and Approvals as of printing.All are approved open. 40.10 2544 Rev.K Updated 01/2020 02020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ictaul,c` victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Dimensions: f 1as6•/ 37 mm 1t 411$ dL 1sa'2a/e"/ T 60m z "/m 1%7 60mm I ® I 41 mm ..-- - .... 1 Standard Pendent- Standard Upright- V2707,V2708 V2703,V2704 2/e"/60 mm Max.Hole 2"/51 mm Min.Hole 17mm s RE" Typical Ceiling The ����i tt✓" %' 30 m 1 4 11" PNd/ Y,i'/ 1 43 rpm Finished Surface 301nm •_ MAXIMUM RECESS • 2'3Se% 75 mm MAXIMUM EXTENSION 'h'Adjustment Recessed-V2707,V2708(drawing not to scale) 2W/60 mm —Max.Hole 2"/51 mm Min.Hole i ,t� ! 37 rim 24mm 78 mm � ��, � Typical Gelling The Finished Surface 24 mm MAXIMUM RECESS 2'°Ac%� 75 mm MAXIMUM EXTENSION 34"Adjustment Recessed-V2707,V2708(drawing not to scale) 40.10 2544 Rev.N Updated 01/2020 ®2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 ictauliC victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Distribution Patterns: Models V2707,V2708 K5.6 Standard Pendent and Recessed Pendent nqH Distribution Patterns—Trajectory 10.E om a 6' \ ` 7 psi —'— - 18m _.. .. I\ 48 kPa •.\ 15 psi 103 kPa 12m \ 30 psi — .... �� 207 kPa 06m 0 4 6 8 10 12 14' 0.6m 1.2m 1am ]Am 3.0m 3.7m 4.3m Models V2703,V2704 K5.6 Standard Upright Distribution Patterns—Trajectory 6 4,8 \: 7 psi 6• \.: 48kPa 18m 15 psi 103 kPa 1.3m .. `\ 30 psi 207 kPa 0 8' Itl 12' 14' 16' 0.6m 1.2m lam 24m 3.Dm 37m 4.3m 49m NOTES: A. Data shown is approximate and can vary due to differences in installation. B.These graphs illustrate approximate trajectories,floor-wetting,and wall-wetting patterns for these specific Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers.They are provided as information for guidance in avoiding obstructions to sprinklers and should not be used as minimum sprinkler spacing rules for installation.Refer to the appropriate NFPA National Fire Code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction for specific information regarding obstructions,spacing limitations and area of coverage requirements.Failure to follow these guidelines could adversely affect the performance of the sprinkler and will void all Listings,Approvals and Warranties. C.All patterns are symmetrical to the centerline of the waterway. 40.10 2544 Rev.K Updated 01/2020 ®2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 .ctaul.c victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock®I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Ratings: Available Wrenches: All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from -67°F (-55°C) to those shown in the table below. v27-2 V27 Recessed i Open End Temperature- F/C V2707,V2708 Pendent / V jMaximum V2707,V2708 Recessed Pendent ✓ 1 ~. Sprinkler Victaulic Nominal Ambient Glass Temperature Part Temperature Temperature Bulb ''. V2703,V2704 Upright - / Classification Identification Rating Allowed Color I • Ordinary A 135"F/57"C loO"F/38°C Orange 1 Ordinary C 155"F/68"C 1 100"F/38°C Red Intermediate E I 175"F/79"C 150"F/65"C Yellow Intermediate F 200"F/93"C 150"F/65"C Green High 1 286"F/141"C 225FB/107°C Blue • Extra High 7 K 360"F/182"C ' 300"F/149"C Purple - M Open - No Bulb Standard response only. b 150/65 if wax coated. • • Always read and understand installation,care,and maintenance instructions, supplied with each box of sprin i. - c c-- klers, before proceeding with installation of any sprinklers. • Always wear safety glasses and foot protection. _ • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove,or adjust any Victaulic piping products. • Installation rules,especially those governing obstruction, must be strictly followed. • Painting, plating, or any re-coating of sprinklers(other than that supplied by Victaulic) is not allowed. 0 Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury and/or property damage. The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the current National Fire Protection Association pam- phlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition,the authority having jurisdiction may have additional maintenance,testing,and inspection requirements that must be followed. If you need additional copies of this publication,or if you have any questions about the safe installation of this product,contact Victaulic World Headquarters: P.O. Box 31, Easton, Pennsylvania 18044-0031 USA,Telephone: ( 001-610-559-3300. Installation Note Reference should always be made to the 1-40 Victaulic Fire Lock Automatic Sprinklers This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Viclaulic specifications.All products Installation and Maintenance Sheet for the product you are installing.This installation sheet to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. is included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard data,and is available in PDF format on our website at victaulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price list or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 40.10 2544 Rev.K Updated 01/2020 il 2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 rataulra" FireLockTM V34, K8.0 ✓ctauiic' Models V3401, V3402, V3405, V3406 40.15 lik ,l r V3405/V3406 V3405/V3406 V3401/V3402 Recessed Pendent Pendent Upright 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Models: V3401, V3402, V3405, V3406 Style: Pendent, Upright or Recessed Pendent K-Factor: 8.0 Imp./11.5 Nominal Thread Size: 3/'' NPT/20 mm BSPT Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi/1207 kPa/12 bar Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% (eh 500 psi/3447 kPa/34 bar Min. Operating Pressure: • 7 psi/48 kPa • 0.35 bar/5 psi (VdS for upright only) Temperature Rating: See chart For K-Factor when pressure is measured in bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS cOus ® LPCB ( [vas E 0756 ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 40.15 2547 Rev M Updated 01/2020 ®2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS (CONTINUED) • Model T APPROVALS/LISTINGS V3401 11 V3402 V3405 TT V3405 V3406 V3406 V3406 Orifice Size(inches) "/32" ~ 17/32° v/32" 1 17/32" r'/32" 17/32" "/32°--- Orifice Size(mm) 14 14 14 ' 14 14 14 14 • Nominal K-Factor Im erial _ 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Nominal K-Factor S.I.2 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 Repnse Standard Quick Standard Standard Quick Quick Quick Deflector T a Recessed Recessed Recessed Type Upright Upright Pendent Pendent Pendent Pendent Pendent Adjustment _..__ upto37." upto'h" uptos/e Approved Temperature Ratings P°/C° -- 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 15SF/68°C 155°F/68°C 135F/57°C 135FI57°C cULus 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C • 175°F/79°C : 1751F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200F/93°C 200F/93°C 200F/93°C 286°F/141°C 286F/141°C ! 286°F/141°C 2861F/141°C 2861/141°C 360Fii82°C : 360°F/182°C - --- 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C --_---- - 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 175'F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C FM 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C None 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 360°F/182°C 286 F/141°C 135Ff57°C 135F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155'F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 1S5F/68°C 155F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C NYC/MEA#62-99-E 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175F/79°C 175F/79°C 175F/79°C 175F/79°C 200°F/93°C 200F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200F/93°C 286°F1141°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286F/141°C 360°F/182°C 3601/182°C li 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C CSFM#7690-0531:112 775°F/79°C 175°F/79°C • 175°F/79°C 175F/79°C 1757F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C 200'F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 175°F/79°C 155°E/68°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C GOST-R 200°H93°C 175F/79°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175FI79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286°17141°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C -�-- 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C VdS 200°F/93"C 175°F/79°C None None None None None 286F/141°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 735°F/57°C 135°F/57°C - - 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C CE 175°F/79°C 175F/79°C None None None None None 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C • 286°F/141°C 360°F/182°C 135°F/57`C 135°F/57°C - - 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C LPCB 175°F/79°C 175F/79°C None None None None None 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C • 286°F/141°C 286"F/141°C 360'F/182°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C • 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155F/68°C 155°F/68°C 1 155F/68°C CC 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141"C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 286'F/141°C 2 For K-Factor when pressure is measured in bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0 NOTE • Listings and Approvals as of printing.All are approved open. • • 40.15 2547 Rev M Updated 01/2020 4 2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com • 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Upright Deflector: Bronze Pendent Deflector: Bronze Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution Bulb Nominal Diameter: • Standard: 5.0 mm Quick Response: 3.0 mm Load Screw: Bronze Pip Cap: Bronze Spring: Beryllium nickel Seal: Teflon7M3 tape Frame: Die cast brass 65-30 Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel Installation Wrench: • Open End: V34 ❑ Recessed: V34 Sprinkler Finishes: • Plain Brass ❑ Chrome plated ❑ White polyester coated4 ❑ Flat black painted4 ❑ Custom painted4 ❑ VC-2505 3 leflonTM is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. • UL Listed for corrosion resistance. UL Listed and FM Approved for corrosion resistance. NOTE • Weather resistant recessed escutcheons available upon request. 0 Exaggerated for Clarity • 40.15 2547 Rev M Updated 01/2020 ©2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓cta u l i c° victaulic.com • • 4.0 DIMENSIONS 1,i6°/ I 37 mm I I I I 1 "/ lik 64 mm 21/2„/ 45 mm I 45 mm ;II 64 mm ` JY4— F 1S -) m 33 mm Standard Upright-V3401,V3402 Standard Pendent-V3405,V3406 2 W/60 mm Max.Hole 3 2"/51 mm Min.Hole—► 1 Ks/ 16 7 C �j�l,l 29mm 18 mm mm �I Iigi Typical Ceiling Tile fl. 13/4"/ atil Finished Surface 4 / 47 m r 'lig 1' 3 mm m WI MAXIMUM RECESS 2 131a 775 mm > MAXIMUM EXTENSION 'h"Adjustment Recessed-V3405,V3406(drawing not to scale) 2/a"/60 mm F Max.Hole 2751 mm Min.Hole 24 m/ W �it 1 / 4is' He„7 ',�nl �J +�' 35 mm m 16mm Typical Ceiling Tile 1Y/ 1'A"/ Finished Surface ` 29mm 48 mm MAXIMUM RECESS 2%Y,s775 mm MAXIMUM EXTENSION 34"Adjustment Recessed—V3405,V3406(drawing not to scale) 5.0 PERFORMANCE Sprinkler is to be installed and designed as per NFPA, FM Datasheets, or any local standards. • 40.15 2547 Rev M Updated 01/2020 ©2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 ✓ctaulic` victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS ! WARN! r' • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic N•�� products. � • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation,removal,adjustment,or maintenance of 0 0 any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat,and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current,applicable National Fire Protection Association(NFPA 13, 13D, 13R,etc.)standards,or equivalent standards,and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes.These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures,corrosion, mechanical damage,etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level,operating temperature,chloride level,oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • • 40.15 2547 Rev M Updated 01/2020 ®2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctaulic' victaulic.com • 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS Ratings All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from—65°F/-54°C to those shown in table below. Temperature- F/C Maximum Sprinkler Victaulic Nominal Ambient I Glass Temperature Part Temperature Temperature Bulb Classification Identification Rating Allowed Color Ordinary A 135"F/57"C 100"F/38"C Orange Ordinary C 155"F/68"C 100"F/38"C Red Intermediate E 175"F/79"C 150"F/65"C Yellow Intermediate F 200"F/93"C 150"F/65"C Green _. High J 286"F/141"C 225"F8/107"C Blue 'I • Extra High' K 360"F/182"C 300"F/149"C Mauve • - M Open - No bulb Standard response only. • All are aporoved open,except for areas designated"No." • Available Wrenches: Sprinkler Type Recessed Open End V3401,V402 Upright - ✓ V3405,V3406 Pendent ✓ ✓ V3405,V3406 Recessed Pendent ✓ - 29.01.Victaulic Terms and Conditions of Sale 1-40:Victaulic FireLockT"r Automatic Sprinklers • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaullc specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed In accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance,safety,and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to alter,vary,supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale,installation instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment guide,or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PUF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, warranty product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaullc marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries, • • 40.15 2547 Rev M Updated 01/2020 ©2020 Victaulic Company,All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 ✓ataulid FireLockTM V34, K8.0 �ataul C Models V3415 Standard Response, V3416 Quick Response 40.33 , -• V3415/V3416 V3415/V3416 Recessed Horizontal Horizontal Sidewall Sidewall 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Models:V3415, V3416 Style: ECLH (Extended Coverage Light Hazard)— Horizontal Sidewall or Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Nominal Orifice Size: W1/22'Y14 mm K Factor:8.0 Imp./11.5 S.I.1 Nominal Inlet Size:3/4"NPT/20 mm BSPT/IGS Grooved, reference publication 10.65 Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi/1200 kPa/12 bar Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% @ 500 psi/3450 kPa/34 bar Min. Operating Pressure: 7 psi/48 kPa/0.5 bar Temperature Rating: See chart on pages 2 and 3. Application: Designed with a large orifice to minimize operating pressures while providing extended coverage light hazard protection. Codes and Requirements: For coverage area and sprinkler placement, refer to NFPA 13, FM Datasheets, or any applicable local requirements. For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. • System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph I Submitted By Date Approved Date • • victaulic.com 40.33 3326 Rev I Updated 02/2019 ®2019 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 .Ctalali victaulic.com • 2.01 CERTIFICATIONS/LISTINGS C YL O FN ® _._ -- WM APPROVALS/LISTINGS _ _ Model V3415 V3415 V3415 V3416 V3416 V3416 -- - Orifice Size(inches) 1,S2 11/2z 74, I_-- wh, "hz 8iz -_-- Orifice Size(mm) 14 14 '', 14 14 14 14 Nominal Factor Imperial '', 8.0 80 1. 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Nominal Factor S.1' i 11.5 11.5 11.5 --- 11.5 11.5 11.5 Response '.. Standard Standard 1 Standard Quick Quick Quick Recessed Recessed Recessed Recessed Deflector Type ECLH HSW ECLH HSW ECLH HSW ECLH HSW , ECLH HSW ECLH HSW Up tot" UptoW Upto7: Up to3/" Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Room Size Approvals! feet Listings Approved Temperature Ratings P/C" CCC _ 155 ' 155 155'... 1 68 68 68 135 135 135 135 135 135 57 57 1 57 57 57 l 57 155 155 I 155 1 155 155 I 155 68 68 cULus -11. 68 68 68 _--, 68 16 x16 175 175 1 175 175 175 175 4.9 x 4.9 79 79 79 i 79 79 79 200 200 200 200 200 200 ".. 93 93 93 93 ', 93 93 135 ",. _ _ 135 135 - 57 57 57 FM _ - - 155 155 _ 68 68 �. .... . CCC _ 155 155 155 68 68 68 135 135 135 135 135 F 135 57 57 57 57 57 57 155 155 155 155 155 155 cULus 68 68 68 68 68 68 16 x 18 175 175 175 175 175 175 4.9 x 5.5 79 _ 79 79 79 79 79 200 200 200 200 200 200 93 93 93 93 93 93 135 - _ 135 135 FM 57 I 57 57 - ... 155 155 - 68 68 --- - -- 155 I 155 155 CCC - 7 :; - 68 i 68 68 '.. 135 135 135 135 _----135 135 57 57 57 - 57 57 57 155 155 155 155 155 155 .g cULus 68 68 68 68 68 68 _ 16 x 20 175 175 175 175 175 175 4.9 x 6.1 79 79 79 79 79 79 200 200 200 I 200 200 200 93 93 93 93 93 93 135 _. 135 135 ___... - - FM 57_.. . 57 57 155 155 .. - I 68 68 1 For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0 z The width x length dimension refers to the width(backwall where the sprinkler is located)times the length(horizontal throw of sprinkler). 3 Listings and Approvals as of printing. NOTE • IGS connection is not allowed with recessed escutcheons. - - - • 40.33 3326 Rev I Updated 02/2019 ®2019 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓cta u I li c` victaulic.com 2.0 CERTIFICATIONS/LISTINGS (CONTINUED) APPROVALS/LISTINGS _____. Model V3415 V3415 V3415 V3416 V3416 V3416 t >*O 3, •,-."Orifice Size(inches) "hz "A2 "Az "5 z "A2 '2/32 Orifice Size(mm) 14 14 14 14 14 14 I__ NominalKFactorImperial ! 8.0 8.0 80 8.0 8.0 8.0. Nominal K Factor S.I.' 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 Response _.. Standard : Standard Standard 1 Quick Quick Quick Recessed Recessed i Recessed Recessed I Deflector Type ' ECLH HSW ECLH HSW ECLH NSW I ECLH HSW I ECLH HSW ECLH HSW Up to Upto3/4" Upto'h" Up to34" Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Room Size feet Approvals/ Approved Temperature Ratings F"/C"a meters2 Listings CCC _ _ I _ 155 155 155 68 68 68 135 135 135 135 135 135 57 57 57 57 57 57 cULus _ - _ 155 155 155 16 x 22 68 68 68 4.9 x 6.7 175 175 175 - 79 79 79 _ 135 1.II_ - --135 — — - - F(v1 57 57 -- 155 155 _ 58 68 CCC — _ _ 151 155 155 68 68 68 135 135 135 135 135 135 57 57 57 i 5/ 57 57 155 cULus 68 16x24 175 _ 4.9 x 7.3 79 j — 200 93 — — — — — 135 1 135. 135 _. FM 57 I _. 57 57 — .__. 155 155- - 68 ':. 68 L._ _.._. f ' For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0 2 The width x length dimension refers to the width(backwall where the sprinkler is located)times the length(horizontal throw of sprinkler). s Listings and Approvals as of printing. NOTE • IGS connection is not allowed with recessed escutcheons. • 40.33 3326 Rev I Updated 02/2019 ©2019 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓cta u I rc` victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Deflector: Bronze Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution Bulb Nominal Diameter: ❑ Standard: 5.0 mm Quick Response: 3.0 mm Load Screw: Bronze Pip Cap: Bronze Spring: Beryllium nickel Seal: Teflon5 tape Frame: Brass Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel Installation Wrench: I�` ❑ Open End: V34 v ; ❑ Recessed: V34 ❑✓ Plain Brass i f ❑ Chrome Plated ❑ White Painted6 ❑ Custom Painted6 ❑ VC-250/ Exaggerated for clarity For escutcheons,boxes and other accessories refer to separate sheet. NOTE:Weather resistant recessed escutcheons available upon request. s Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. 6 UL Listed for corrosion resistance. UL Listed and FM Approved for corrosion resistance. Available Wrenches: V34 V34 Recessed Open End No escutcheon Yes 1 Yes With escutcheon Yes • • • 40.33 3326 Rev I Updated 02/2019 ®2019 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 \Arcta u l i c° victaulic.com • -- • 4.0 DIMENSIONS 3'/16"/78 rem 2 16"/59 mm - ta/Id/ iIiIigii 1111 10mm 33 mm r IC f Standard HSW— V3415,V3416 ^/Is'/ 18 mm — 23/e760 m m �s/a/16 mm —Ps/Is"/`9 m 49 mm 29mm 1 Finished Ceiling Finished Ceiling 4-127102-305 ere 4-12"/102-305 rem* 10 Per NFPA IA I Per NFPA I t pp 1 t I R 1 1 II �II�III�� 2"/51 mm 2]/a"/60mm qg,11�1I�IINIi11_ 2"/51 mm 2]/a"/60rem Ih . �1R Min.Hole Max_Hole 2"A/i/ ��` IIIII111i Min.Hole Max.Hole 75 mm ~I I, l ; I - 11 Finished Surface I Finished Surface �I 4--Typical Wall l~Typical Wall MAXIMUM EXTENSION MAXIMUM RECESS r/a"Adjustment Recessed— V3415,V3416 (drawings not to scale) 1Bfla"/ 24 mm 23/4"/ 15/a"/ 13/e"/ 60mm Va716mm 41mm 35mm 4—12'/102 305 mm' Finished Ceiling 10 Finished Ceiling Per NFPA 4-12'/102-305 mm' 7IaY� 1 Per NFPA I-I q�_ 2"/51 mm 2]/e"/60 mm Is —�,—.milldiiil illll 2751 mm 23/8"/60 mm !-- Min.Hole Max.Hole 2/Ic^/ ',o 75 mm �lilllilll'll, Min.Hole Max.Hole ! ! I�i_ Finished Surface I Finished Surface II1II Typical Wall _...1 ^I I�Typical Wall MAXIMUM EXTENSION MAXIMUM RECESS Ve Adjustment Recessed— V3415,V3416 (drawings not to scale) • '40.33 3326 Rev I Updated 02/2019 ®2019 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Sprinkler Performance Flow And Pressure(Minimum) V3415,V3416 • Rooms Flow Rate 1, End Sprinkler Pressure Size GPM/LPM PSI/kPa UL UL - - - Ft.x Ft. ' inches • inches m x m FM mm FM mm • 4-69 6-129 4-69_.-. 6 129 152.4-304.8 101.6-152.4 152.4-304.8 101.6-152.4 16 x 16 32 26 28 16 10.6 12.3 4.9 x 4.9 121 98 106 110 73 85 16 x 18 36 29 33 20 13.2 17.1 4.9 x 5.5 136 110 125 140 91 118 16 x 20 40 32 35 25 16 19.2 4.9x6.1 151 121 132 170 110 132 • 16 x 22 44 36 36 30 20.3 20.3 • • 4.9 x 6.7 167 136 136 205 140 140 • 16 x 24 48 39 41 36 23.8 26.3 4.9 x 7.3 182 148 155 250 164 181 • r The width x length dimension refers to the width(backwall where the sprinkler is located)times the length(horizontal throw of sprinkler). 9 Deflector distance below ceiling • 1 Miniumum Installation Spacing Response Feet/meters • V3415-Standard 8.0 2.4 V3416-Quick 1 8.0 2A • 40.33 3326 Rev I Updated 02/2019 ®2019 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 ✓ctaultc' victaulic.com • 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS 11111��� • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install Y1 any Victaulic products. r • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. I Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCES 1-40:Viclaulic FireLocke Automatic Sprinklers 10.65:FireLock IGS Installation-Ready Style V9 Sprinkler Coupling • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Node Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Viclaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance,safety,and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to alter,vary,supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale,installation instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment guide,or this disclaimer. of Viclaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patentor other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patentor other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right.The terms"Patented'or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. • 40.33 3326 Rev I Updated 02/2019 ®2019 Victaulic Company-All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 ✓ctaulic° FireLock® V36, K5.6 ✓4taulicl Models V3609, V3610 40.64 Dry Type Standard Spray, Light Hazard Technical Specifications: Horizontal and Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Standard and Quick Response Models: V3610 and V3609 Style: Horizontal Sidewall and Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Nominal Orifice Size: V2'/13 mm Flush Dry Recessed Orifice Insert: Stainless steel per UNS S30300 Horizontal Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall K-Factor: 5.6 Imp./8.1 S.I.1 'air Itwlll Nominal Thread Size: 1" NPT/33.7 mm Max.Working Pressure: 175 psi/1200 kPa Dry Sleeve&Skirt Extended Plain Horizontal Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% CO 500 psi/3450 kPa Approvals/Listings: Min.Operating Pressure: 7psi/48 kPa ®®us Frn Temperature Rating: See chart on page 3. 'For It-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0. See Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details. Product Description: ta vrr Wy rAfAAWAW: 1�1 The V36 dry sprinkler is used in special applications such y. as freezing environments and conditions where sediment 1' 1� '1 '�� .■,,. � or foreign materials might accumulate in ordinary horizontal pipe nipples. l�q The Model V36 Dry Type Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler utilizes a frangible glass bulb.At the bulb's rated Exaggerated for clarity temperature,the sprinkler opens releasing the bulb seat assembly,causing the inner tube assembly to move,allowing the spring assembly to pivot alongside the inner tube.At this time,water flows through the sprinkler and is distributed by the deflector, in an approved discharge pattern. Coverage For coverage area and sprinkler placement, refer to NFPA 13 or applicable standards. Job/Owner Engineer System No. Spec Section Location ' Paragraph Contractor Approved Submitted By Date Date victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V36 I Publication 40.64 40.64 3127 Rev.J Updated 6/2014 ®2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. �CtaUl,� 1 victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock°I K5.6, V36 I Publication 40.64 Material Specifications: Accessories Deflector: Brass per UNS C220O0 or Stainless Steel per Installation Wrench: UNS S3O400 Model V36 Open End and Recessed Wrenches fit all Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution V36 Series frames. Bulb Nominal Diameter: Sprinkler Finishes: ❑ Standard: 5.0 mm El Plain brass El Chrome plated ElQuick Response: 3.0 mm ❑ White painted3 Split Spacer:Stainless steel per UNS S3O3OO ❑ Flat black painted3 Load Screw: Brass per UNS C36OOO ❑ Custom painted3 Pip Cap: Stainless steel per UNS S3030O ❑ Proprietary Nickel Teflon2 Coated3 ❑ VC-2504 Spring Seal Assembly: Teflon2 coated Beryllium nickel 155, 200, 286 SR Only: alloy and stainless steel per UNS S3030O ❑ Wax3 Frame: Die cast brass For cabinets and other accessories refer to separate Outer Tube: Galvanized steel pipe sheet. S Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. Inner Tube: Stainless steel per UNS S304O0 3 UL Listed for corrosion resistance. °UL Listed and FM Approved for corrosion resistance. Escutcheon/Plate: 1010- 1018 mild steel and stainless steel NOTE Weather resistant escutcheon available upon request. Torsion Spring: Stainless Steel Wire 40.64 3127 Rev.1 Updated 6/2014 ®2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 .ctaul,c victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V36 I Publication 40.64 ~Approvals/Listings: APPROVALS/LISTINGS Model 1 V3610 V3610 V3609 V3609 Orifice Size(inches) lb _ y th • 1/2Orifice Size(mm) 13 13 13 l 13 Nominal K Factor Imperial 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 Nominal K Factor S.I 5 8.1 8.1 _ _ 8.1 8.1 Response Quick QuickStandard Standard I Deflector Type Horizontal Sidewall Recessed Horizontal Horizontal Sidewall Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sidewall Approved Temperature Ratings F°/C° 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C cULusfi 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/66°C • 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 2865F1141°C 286°F/141°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C I FM 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C s For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10. 6 Light Hazard Only-Listed for light hazard only with deflector from 4'—12"below the ceiling. Note:Listings and approval as of printing.Temperatures approved for V3609 and V3610 up to 48'length for cULus and 36'for FM. Dimensions: NOTE!The"A"dimension of a dry sprinkler,which extends into a freezer from a wet piping system,must take into account the wall or ceiling thickness of the freezer.See IMPORTANT INSTALLATION INFORMATION later in this document. In:lw): -1 V IMIn.W') J� In Ew,Cmr Y' -III ' I�� °l f--- r ' 11 IHOC ruS!l '1 1H'e Min.wal Tee wilt s Tee wilts same Hole lnWal 3'Da outlet nth as outlet size as sprinkler thread 'kiln - N Sprinkler thread size size. iz 4 sae. See'Important See'Important Installation Installation Flush Information',;later ern.a skin Information",later in this document in this document r,NPT IMin.Ik'1-61 Hyle loW WIe In Wa! 'Nall Cup IMin nil� �— 1.67 ) es ,/'---. fl_F ''''. _ o,a "". Tee with same11 �a� outlet size as Two Pere a WI Da. sprinkler thread Escutcheon with ----1 Tee with same vdenwall Tee with Same size outlet size as nvmin outlet size as zn, See Important .a. I eon sprinkler thread \ zx'ma,. sprinkler thread Installation Or tµr sw'uax size. N, sae. Plain Barrel in later See'Important In this document Extentled Installation a.m.., See"Important Installation Information',later Information",later in this document in this document Deflector to ceiling distance 4-127102-305 mm for all configurations shown above. 40.64 3127 Rev.J Updated 6/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 iCtauliC' victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock*I K5.6, V36 I Publication 40.64 Important Installation Information: NOTE: For detailed installation instructions,see publication 1-40. The"A"dimension of a dry sprinkler,which extends into a freezer from a wet piping system,must take into account the wall or ceiling thickness of the No. 1 Victaulic Model V36 Series Dry sprinklers should freezer.The minimum length of the dry sprinkler should not be less than the lengths specified in the following table,plus the thickness of the freezer's wall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13. These or ceiling("A"="C"+"D"). sprinklers are to be installed using a pipe wrench Refer to the drawing fora representation of the"A"dimension.DO NOT applied to the outer tube. When this is not attempt to modify dry sprinklers,since they are manufactured to this specific possible, the proper sprinkler wrench may be "A"dimension. used with extreme care for lengths up to The following table is used when the ambient temperature is maintained approximately 18". Excessive force may distort the between 40°F/4°C and 60°F/16°C around the wet piping system. frame thus destroying the unit. Ambient Temperature No. 2 Dry sprinklers MUST be installed only into the Exposed to Discharge outlet of a cast or malleable iron tee. End of Sprinkler Exposed Minimum Barrel Length °F/°C inches/mm No. 3 DO NOT install dry sprinklers into any couplings or 40°F/4°c 50°F/10°C 60'F/16°C threaded elbows. In addition, DO NOT install 40 • 0 0 0 •dry sprinklers into any fitting that interferes with 4 0 0 0 thread penetration. NOTE: The end seal of the 30 D 0 0 dry sprinkler MUST NOT bottom out in the fitting. 20 a o 0 -7 102 0 0 10 8 1 0 End seal— lir IN ki HEATED SPACE 12 203 25 0 - - �"_ 0 12 3 0 -18 305 76 0 -10 14 4 1 t'txposed Minimum Barrel -23 356 102 25. length(Refer to Table) Diameter of hole is dependent upon the - --' type of escutcheon selected.Space must -20 14 6 3 be sealed to prevent condensation from -29 356 152 76 - --forming.per WM requirements. -30 16 8 4 � . 30 18 4 406 2a3 102 See Note -_ )';'..,;.1 —Insulation -40 457 203 102 - - �'l -46 508 I 254 152 •;. " - -60 20 10 6 = ; - -51 508 I.... 254 152 i-.• ..•- —Wallor CelIrvofrwww — - ---- • Note:Exposed minimum barrel lengths are Inclusive up to 30-mph/48-kph wind velocities COLD SPACE Exaggerated ror Clarity TYPICAL SLEEVE AND SKIRT CONFIGURATION FOR EXAMPLE ONLY 40.64 3127 Rev.J Updated 6/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 ictaulic° victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V36 I Publication 40.64 Distribution Patterns: Models V3610,V3609 Horizontal Sidewall and Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Distribution Patterns-Trajectory 3.0m � 8' 2.4m - - 7psl -- -- 6, 48 kPa 1.8 m 15 psi 4' 103 kPa 1.2 m 30 psi 2' 207 kPa 0.6m 2' 4' 6' 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 22' 24' 26' 0.6m 1.2m 1.8m 2.4m 3.0m 3.7m 4.3m 4.9m 5.5m 6.1 m 6.7m 7.3m 7.9m Models V3610,V3609 Horizontal Sidewall and Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Distribution Patterns-Trajectory 2' 4' 6' 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 22' 24' 26' 28' 0.6m 1.2m 1.8m 2.4m 3.0m 3.7m 4.3m 4.9m 5.5m 6.1 m 6.7m 7.3 m 7.9m 8.5 m 0 neni 2 0.6m i 7psi --- - 1.8m / 48kPa ✓3 15 psi 24m - ��. 103kPa 3.10 _ 3opsi 207 kPa 12' j -> 3.7m 14' 4.3 m 16' 4.9m :... ,. . NOTES: A.Data shown is approximate and can vary due to differences in installation. B.These graphs illustrate approximate trajectories,floor-wetting,and wall-wetting patterns for these specific Victaulic FireLock automatic sprinklers.They are provided as information for guidance in avoiding obstructions to sprinklers and should not be used as minimum sprinkler spacing rules for installation.Refer to the appropriate NFPA National Fire Code or the authority having jurisdiction for specific information regarding obstructions,spacing limitations and area of coverage requirements.Failure to follow these guidelines could adversely affect the performance of the sprinkler and will void all Listings,Approvals and Warranties. C. All patterns are symmetrical to the centerline of the waterway. 40.64 3127 Rev.J Updated 6/2014 '2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 Nictaulia victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock'I K5.6, V36 I Publication 40.64 Ratings: Available Wrenches: All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from Model V36 Open End and Recessed Wrenches fit all -67°F/-55°C to those shown in table below. V36 Series frames. Temperature- F/C Maximum • Sprinkler Victaulic Nominal Ambient Glass ff. Temperature j Part Temperature Temperature Bulb Classification j Identification Rating Allowed j Color • Ordinary I A 135 F/57 C 100 F/38 C Orange Ordinary C 155 F/68 C 100 F/38 C Red I Intermediate E 175 F/79 C 150 F/65 C Yellow Intermediate • F 200 F/93 C 150 F/65 C Green High J 286 F/141 C 225 F/107 C Blue Extra High K 360 F/182 C 300 F/149 C i Purple , M Open I - No Bulb ARNING • • Always read and understand installation,care,and maintenance instructions,supplied with each box of sprin- klers,e before proceeding with installation of any sprinklers. ;T • Always wear safety glasses and foot protection. __ • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove,or adjust any Victaulic piping products. • Installation rules,especially those governing obstruction, must be strictly followed. • Painting,plating,or any re-coating of sprinklers(other than that supplied by Victaulic)is not allowed. Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury and/or property damage. • The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the current National Fire Protection Association pam- phlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition,the authority having jurisdiction may • have additional maintenance,testing,and inspection requirements that must be followed. • If you need additional copies of this publication,or if you have any questions about the safe installation of this __\ product, contact Victaulic World Headquarters: P.O. Box 31, Easton, Pennsylvania 18044-0031 USA,Telephone: /^I 001-610-559-3300. Installation Note Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications and standard equipment on our website at www.victaulic.com. without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic and Firelock°are registered trademarks of Victaulic Company. • • 40.64 3127 Rev.J Updated 6/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 ✓ctaulic' Bulletin 058 January 2020 ... rieliabie Model LT56 Series Special Sprinklers Designed specifically for corridors and hallway K5.6(80 Metric) cULus Listed Features • 28 ft x 10 ft(8.5 m x 3 m) max. coverage area • cULus Listed for Light Hazard occupancies • Increased spacing and reduced water demand " !!! in corridors compared with traditional extended — coverage sprinklers Models LT56&LT56-300 Models LT56L&LT56L-300 Product Description Model LT56 series sprinklers are cULus Listed Specific ���Application sprinklers designed for installation in accordance ,- Otil• ' with NFPA 13.The sprinklers produce a spray pattern that ` b 1 is specifically designed to cover long narrow spaces,such •• as corridors and hallways,with fewer sprinklers and less water demand compared with traditional extended coverage Model FV Escutcheon Model FP Escutcheon sprinklers. - Model LT56 series sprinklers are quick-response sprinklers for use in Light Hazard occupancies only. Model LT56 and Model / LT56-300 sprinklers have a glass bulb operating element. Model LT56L, LT56L-300, and LT56C sprinklers have a fusible link operating element. Model LT56, LT56-300, LT56L, and y / LT56L-300 sprinklers are available with Model FV recessed escutcheons, Model FP recessed escutcheons,or Model CCP concealed cover plates. Model LT56C sprinklers require a Model G4/G5 Flat Cover Plate Model CCP Cover Plate Model G4/G5 flat concealed cover plate. ill Model LT56C Sprinkler Table A Operating Max.Working Sprinkler Sprinkler Model ' p 9 Pressure Styles Coverage Identification Element si(bar) Areas --- - Number(SIN) LT56 Glass Bulb 250 (17.2) Table B RA5814 LT56L Fusible Link 250(17.2) Pendent, Recessed Pendent or Table C R5814 LT56-300 Glass Bulb 300(21) Conical Concealed Pendent Table D RA5914 LT56L-300 Fusible Link 300(21) Table E R5914 LT56C Fusible Link 175(12) Flat Concealed Table F RA5994 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model LT56 Specific Application Sprinkler SIN RA5814 Technical Specifications Sprinkler Finishes Style:Pendent,Recessed Pendent,or (See Table H) Conical Concealed Threads:1/2"NPT or ISO 7-1 R1/2 Sensitivity Nominal K-Factor:5.6(80 metric) Quick-response Max.Working Pressure:250 psi(17.2 bar) 4 Min.Spacing: 14 ft.(4.3 m) Temperature Ratings F. • 155°F(68°C) Material Specifications 200°F(93°C) Thermal Sensor 3 mm glass-bulb Sprinkler Frame:Brass Alloy Recessed Escutcheons/Cover Plates Button:Copper Alloy Model FV recessed escutcheon Sealing Assembly:Nickel Alloy with PTFE Model FP recessed escutcheon Load Screw:Bronze Alloy Model CCP cover plate Deflector:Bronze Alloy Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2(pendent) Model GFR2(recessed and concealed) Listings and Approvals cULus Listed Model LT56 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 1 Threads i== Wrench Flat T ' Glass Bulb 11 Deflector I 15/16' I 1, 1-1/2" (24 mm) t"— (38 mm) �1 Model LT56 Sprinkler Hydraulic Design Criteria Table B Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure Max. Coverage Area Flow Pressure ft.x ft. gpm psi (m x m) (I/min) (bar) 28 x 8 23 16.9 (8.5 x 2.4) (87) (1.17) 28 x 10 28 25.0 (8.5 x 3.0) (106) (1.72) • Note:For coverage area dimensions less than or between those listed above,use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. Bulletin 058 Reliable Page 2 of 10 January 2020 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model LT56L Specific Application Sprinkler SIN R5814 Technical Specifications Sprinkler Finishes Style:Pendent,Recessed Pendent,or (See Table H) Conical Concealed Threads:1/2"NPT or ISO 7-1 R1/2 Sensitivity Nominal K-Factor:5.6(80 metric) Quick-response Max.Working Pressure:250 psi(17.2 bar) Min.Spacing: 14 ft.(4.3 m) Temperature Ratings 1 165°F(74°C) Material Specifications 212°F(100°C) , Thermal Sensor:Nickel Alloy Solder Link Sprinkler Frame:Brass Alloy Recessed Escutcheons/Cover Plates Button:Copper Alloy Model FV recessed escutcheon t Sealing Assembly:Nickel Alloy with PTFE Model FP recessed escutcheon Load Screw:Bronze Alloy Model CCP cover plate Deflector:Bronze Alloy Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2(pendent) Model GFR2(recessed and concealed) Listings and Approvals cULus Listed Model LT56L Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Threads ----)'-- �I I ICI ■ 2-3/8" i Wrench Flat 111! (60 mm) "Ji _ 1 1111 II LI �.. �r � ---_---- Deflector I 15/16" I 1-1/2" -"1 (24 mm) (�' (38 mm) 1 Model LT56L Sprinkler Hydraulic Design Criteria Table C Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure Max.Coverage Area Flow Pressure ft.x ft. gpm psi (m x m) (Vmin) (bar) 28 x 8 23 16.9 (8.5 x 2.4) (87) (1.17) 28 x 10 28 25.0 (8.5 x 3.0) (106) (1.72) Note:For coverage area dimensions less than or between those listed above,use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. Bulletin 058 Reliable Page 3 of 10 January 2020 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model LT56-300 Specific Application Sprinkler SIN RA5914 Technical Specifications Sprinkler Finishes Style:Pendent,Recessed Pendent,or (See Table H) Conical Concealed Threads:1/2"NPT or ISO 7-1 R1/2 Sensitivity Nominal K-Factor:5.6(80 metric) Quick-response Max.Working Pressure:300 psi(21 bar) Min.Spacing: 14 ft.(4.3 m) Temperature Ratings 155°F(68°C) Material Specifications 200°F(93°C) Thermal Sensor:3 mm glass-bulb Sprinkler Frame:Brass Alloy Recessed Escutcheons/Cover Plates Button:Copper Alloy Model FV recessed escutcheon Sealing Assembly:Nickel Alloy with PTFE Model FP recessed escutcheon Load Screw:Bronze Alloy Model CCP cover plate Deflector.Bronze Alloy Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2(pendent) Model GFR2(recessed and concealed) Listings and Approvals cULus Listed Model LT56-300 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 3 ems— Threads ■ ■ Wrench Fiat 2-3/8" iii! (60 mm)GBulb W, Deflector _j 15/16' 1-1/21 (24 mm) (38 mm) Model LT56-300 Sprinkler Hydraulic Design Criteria Table D Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure Max.Coverage Area Flow Pressure ft.x ft. gpm psi (m x m) (I/min) (bar) 28 x 8 23 16.9 (8.5 x 2.4) (87) (1.17) 28 x 10 28 25.0 (8.5 x 3.0) (106) (1.72) Note:For coverage area dimensions less than or between those listed above,use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. Bulletin 058 Page 4 of 10 January 2020 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Model LT56L-300 Specific Application Sprinkler SIN R5914 ' Technical Specifications Sprinkler Finishes Style:Pendent, Recessed Pendent,or (See Table H) Conical Concealed Threads:1/2"NPT or ISO 7-1 R1/2 Sensitivity Nominal K-Factor.5.6(80 metric) Quick-response Max.Working Pressure:300 psi(21 bar) Min.Spacing: 14 ft.(4.3 m) Temperature Ratings 165°F(74°C) Material Specifications 212°F(100°C) Thermal Sensor:Nickel Alloy Solder Link Sprinkler Frame:Brass Alloy Recessed Escutcheons/Cover Plates Button:Copper Alloy Model FV recessed escutcheon Sealing Assembly:Nickel Alloy with PTFE Model FP recessed escutcheon Load Screw:Bronze Alloy Model CCP cover plate Deflector:Bronze Alloy Sprinkler Wrenches Model W2(pendent) Model GFR2(recessed and concealed) Listings and Approvals cULus Listed Model LT56L-300 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 4 Threads —'�- `j I I I r_■_7t. i la Wrench Flat OPER& (s0 mm) as ill Fusible Link � 1 ■ Deflector I 15/16" 1 ... I 1-1/2"~I (24 mm) ��� I� (38 mm) -'-I Model LT56L-300 Sprinkler Hydraulic Design Criteria Table E Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure Max. Coverage Area Flow Pressure ft.x ft. gpm psi (m x m) (I/min) (bar) 28 x 8 23 16.9 (8.5 x 2.4) (87) (1.17) 28 x 10 28 25.0 (8.5 x 3.0) (106) (1.72) Note:For coverage area dimensions less than or between those listed above,use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. Bulletin 058 Page 5 of 10 January 2020 Ififfired www.reliablesprinkler.com Model LT56C Specific Application Sprinkler SIN RA5994 Technical Specifications Sprinkler Finishes Style:Flat Cover Plate Concealed Pendent (See Table H) Threads:1/2"NPT or ISO 7-1 R1/2 Nominal K-Factor:5.6(80 metric) Sensitivity Max.Working Pressure:175 psi(12 bar) Quick-response Min.Spacing:14 ft.(4.3 m) Temperature Ratings ti Material Specifications 165°F(74°C) Thermal Sensor:Nickel Alloy Solder Link 212°F(100°C) Sprinkler Body:Brass Alloy ._ Levers:Bronze Alloy Cover Plate Yoke:Brass Alloy Model G4/G5 Sealing Assembly:Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw:Bronze Alloy Sprinkler Wrench I Towers:Copper Alloy Model FC(without wrench-able cap) Pins:Stainless Steel Model W3(with wrench-able cap) Deflector:Bronze Alloy Cup:Steel Listings and Approvals cULus Listed Model LT56C Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Figure 5 2-5/16" Threads (59 mm) Sprinkler Body M ! WI-- Cup Eili_—_ 2 iJ8" 1.1==in_ � �_ (54 mm)_ '. .�I_tJ t. .��_ Lever w—A� _w=A� Mr (_ -i.��. Tower —' � ' �_,/ , '__ ■ ■ ■ -.11■B.- Fusible Link I I I I I I I I I I Deflector(retracted) I 3/4"(19 mm) l I i �Fa Pin(extended) Deflector(extended) 1-5/16" ham— t_- 1-1/2" (33 mm) (38 mm) Model LT56C Sprinkler Hydraulic Design Criteria Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure Max. Coverage Area Flow Pressure ft.x ft. gpm psi (m x m) (I/min) (bar) 28 x 8 24 18.4 (8.5 x 2.4) (91) (1.27) 28 x 10 28 25.0 (8.5 x 3.0) (106) (1.72) Note:For coverage area dimensions less than or between those listed above,use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. Bulletin 058 r� Page 6 of 10 January 2020 t1�-1- '- www.reliablesprinkler.com Recessed Escutcheon and Conical Concealed Cover Plate Dimensions Table G Maximum Face Minimum Face of Maximum Minimum Cover Plate Adjustment of Fitting to Fitting to Deflector 1 Deflector Type Inch Ceiling(1) Ceiling(1) Distance Below Distance Below Temperature (mm) ' Inch Inch Ceiling Inch Ceiling Inch F (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (°C) FV1/2 7/8 3/8 1-3/4 1-1/4 N/A (12) (22) (10) (44) (32) FP 1/2 1-1/2 1 1 1/2 N/A (12) (38) (25) (25) (12) CCP 1/2 1-1/2 1 1 1/2 135°F121 135 (12) (38) (25) (25) (12) (57°C) CCP 1/2 1-1/2 1 1 1/2 165°Fl3) 165 (12) (38) (25) (25) (12) (74°C) G4/G5 3/4 2-1/4 1-1/2 1 1/4 135°F(2) 135 (19) (57) (38) (25) (6) (57°C) G4/G5 3/4 2-1/4 1-1/2 1 1/4 165°F3 165 (19) (57) (38) (25) (6) (74°C) Notes: 1. Face of fitting to ceiling dimensions are based on nominal thread make up.Verify dimensions based on fitting and thread sealing method prior to installation. 2. For use with 155°F(68°C)and 165°F(74°C)temperature rated sprinklers where the Maximum Ceiling Temperature does not exceed 100°F(38°C). 3. For use with 200°F(93°C)and 212°F(100°C)temperature rated sprinklers where the Maximum Ceiling Temperature does not exceed 150°F(66°C). Recessed Escutcheon and Concealed Cover Plate Diagrams Figure 6 2-1/4"(57 mm)Dia. (64 mm)Dia. -Hole in Ceiling Hole in Ceiling 1-15l16" 2.5/16" Face of Fitting mm)Dia. Face of Filling (59 mm)Dia. to Face of Ceiling to Face of Ceiling 1.112"(38 mm)at Max.Recess — 7/8'(22 mm)of Max.Recess 1"(25 mm)at Min.Recess 1 3/8'(10 mm)at Min.Recess 1-a/4' (44 mm) 1-1/4" (25 mm) - 1/2" (32 mm) (12 mm) 3-3/16"(78 mm)Dia. Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Recess 2-7/8"(72 mm)Dia. Recess Recess Recess Model LT56, LT56-300, LT56L or LT56L-300 Sprinkler Model LT56, LT56-300, LT56L or LT56L-300 Sprinkler with Model FV Escutcheon with Model FP Escutcheon 2-1/2" 2-1/2' r (64 mm)Dia. (64 mm)Dia. Hole in Ceiling Hole in Ceding 25/16" Face of Fitting I 2-5/16' Face of Fitting (59 mm)Dia. to Face of Ceiling (59 mm)Dia. to Face of Ceding I 2-1/4"(57 mm)at Max.Recess 1-1/2°(38 mm)at Max.Recess 1-1/2'(38 mm)at Min.Recess 1"(25 mm)at Min.Recess ) 1" I 1/2, 3/4"(19 mm)Max. (25 mm) (12 mm) Cover Plate Adjustment Minimum Maximum Recess 3-5/16"(84 mm)Dia. Recess 3-5/16"(84 mm)Dia. dodel LT56, LT56-300, LT56L or LT56L-300 Sprinkler Model LT56C Sprinkler with Model G4/G5 Cover Plate with Model CCP Cover Plate Bulletin 058EMS Page 7 of 10 January 2020 www.reliablesprinkler.com Application Model LT56C series sprinklers can be installed without Model LT56 series sprinklers are cULus Listed Specific removing the wrench-able protective cap using the Model W3 Application sprinklers for use in Light Hazard corridors and wrench.Alternatively, Model LT560 series sprinklers can be hallways in accordance with NFPA 13.The sprinklers are installed using the Model FC wrench by temporarily removing classified as Special Sprinklers based on the maximum and the protective cap during installation of the sprinkler.The use minimum allowable spacing, but shall otherwise be designed of any other wrench to installed Model LT56C series sprinklers in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13 for Extended is not permitted and may damage the sprinkler. Fully insert Coverage Pendent Spray sprinklers. Model LT56 series the Model W3 wrench over the cap until it reaches the bottom sprinklers are quick-response sprinklers for use in Light of the cup,or the Model FC wrench over the sprinkler until Hazard occupancies only. the wrench engages the body. Do not wrench any other part of the sprinkler/cup assembly.The Model W3 and FC The sprinklers must be hydraulically designed using the wrenches are designed to be turned with a standard 1/2" minimum flow and pressure specified in the Hydraulic Design square drive.Tighten the sprinkler into the fitting after applying Criteria tables in this Bulletin. Figure 7 outlines the maximum a PTFE based thread sealant to the sprinkler's threads. coverage area of Model LT56 series sprinklers. Figure 8 Recommended installation torque is 8 to 18 ft-lbs(11 to 24 identifies the sprinklers that can be located adjacent to Model N-m)for 1/2"thread sprinklers and 14 to 20 ft-lbs(19 to 27 LT56 series sprinklers; note that LT56 series sprinkler are N-m)for 3/4"thread sprinklers. not permitted to be installed with the short coverage length oriented towards the short coverage length of an adjacent Model LT56 series sprinklers must be installed with the frame LT56 series sprinkler.An example layout of Model LT56 series arms or towers perpendicular to the length of the corridor or sprinklers is illustrated in Figure 9. hallway.The deflector is marked with "<-28 FT->"to indicate the direction of the 28 ft. (8.5 m) coverage length. Model LT56 series sprinklers need not be installed with the frame arms or Listings and Approvals towers parallel to the sprinkler pipe. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and UL Certified for Caution:The protective cap provided with the Model LT56C Canada(cULus) concealed sprinkler must be removed temporarily to verify alignment at the time of sprinkler rough-in. Replace protective UL Listing Category cap following alignment and leave in place until cover plate is installed. Sprinklers,Automatic and Open Recommended installation torque is 8-18 ft-lbs (11 —24 N-m). UL Guide Number Do not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended torque may VNIV cause leakage or impairment of the sprinklers. Installation Do not install any glass bulb sprinklers where the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. Model LT56 series sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the requirements of the NFPA 13 for pendent sprinklers Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors to minimize and may also be installed as a recessed sprinkler or bulb damage during shipping, handling and installation. concealed sprinkler as shown in Figure 6. The Model FV and Remove the bulb protector at the time the sprinkler system FP recessed escutcheons, and Model CCP cover plate, are is placed in service for fire protection. Removal of the bulb the only recessed escutcheons and concealed cover plate protectors before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to to be used with Model LT56, LT56L, LT56-300 and LT56L-300 damage.The required sprinkler wrenches are designed to sprinklers.The Model G4/G5 cover plate is the only concealed install sprinklers with bulb protectors in place. Remove bulb cover plate permitted for use with the Model LT56C sprinkler. protectors by undoing the clasp by hand. Do not use tools to Use of any other recessed escutcheon or cover plate will remove the bulb protectors. void all approvals and warranties. Do not install Model FV and FP escutcheons or Model CCP and G4/G5 cover plates in ceilings that are positively pressurized with respect to the occupied space below. When installing Model LT56, LT56L, LT56-300,and LT56L-300 sprinklers use only the Model W2 wrench for pendent installations and the Model GFR2 wrench for recessed pendent and concealed installation.The Model LT56C sprinkler must be installed with the W3 or FC wrench only. Use of wrenches other than those specified may damage these sprinklers. Bulletin 058 Reliable Page S of 10 January 2020 www.reliablesprinkler.com • • Coverage Area Figure 7 5 ft(1.5 m)max.@I25.0 psi(1.72 bar) 4 ft(1.2 m)max.@ 16.9 psi(1.17 bar)for LT56,LT56-300,LT56L,or LT56L-300 4 ft(1.2 m)max.@ 18.4 psi(1.27 bar)for LT56C 14 ft(4.3 m)max.-------€H------ 14ft(4.3m)max. 5 ft(1.5 m)max.@ 25.0 psi(1.72 bar) 4 ft(1.2 m)max.@ 16.9 psi(1.17 bar)for LT56,LT56-300,LT56L,or LT56L-300 4 ft(1.2 m)max.@ 18.4 psi(1.27 bar)for LT56C 1 Adjacent Sprinklers Sprinklers Installed Adjacent to Short Throw Direction of LT56 Series Sprinklers xtended Coverage Sprinkler andard Coverage Sprinkler T56 Series Sprinkler Installed with Long Throw Perpendicular to Long Throw of Adjacent LT56 Sprinkler Not Permitted:LT56 Series Sprinkler Installed with Long Throw Parallel to Long Throw of Adjacent LT56 Sprinkler A Short Throw Direction Sprinklers Installed Adjacent to Long Throw Direction of LT56 Series Sprinklers 10 ft(3 m)max. Coverage Length Q LT56 Series Sprinkler Installed with Long Throw Perpendicular to Adjacent Sprinkler Q LT56 Series Sprinkler Installed with Long Throw Parallel to Adjacent Sprinkler Standard Coverage Sprinkler 0 Extended Coverage Sprinkler O A✓ Long Throw Direction 28 ft(8.5 m)max. Coverage Length Example Sprinkler Layout Figure 9 Standard Coverage Sprinkler Alcove Sprinkler'12.5 ft(3.8 m)max.@ 25.0 psi/11.5 It(3.5 m)max.@16.9 psi(18.4 psi for LT56C) 5 ft(1.5 m)max.@ 25.0 pal (If Required) Sit(1.81m)min. 4 ft(1.2 m)max,@ 16.9 psI(18.4 psi for LT56C) m • -.--� m Model LT56 Series Sprinkler-/' 5 ft(1.5 m)max.@ 25.0 psi 4 It(1.2 m)max.@ 16.9r psi(18.4 psi for LT56C) 21.5 ft(6.5 m)max. 28 ft(8.6 m)max, 28 ff(8.5 m)max. 14 ft max. 14 ft(4.3 m)min. 14 ft(4.3 m)min. 14(1(4.3 m)min. Bulletin 058 Page 9 of 10 January 2020 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Wrench 1 III 1 1 I 1 I I Model FC For use with Model LT56C Series sprinklers1111111 Model W3 without wrench-able cap installed For use with Model LT56C Series sprinklers with wrench-able cap installed Ili Sprinkler,Escutcheon,&Cover Plate Finishes(s Table H Standard Finishes Special Application Finishes Sprinklert't �.FPl4t CCP,GMG5 Sprinkler FV, FP0)Escutcheons CCP,G4/G5 Escutcheons Cover Plate Cover Plate Bronze Brass Bright Brass Bright Brass Bright Brass Chrome Plated Chrome Plated Chrome Plated Dull Chrome Dull Chrome Chrome Dull White Polyester'3) I White Polyester White Paint Black Polyester(3) Black Polyester Black Paint Custom Color Polyester Custom Color Polyester Custom Color Paint Notes: Electroless Nickel PTFEI3l Electroless Nickel PTFE 1. Model LT56,LT56L,LT56-300,and LT56L-300 only. 2. Paint or any other coating applied over the factory finish will void all approvals and warranties. 3. cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant,Models LT56(RA5814)and LT56-300(RA5914)only. 4. The Model FP escutcheon assembly consists of an unfinished galvanized cup with a finished escutcheon ring. Maintenance Guarantee Reliable Model LT56 series sprinklers should be inspected For the Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. guarantee,terms, and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA and conditions, visit www.reliablesprinkler.com. 25, as well as the requirements of any Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Patents Prior to installation,sprinklers should remain in the original Patent Pending cartons and packaging until used.This will minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non-operation. Ordering Information Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia liquid or Specify the following when ordering: any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by gentle vacuuming Sprinkler without touching the sprinkler. • Model (LT56, LT56L, LT56-300, LT56L-300, LT56C) • Temperature Rating Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other than • Threads (1/2" NPT or ISO 7-1 R1/2) factory applied). Properly installed Model CCP and Model G4/ • Finish (See Table H) G5 cover plates will have an air gap that is required for proper Escutcheon or Cover Plate operation, do not seal the gap or paint the cover plates. Model • Type(None, FV, FP,CCP, G4/G5) FV and FP escutcheons as well as Model CCP and Model G4/ • Finish (See Table H) G5 cover plates have holes in the ring or cup that must remain Sprinkler Wrench unobstructed. • Pendent: Model W2 Wrench • Recessed Pendent&Conical Concealed: Model Replace any sprinkler which has been damaged,cracked GFR2 Wrench the glass bulb,or has lost liquid from the glass bulb. A stock • Flat Concealed Pendent: -Model W3 Wrench (with wrench-able cap) 01 of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick rn replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Failure Model FC Wrench(without wrench-able cap) e, to properly maintain sprinklers may result in inadvertent rn operation or non-operation during a fire event. m z Bulletin 058 e Page 10 of 10 a January 2020 www.reliablesprinkler.com Worldwide www tyco-fire.com t ,IL'1 Contacts Model CC3-4.2 and 5.6 K-factor Combustible Concealed Space Sprinklers Specific Application, Upright General • 6 in. (152,4 mm) minimum height for joist with steel pipe or CPVC when = _ -- Description insulation filled. 12 in.(305 mm)min- `" imum height for all other arrange- The Model CC3 Combustible Con- ments and sizes '" cealed Sprinklers are quick response, • 60 in. (1524 mm) maximum height upright, specific application sprinklers from joist to joist and 84 in. designed to provide protection of spe- (2134 mm)from floor to ceiling cific light hazard combustible, as well • 60 in.(1524 mm)maximum height for as non-combustible,concealed spaces truss and bar joist requiring sprinkler protection. The Model CC3 Sprinklers comply with the • The 4.2K and 5.6K sprinklers are UL criteria for the protection of combus- Listed for use with LFP®Antifreeze. tible concealed spaces as described For information about antifreeze in NFPA 13. compatibility and approved con- figurations, see the Technical Data Antifreeze Compatibility The Model CC3 Sprinklers are section. Model GCS TY2199 4.2K and TY3199 5.6K designed for installation on BLAZE- Sprinklers are UL Listed for use with LFP® MASTER CPVC wet pipe systems, Antifreeze within 1000 ft2(93 m2)draft curtain other UL Listed CPVC pipe products, — ------ areas in all construction types described in and steel wet pipe or dry pipe sprinkler The Model CC3 Combustible Con- this document. systems(see the respective Design Cri- cealed Sprinklers described herein Model CC3TY3199 5.6K Sprinkler is also UL teria sections). The Model CC3 Sprin- must be installed and maintained in Listed for use with LFP®Antifreeze within klers are designed to be installed in the compliance with this document, as 2000 ft2(786 truss draft curtain areas in solid wood open trus construction on edge or following arrangements for both wet well as with the applicable standards on face. CPVC and steel: of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION The use of LFP®Antifreeze should be in • 4.2K ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to accordance with LFP®Antifreeze Agency the standards of any other authorities Listed Solution for Fire Sprinkler Systems 14 ft(4,3 m) maximum between having jurisdiction. Failure to do so (Technical Data Sheet TFP1680). There is sprinklers may impair the performance of these no system volume limit for this application. 196 ft2(18,2 m2)maximum cover- devices. Maximum Working Pressure age area The owner is responsible for main- 175 psi(12,1 bar) • 5.6K taining their fire protection system Pipe Thread Connection 16 ft(4,9 m)maximum between and devices in proper operating con- 1/2 in.NPT sprinklers dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any Discharge Coefficient 256 ft2(23,8 m2)maximum cover- questions. K=4.2 GPM/psis=(60.5 LPM/bar1/2) age area 1 K=5.6 GPM/psi1(80,6 LPM/b_ary=) Sprinkler Temperature Rating 200°F(93°C) Identification Finish IMPORTANT Number Natural Brass Refer to Technical Data Sheet Physical Characteristics TFP230D for warnings pertaining to TY2199—Upright,4.2K Frame Brass regulatory and health information. TY3199—Upright,5.6K Button Bronze Sealing Assembly..Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Always refer to Technical Data Bulb Glass(3 mm) Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER Technical Compression Screw Brass WARNING" that provides cautions Deflector Bronze with respect to handling and instal- Data lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and Approvals installation can permanently damage UL Listed a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fat/ (Listings and approvals only apply to the to operate in a fire situation or cause service conditions indicated in the Design Criteria sections.) it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 8 APRIL 2019 TFP633 TFP633 Page 2 of 8 1-11/16" Minimum Distance Between Model ~- (42,9 mm) CC3 Sprinklers(CPVC Pipe) 6 Minimum sprinkler spacing is 7 ft Components: (2,1 m) 1 - Frame 5 SPRINKLER NOTE: Minimum spacing does not 2 - Sealing FRAME apply to any additional sprinklers Assembly ARMS required for protection of CPVC pipe 4 3 Button that is offset over an obstruction. 4 Bulb 7 2-1/4" Deflector Position(CPVC Pipe) 5 - Compression 3 (57,2 mm) • 1-1/2 in.to 4 in.(40 to 100 mm)below Screw upper deck for wood truss construc- 6 Deflector WRENCH tion or bar joist construction. See 7 Ejection 2 FLATS Spring Figure 2. 1 1/2" NPT + • 1-1/2 in.to 4 in.(40 to 100 mm)below 7/16"(11,1 mm) solid wood or composite wood joists. NOMINAL MAKE-IN See Figure 3. FIGURE 1 Minimum Distance Away From MODEL CC3 SPRINKLER Trusses(CPVC Pipe) 4-1/2 in.(114 mm) Operation construction," the insulation (includ- Remote Area(CPVC Pipe) ing insulation provided with a combus- The remote area is 1000 ft2(93 m2) The glass bulb contains a fluid that tible vapor NOTE: The remote area does not the pockets between the joists to the expands when exposed to heat.When include any additional sprinklers the rated temperature is reached, the bottom of the joists,and the insulation required for protection of CPVC pipe fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the must be secured in place with metal that is offset over an obstruction. glass bulb allowing the sprinkler to acti wire netting. The metal wire netting is vate and flow water. intended to hold the insulation in place Required Minimum Density should the insulation become wetted (CPVC Pipe) by the operation of the Model CC3 0.10 gpm/ft2(4,1 mm/min) Design Sprinklers in the event of a fire. Minimum Operating Pressure Criteria Concealed Space Area(CPVC Pipe) (CPVC Pipe) The area of the concealed space is not 7 psi (0,48 bar) Design criteria is provided as follows: limited; however,for both Figure 2 and Obstructions(CPVC Pipe) • 200°F(93°C),Model CC3 Combusti- Figure 3,where CPVC pipe is being uti- See Figure 8 in this data sheet for ble Concealed Sprinklers with CPVC lined, draft curtains or full height walls obstructions rules. pipe and horizontal slope above must be provided at 1000 ft2 (93 m2) sprinklers not exceeding 2:12. See areas. In addition,the 5.6K sprinkler is Use of UL Listed BLAZEMASTER Page 2. UL Listed for a 2000 ft2(186 m2) draft CPVC Pipe with Model CC3 curtain area for solid wood open truss Sprinklers • 200°F (93°C), Model CC3 Combus- construction on edge or on face. BLAZEMASTER CPVC product may tible Concealed Sprinklers with steel This draft curtain shall be at least 1/3 be used in concealed spaces requir- pipe and horizontal slope above the depth of the concealed space or 8 ing automatic sprinklers, when used sprinklers not exceeding 2:12 See in.(200 mm),whichever is greater,and in conjunction with Model CC3 Sprin- Page 4. be constructed using a material that klers. In order to use the BLAZEMAS- • For the installation of Model CO3 will not allow heat to escape through TER CPVC product for wood truss or Combustible Concealed Sprinklers or above the draft curtain. bar joist construction, the horizon- installed with baffles at 2000 ft2 tal run of pipe must be a maximum (186 m2), the design of the system For information about antifreeze corn- of 6 in. (150 mm) above the ceiling or should be sprinklersorf 1000 sq.ft., patibility and approved configurations, noncombustible ceiling insulation, whichever is greater. see the Technical Data section. or 1/3 the depth of concealed space Concealed Space Size(CPVC Pipe) (as measured from the top surface of Design Criteria, The depth of the concealed space is the ceiling to the bottom of the deck CPVC Pipe 60 in. (1524 mm)maximum to 6 in.(152 above),whichever is smaller,see Figure p mm)minimum. 2. For insulation-filled solid wood or Area of Use(CPVC Pipe) composite wood joist construction, Horizontal (slope not exceeding 2:12) System Type(CPVC Pipe) the horizontal run of pipe must be a combustible concealed spaces of: Light hazard,wet pipe system maximum of 6 in. (150 mm) above Maximum Distance Between Model ceiling or non-combustible ceiling • Unobstructed wood truss construc- CC3 Sprinklers(CPVC Pipe) insulation, or 1/3 the depth of con- tion or unobstructed bar joist con- TY2199 4.2K 14 ft(4,3 m) cealed space (as measured from the struction.See Figure 2. top surface of the ceiling to the bottom TY3199 5.6K 16 ft(4,9 m) surface of thejoist insulation • Non-combustible, insulation-filled above), solid wood or composite wood joist Maximum Coverage Area whichever is smaller,see Figure 3.The construction. See Figure 3. (CPVC Pipe) CPVC pipe can then be used to supply TY2199 4.2K 196 ft2(18,2 m2) the Model CC3 Sprinklers, as well as NOTE: In order to be considered TY3199 5.6K 256 ft2(23,8 m2) the sprinklers below the ceiling. Unless "non-combustible insulation-filled modified by this technical data sheet, solid wood or composite wood joist TFP633 Page 3 of 8 MODEL CC3 4-1/2"(114 mm)MINIMUM UPPER DECK SPRINKLER '- FROM FACE OF WOOD TRUSS OR TOP CHORD OF BAR JOIST .. 6" (152 mm) TOP CHOR`4 1MAXIMUM FOR 4"(102 mm) CPVC PIPE ' OR LESS Iiii •_II r FRAME ARMS OF 4"(102 mm) "I SPRINKLER MUST MAXIMUM BE INSTALLED 1-1/2"(40 mm) IN-LINE WITH MINIMUM PIPE RUN 6"(152 mm) 60"(1524 mm) OBSTRUCTION H . TOP OF CHORD MINIMUM MAXIMUM CEILING a,, rd pj_� A 141.1 \ Y , 6"(152 mm)MAXIMUM ABOVE WHEN OFFSETTING CPVC PIPE OVER AN CEILING TO BOTTOM OF PIPE OR BOTTOM OBSTRUCTION,A MODEL CC3 SPRINKLER NON-COMBUSTIBLE CEILING INSULATION, OF PIPE MUST BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON THE OR 1/3 THE DEPTH OF CONCEALED SPACE CPVC PIPE OVER THE OBSTRUCTION (AS MEASURED FROM TOP SURFACE OF CEILING TO BOTTOM OF DECK ABOVE), WHICHEVER IS SMALLER FIGURE 2 UNOBSTRUCTED WOOD TRUSS CONSTRUCTION OR UNOBSTRUCTED BAR JOIST CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW CPVC PIPE UPPER COMPOSITE SOLID WOOD NON-COMBUSTIBLE DECK WOOD JOISTS JOISTS INSULATION q"(102 mm) MAXIMUM 1-1/2"(40 mm) MINIMUM 6" (152 mm) MAXIMUM FOR CPVC PIPE - MODEL CC3 SPRINKLER FRAME ARMS OF SPRINKLER MUST 60"(1524 mm) • BE INSTALLED MAXIMUM IN-LINE WITH 72"(1829 mm) PIPE RUN MAXIMUM 6'(152 mm) OBSTRUCTION _ MINIMUM CEILING 1 TOP OF 6"(152 mm)MAXIMUM ABOVE CHORD WHEN OFFSETTING CPVC PIPE OVER AN CEILING TO BOTTOM OF PIPE OR OBSTRUCTION,A MODEL CC3 SPRINKLER NON-COMBUSTIBLE CEILING INSULATION, BOTTOM MUST BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON THE OR 1/3 THE DEPTH OF CONCEALED SPACE OF PIPE CPVC PIPE OVER THE OBSTRUCTION (AS MEASURED FROM TOP SURFACE OF CEILING TO BOTTOM SURFACE OF JOIST INSULATION ABOVE), WHICHEVER IS SMALLER FIGURE 3 NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION-FILLED UPPER DECK SOLID WOOD OR COMPOSITE WOOD JOIST CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW CPVC PIPE TFP633 Page 4 of 8 all other guidelines of the"BLAZEMAS- provided at 1000 ft2 (93 m2) areas. of upper deck to top of ceiling,and the TER— Installation Instructions&Tech- In addition, the 5.6K sprinkler is UL minimum depth is 6 in. (152 mm)from nical Manual"must be met.When using Listed for a 2000 ft2 (186 m2) draft the bottom of the upper deck joists to 1 in. (DN25) or larger pipe, a hanger curtain area for solid wood open the top of the ceiling joists.If joist con- must be located at the truss nearest a truss construction on edge or on struction is filled with non-combustible sprig for purposes of restraint. If using face. insulation the maximum height of the 3/4 in. (DN19) piping, all sprigs over This draft curtain shall be at least 1/3 space is 84 in.(2134 mm).See Figure 6. 12 inches (305 mm) must be laterally the depth of the concealed space or For obstructed wood truss construc- braced using methods described in the 8 in.(200 mm),whichever is greater, tion (see Figure 7), the maximum NFPA standards. and be constructed using a mate- depth of the concealed space is Where the CPVC must be offset up rial that will not allow heat to escape 84 in.(2134 mm)from bottom of upper and over an obstruction and the pipe through or above the draft curtain. deck to top of ceiling,and the minimum exceeds the allowed horizontal posi- • For solid wood joist construction depth is 6 in. (152 mm)from the bottom tioning requirements specified above (see Figure 5) and obstructed wood of the upper chord to the top of the as well as shown in Figure 2 and 3, truss construction(see Figure 7): lower chord. additional Model CC3 Sprinklers are Blocking must be provided in each System Type(Steel Pipe) to be installed as shown in Figures 2 u er deck and ceilingjoist channel Light hazard,wet or drypipe system and 3 to protect the BLAZEMASTER at a maximum 32 ft (9,75 m) inter- g P P y CPVC product. NOTES: Use of the 4.2K sprinklers in vals.This blocking shall be installed A minimum lateral distance of 18 in. to the full depth of the joists and be dry pipe systems is permitted by section (460 mm)must be maintained between installed so as to not allow heat to 8.3.4.4 of NFPA 13(2013 edition) where the CPVC pipe and heat pumps, fan escape through or above the block- piping is corrosion resistant or internally motors,and heat lamps. ing. The blocking must be con- galvanized. structed using a non-combustible Maximum Distance Between Model Design Criteria, material or the joist construction CC3 Sprinklers(Steel Pipe) Steel Pipematerial. TY2199 4.2K 14 ft(4,3 m) Draft curtains must protrude below TY3199 5.6K 16 ft(4,9 m) Area of Use(Steel Pipe) the joist a minimum of 6 inches(150 Horizontal (slope not exceeding 2:12) mm) or 1/3 the depth of the con- Maximum Coverage Area(Steel combustible concealed spaces of: cealed space, whichever is greater, Pipe) and run parallel with the joist spaced TY2199 4.2K 196 ft2(18,2 m2) • Unobstructed wood truss construc- at 31 ft (9,4 m) width maximum to TY3199 5.6K 256 ft2(23,8 m2) tion or unobstructed bar joist con- limit the area to a maximum of struction. See Figure 4. 1000 ft2 (93 m2). For information Minimum Distance Between Model • Solid wood joist construction (see about antifreeze compatibility and CC3 Sprinklers(Steel Pipe) Figure 5)where the upper deck and approved constructions, see the Minimum sprinkler spacing is 7 ft ceiling joists may have a maximum Technical Data section. (2,1 m) depth of 12 inches (300 mm) and The draft curtains are to be con- Deflector Position(Steel Pipe) typical on center joist spacing of structed using a material that will 1-1/2 in. to 4 in. (40 mm to 100 mm) minimum 16 inches(400 mm). not allow heat to escape through or below upper deck for wood truss con- • Non-combustible insulation-filled above the draft curtain. struction or concealed spaces of non- solid wood joist or wood composite • For non-combustible,insulation-filled combustible bar joist construction.See joist construction. See Figure 6. solid wood joist or composite wood Figure 4. • Obstructed wood truss construction. joist construction(see Figure 6),the 1-1/2 in. to 2 in. (40 to 50 mm) below See Figure 7. requirement for draft curtains and solid wood joist (see Figure 5) or top blocking does not apply. chord of a wood truss that has a depth NOTE:In order to be considered"non • For information about antifreeze greater than 4 in.See Figure 7. combustible insulation-filled solid compatibility and approved con- 1-1/2 in. to 4 in. (40 to 100 mm) below wood joist or composite wood joist figurations, see the Technical Data non-combustible insulation-filled solid construction", the insulation (includ- section. ing insulation provided with a combus- tible wood joists or composite wood joists. vapor barrier),must completely fill Concealed Space Size(Steel Pipe) See Figure 6. the pockets between the joists to the The minimum and maximum concealed Remote Area(Steel Pipe) bottom of the joists,and the insulation space depth is as follows: The remote area for wood truss con- must be secured in place with metal For unobstructed wood truss construc struction or bar joist construction wire netting. The metal wire netting is tion or concealed spaces of unob- (see Figure 4), solid wood joist con- intended to hold the insulation in place structed bar joist construction (see struction (see Figure 5), or obstructed should the insulation become wetted Figure 4) the maximum depth of the wood truss construction(see Figure 7) by the operation of the Model CC3 concealed space is 60 in. (1524 mm) is 1000 ft2 (93 m2) for wet pipe or dry Sprinklers in the event of a fire. from bottom of upper deck to top of Pipe systems. Concealed Space Area(Steel Pipe) ceiling,and the minimum depth is 6 in. The remote area for non-combusti- The area of the concealed space is not (152 mm)from the bottom of the upper ble insulation-filled solid wood joist limited; however, chords to the top of the lower chords. or wood composite joist construction • For unobstructed wood truss con- For solid wood joist construction (see Figure 6)without draft curtains is struction or concealed spaces of (see Figure 5)and solid wood or corn- to be calculated per the requirements non-combustible, unobstructed bar posite wood joist construction the of NFPA 13. joist construction(see Figure 4)draft maximum depth of the concealed curtains or full height walls must be space is 84 in.(2134 mm)from bottom TFP633 Page 5 of 8 MODEL CC3 4-1/2" (114 mm)MINIMUM UPPER DECK SPRINKLER y FROM FACE OF WOOD TRUSS OR TOP CHORD OF BAR JOIST Ilrim.,„ mill 4 MIME _ TOP CHORD 4"(102 mm) 4"(102 mm) MAXIMUM OR LESS 1-1/2"(40 mm) FRAME ARMS OF MINIMUM 60" (1524 mm) _ SPRINKLER MUST MAXIMUM iiimmirir BE INSTALLED IN-LINE WITH PIPE RUN 6"(152 mm) MINIMUM CEILING FIGURE 4 UNOBSTRUCTED WOOD TRUSS CONSTRUCTION OR UNOBSTRUCTED BAR JOIST CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW STEEL PIPE FRAME ARMS OF SPRINKLER I MUST BE INSTALLED 1 UPPER 2x FLOOR SOLID IN-LINE WITH PIPE RUN 1 DECK WOOD JOISTS t 84"(2134 mm) 1 MAXIMUM MODEL CC3 r SPRINKLER 60"(1524 mm) a MAXIMUM 2"(51 mm) 6"(152 mm) MAXIMUM MINIMUM 1-1/2"(38 mm) P [1 r i MINIMUM X X rX Fl CEILING CEILING FRAMING FIGURE 5 SOLID WOOD JOIST CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW STEEL PIPE TFP633 Page 6 of 8 FRAME ARMS OF SPRINKLER MUST BE INSTALLED UPPER NON-COMBUSTIBLE IN-LINE WITH PIPE RUN j DECK INSULATION 4I4tI4IJiiidJèö 84"(2134 mm) MAXIMUM COMPOSITE MODEL CC3 2x FLOOR SOLID WOOD JOISTS SPRINKLER WOOD JOISTS 60"(1524 mm) f r. _ II _ —AEI d MAXIMUM 4"(102 mm) I I 6" (152 mm) MAXIMUM MINIMUM 1-1/2"(38 mm) .I■ 1 I MINIMUM 1 , I 1 CEILING CEILING FRAMING FIGURE 6 NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION-FILLED UPPER DECK SOLID WOOD OR COMPOSITE WOOD JOIST CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW STEEL PIPE 1 FRAME ARMS OF SPRINKLER MUST BE INSTALLED UPPER TOP CHORD GREATER IN-LINE WITH PIPE RUN j DECK THAN 4"(102 mm)IN DEPTH 4 ri ri MODEL CC3 1 e ' t 84" (2134 mm) G SPRINKLER ��c■�� MAXIMUM 2"(51 mm) 60"(1524 mm) MAXIMUM MAXIMUM III 1-1/2"(38 mm) 6"(152 mm) MINIMUM MINIMUM IliMIIIIIIMEIMMii CEILING CEILING FRAMING FIGURE 7 OBSTRUCTED WOOD TRUSS CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW STEEL PIPE TFP633 Page 7 of 8 Distance from Maximum Allowable i UPPER DECK Centerline of Distance of Deflector OR BOTTOM OF Sprinkler to Side Above Bottom of of Obstruction Obstruction NON-COMUSTIBLE (A) (B) WRENCH RECESS INSULATION <12" 0" - (USE END"A" L_ <(304,8 mm) (0 mm) ONLY) B g-MODEL CC3 12"to<18" 2-1/2" SPRINKLER (304,8 mm to<457,2 mm) (63,5 mm) FIGURE 9 18"to<24" 3-1/2" W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER (457,2 mm to<609,6 mm) (88,9 mm) WRENCH A y 24"to<30' 5-1/2" (609,6 mm to<762,0 mm) (139,7 mm) OBSTRUCTION 30"to<36" 7-1/2" Required Minimum Density (762,0 mm to<914,4 mm) (190,5 mm) (Steel Pipe) NOTE: 36'to<42" 9-1/2" 0.10 gpm/ft2(4,1 mm/min) WEB MEMBERS AND GUSSETS (914,4 mm to<1066,8 mm) (241,3 mm) SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED 42"to<48" 12" Minimum Operating Pressure OBSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED THE (1066,8 mm to<1219,2 mm) (304,8 mm) (Steel Pipe) MINIMUM 4-1/2 INCH LATERAL 48"to<54" 14" 7 psi(0,48 bar) DISTANCE(FIG.2)REQUIRED (1219,2 mm to<1371,6 mm) (35.5,6 mm) Obstructions(Steel Pipe) BY THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION 54"to<60" 16-1/2" See Figure 8 in this data sheet for LISTING IS MAINTAINED. (1371,6 mm to<1524,0 mm) (419,1 mm) obstructions rules. ,, ,,,,,,,, Aa3C or 3D Installation UPPER A524"(609,6 mm) The Model CC3 Sprinklers must be DECK (Use dimension C or D,whichever is greater) installed in accordance with this OBSTRUCTION OBSTRUCTION section. MODEL CC3 General Instructions A _L SPRINKLER The Model CC3 Sprinklers are to be 1 installed upright and with their frame C � MODEL CC3 C arms (see Figure 1) in-line with the SPRINKLER 1 pipe run. See Figures 2 through 7, as LI applicable. D -•-- D �A� Do not install any bulb type sprinkler LOWER if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss DECK of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- n-", kler held horizontally,a small air bubble should be present.The diameter of the ELEVATION VIEW PLAN VIEW air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. FIGURE 8 (1,6 mm)for the 200°F(93°C)tempera- NFPA 13 OBSTRUCTION TO WATER DISTRIBUTION CRITERIA ture rating. (REFERENCE) A leak-tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft(9,5 to 19,0 N•m). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. The Model CC3 Sprinklers must only be installed in the upright position with the deflector parallel to the upper deck. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, use only the W-Type 6 (End A)Sprinkler Wrench(see Figure 9) for installation of the Model CC3 Sprin- klers by applying the wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats only. TFP633 Page 8 of 8 Care and Limited Ordering Maintenance Warranty Procedure The Model CC3 Sprinklers must be For warranty terms and conditions,visit Contact your local distributor for avail- maintained and serviced in accordance www.tyco-fire.com. ability.When placing an order, indicate with this section. the full product name and Part Number Before closing a fire protection system (P/N). main control valve for maintenance Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT work on the fire protection system that Thread Connections it controls,permission to shut down the Specify: SIN (specify), K-factor affected fire protection systems must (specify), Model CC3 Combustible be obtained from the proper authorities Concealed Space Sprinkler, Specific and all personnel who may be affected Application, Upright, 200°F (93°C), by this action must be notified. P/N(specify): Sprinklers that are found to be leaking TY2199,4.2K 51-311-1-200 or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion TY3199,5.6K 51-301-1-200 must be replaced. Sprinkler Wrench: Automatic sprinklers must never be Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, painted, plated, coated, or other- P/N 56-000-6-387 wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated,should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage,or the like,must be replaced.Also,replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb.See the Installation section. The owner is responsible for the inspection,testing,and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION,for example, NFPA 25, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction.Contact the installing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected,tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 19446 I Telephone+1-215-362.0700 02gt9Johnsun Controls.All rights reserved.All specification and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are suhiect to change without notice. Johnson J e,0 LFP is a registered trademark of Jolnnen Centrals;NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NEPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; Controls TEFLON is a wintered trademark Cl DuPont:RLAMMASTER is a r°pletered trademark of The Lubrlml Caparetlan Worldwide www.tyco-fire.com LiCC Contacts Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers 5.6K Horizontal Sidewall Standard and Quick Response, Extended Coverage General Sprinkler Description Identification TYCO Series DS-1 Dry Type Sprinklers, rs (SlNs) 5.6 K-factor Horizontal Sidewall, Stan- dard(5 mm Bulb)and Quick Response TY3338—3 mm Bulb Type (3 mm Bulb) and Extended Cover- TY335 —5 mm Bulb Type age, are decorative glass bulb auto- Technical matic sprinklers typically used where the sprinklers and/or a portion of the Data connecting piping may be exposed to freezing temperatures; for example, horizontal piping extensions through a Approvals wall to protect an unheated area of a UL and C-UL Listed Operation building. Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprin- NYC Approved under MEA 352-01-E klers are designed for extended cover- Refer to Table A. When TYCO Series DS-1 Dry-Type age use in light hazard occupancies. Sprinklers are in service, water r - Maximum Working Pressure vented from entering the assembly by 175 psi(12,1 bar) the Plug and Gasketed Spring Plate Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers Inlet Thread Connections Seal (Ref. Figure 1) in the Inlet of the described herein must be installed 1 inch NPT or sprinkler. and maintained in compliance with this ISO 7-R 1 document,as well as with the applica- ble The glass bulb contains a fluid that standards of the NATIONAL FIRE Dischar a Coefficient expands when exposed to heat. When PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), K=5.6 gpm/psit 2 the rated temperature is reached, the in addition to the standards of any other fluid expands sufficiently to shatter authorities having jurisdiction. Failure (80,6 Ipm/bars/2) the glass bulb, and the Bulb Seat is to do so may impair the performance Temperature Ratings released. of these devices. Refer to Table A. The compressed Spring is then able The owner is responsible for maintain- to expand and push the Water Tube as ing their fire protection system and Finishes well as the Guide Tube outward. This devices in proper operating condition. Sprinkler: Natural Brass, Chrome action simultaneously pulls inward on Contact the installing contractor or Plated,or Signal White the Yoke, withdrawing the Plug and product manufacturer with any ques- Escutcheon:Signal White, Chrome Plated, Gasketed Spring Plate Seal from the Lions. Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers or Brass Plated Inlet allowing the sprinkler to activate must only be installed in fittings that and flow water. meet the requirements of the Design Physical Characteristics Criteria section. Inlet Copper Plug Copper Yoke Stainless Steel Casing Galvanized Carbon Steel IMPORTANT Insert Bronze Refer to Technical Data Sheet Bulb Seat Stainless Steel TFP2300 for warnings pertainingto Complb Glnze 9 Compression Screw Bronze regulatory and health information. Deflector Bronze Frame Always refer to Technical Data Guide Tube Stainless S Bronze eel Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER Waterteel Tube Stainless Steel WARNING" that provides cautions Spring Stainless Steel Gasketed Spring with respect to handling and instal- Plate Seal Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON lation of sprinkler systems and com Escutcheon Carbon Steel ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 8 AUGUST 2018 TFP520 TFP520 Page 2 of 8 PLUG WITH YOKE INLET CASING INSERT FRAME 3 or 5 mm DEFLECTOR GASKETED SPRING BAND BULB PLATE SEAL illogyamosomaryyJl/D'////fi f/f/I iiiu..iiiiiiiiii / WATER GUIDE BULB VENT COMPRESSION INLET 1" NPT SPRING TUBE TUBE SEAT HOLE SCREW FIGURE 1 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL ASSEMBLY ORDER LENGTHS: 2-3/4"to 48" (69,9 to 1219,2 mm) 2-3/8"±1/8" IN 1/4"(6,4 mm) (60,3±3,2 mm) INCREMENTS FACE OF FACE OF MOUNTING SPRINKLER 1-3/4" DIA. SURFACE FITTING (44,5 mm) 1_ I,IL�I 3"DIA. (76,2 mm) L /\\ _L SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE 7/16" CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY (11,1 mm) FIGURE 2 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON TY3338(3 MM BULB)AND TY3358(5 MM BULB) Design The unused outlet of the threaded tee is assure complete water drainage from plugged as shown in Figure 5. above Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers Criteria You can also install Series DS-1 Dry- and the branch line. Failure to do so Type Sprinklers in the outlet. may result in pipe freezing and water TYCO Series DS-1 Dry-Type S rin damage. Sprin- configuration shown in Figure 6 is klers are intended for use in fire sprin- only applicable for wet pipe systems _ kler systems designed in accordance where the sprinkler fitting and water- with the standard installation rules filled pipe above the sprinkler fitting are Do not install Series DS-1 Dry-Type recognized by the applicable Listing not subject to freezing and where the Sprinklers into any other type fitting or Approval agency; for example, length of the Dry-Type Sprinkler has the without first consulting the Technical UL Listing is based on NFPA 13 minimum exposure length depicted in Services Department.Failure to use the requirements. Figure 6. Refer to the Exposure Length appropriate fitting may result in one of Sprinkler Fittings section. the following: Install 1 inch NPT Series DS-1 Dry Type For wet pipe system installations of 1 • failure of the sprinkler to operate Sprinklers in the 1 inch NPT outlet or inch NPT Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprin- properly due to formation of ice run of the following fittings: klers connected to CPVC piping, use over the Inlet Plug or binding of the • malleable or ductile iron threaded only the following TYCO CPVC fittings: inlet Plug tee fittings that meet the dimen- • 1 in. x 1 in. NPT Female Adapter • insufficient engagement of the sional requirements of ANSI B16.3 (P/N 80145) Inlet pipe threads with consequent (Class 150) leakage • cast iron threaded tee fittings that • 1 in.x 1 in.x 1 in.NPT Sprinkler Head meet the dimensional requirements Adapter Tee(P/N 80249) Drainage q In accordance with the minimum of ANSI B16.4(Class 125) For dry pipe system installations, use requirements of the NATIONAL FIRE not DS-1 Dry-Type only the side outlet of maximum 2-1/2 PROTECTION ASSOCIATION for dry Dotinstall ll Series DS-1 in. reducing tee when locating Series pipe sprinkler systems, branch, cross, of the Sprinklers into elbowca contact the i The Inletet DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers directly and feed-main piping connected to Dry of the elbow. below the branch line. Otherwise, use Sprinklers and subject to freezing tern- the configuration shown in Figure 4 to peratures must be pitched for proper drainage. TFP520 Page 3 of 8 WRENCH FLAT WRENCH RECESS PUSH WRENCHAPI° 1 IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT f t WITH SPRINKLER WRENCH FLATS (OF. FIGURE 3 W-TYPE 7 SPRINKLER WRENCH re DSB-2 Ai EXPOSURE TO DRY RUN INTENDED LENGTH SYSTEM OUTLET FOR FREEZER ~(SEE DESIGN PLUGGED STRUCTURES CRITERIA SECTION) FACE OF OII� IV $ SPRINKLER FITTING at DSB-2 NPTIIIK pmmi TEE '�^I- MI INTENDED (SEE DESIGN FOR FREEZER CRITERIA STRUCTURES1111114 SECTION) DSB-2 TO DRY INTENDED IR AREA SYSTEM FOR FREEZER It STRUCTURESSUBJECT i AREA TO SUBJECT 1 HEATED siir FREEZINGglir TO AREA FREEZING II FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6 SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING EXPOSURE LENGTH UNHEATED AREA UNHEATED AREA -3/4° DIA. Exposure Length Clearance Space -3/4 When using Dry Sprinklers in wet pipe In accordance with NFPA 13, when (44,5m IA sprinkler systems to protect areas connecting an area subject to freez- CLEARANCEINSULATED subject to freezing temperatures, use ing and an area containing a wet pipe HOLE FREEZER Table C to determine a sprinkler's sprinkler system, the clearance space ADHESIVE STRUCTURE appropriate exposed barrel length to around the sprinkler barrel of Dry-Type prevent water from freezing in the con- Sprinklers must be sealed. Due to DSB-2 S necting pipes due to conduction. The temperature differences between two BOOT S $ exposed barrel length measurement areas,the potential for the formation of must be taken from the face of the condensation in the sprinkler and sub- II I-- 's� sprinkler fitting to the surface of the sequent ice build-up is increased. If structure or insulation that is exposed this condensation is not controlled,ice -—um ii . LA.-- -1- to the heated area.Refer to Figure 6 for build-up can occur that might damage an example. the dry-type sprinkler and/or prevent For protected area temperatures For operation in a fire situation. between those given above, the Use of the Model DSB-2 Dry Sprin- STRAP TIES DS-1 minimum recommended length from kler Boot, described in Technical Data (ENDS ON SHOWN WITH the face of the fitting to the outside of Sheet TFP591 and shown in Figure 7, OPPOSING STANDARD the protected area may be determined can provide the recommended seal. SIDES OF ESCUTCHEON by interpolating between the indicated BOOT) values. FIGURE 7 MODEL DSB-2 DRY SPRINKLER BOOT WITH DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER TFP520 Page 4 of 8 TY3338 • Horizontal Sidewall with Standard Escutcheon • • (3 mm Bulb Type) TY3358 Horizontal Sidewall with Standard Escutcheon Temperature Bulb Color (5 mm Bulb Type) Rating Code (Ref.Figure 2) SPRINKLER FINISH Natural Brass Chrome Plated Signal White 135°F(57°C) Orange 1,2,3 155°F(68°C) Red Notes: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(maximum order length of 48 inches). 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada(maximum order length of 48 inches). 3. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 352-01-E. TABLE A SERIES DS-1 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Coverages Minimum Minimum Top of W.x L. Flow, Pressure, Temperature Deflector-to-Ceiling ApplicationDistance2, ft x ft gpm psi Rating Inches (m x m) (Ipm) (bar) (mm) 16 x 16 26 21.6 TY3338 Horizontal Sidewall (4,9 x 4,9) (98) (1,49) (3 mm Bulb Type) 16 x 18 29 26.8 (4,9 x 5,5) (110) (1,85) For Quick Response, Light Hazard 16 x 20 32 32.7 Extended Coverage (4,9 x 6,1) (121) (2,25) per NFPA 13 18 x 16 29 26.8 (5,5 x 4,9) (110) (1,85) 135°F and 155°F 4 to 12 16 x 16 26 21.6 (57°C and 68°C) 1 (100 to 300) TY3358 Horizontal Sidewall (4,9 x 4,9) (98) (1,49) (5 mm Bulb Type) 16 x 18 29 26.8 (4,9 x 5,5) (110) (1,85) For Standard Response, Light Hazard 16 x 20 32 32.7 Extended Coverage (4,9 x 6,1) (121) (2,25) per NFPA 13 18 x 16 29 26.8 (5,5 x 4,9) (110) (1,85) Notes: 1. The minimum allowable spacing between sprinklers to prevent cold soldering is 14 feet(4,3 m). 2. To meet the deflector-to-ceiling distance of 4 to 12 inches(100 to 300 mm),the centerline of the sprinkler waterway must be 4-7/16 to 12-7/16 inches below the ceiling. TABLE B SERIES DS-1 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS UL AND C-UL INSTALLATION CRITERIA TFP52O Page 5 of 8 Temperatures for Heated Areal Ambient Temperature 40°F 50°F 60°F Exposed to (4°C) (10°C) (16°C) Discharge End of Sprinkler Minimum Exposed Barrel Length2, Inches (mm) 40°F 0 0 0 (4°C) 30°F 0 0 0 (-1°C) 20°F 4 (-7°C) (100) 0 0 10°F 8 1 (-12°C) (200) (25) 0 0°F 12 3 (-18°C) (305) (75) 0 -10°F 14 4 1 (-23°C) (355) (100) (25) -20°F 14 6 3 (-29°C) (355) (150) (75) -30°F 16 8 4 (-34°C) (405) (200) (100) -40°F 18 8 4 (-40°C) (455) (200) (100) -50°F 20 10 6 (-46°C) (510) (255) (150) -60°F 20 10 6 (-51°C) (510) (255) (150) Notes: 1. For protected area temperatures that occur between values listed above,use the next cooler temperature. 2. These lengths are inclusive of wind velocities up to 3D mph(18,6 kph). TABLE C EXPOSED SPRINKLER BARRELS IN WET PIPE SYSTEMS MINIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS t1COWorldwide www.tyco-fire.com Fire Protection Contacts Products Model SW-20 and SW-24 — 11.2 K-factor Extended Coverage Ordinary Hazard Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers (Standard Response) General rosive atmospheres. Consequently, it is recommended that the end user be Description consulted with respect to the suitability of these corrosion resistant coatings for The TYCO Model SW-20 and SW-24, any given corrosive environment. The 11.2 K-factor,Extended Coverage Ordi- effects of ambient temperature, con- o; ' A. nary Hazard(ECOH)Horizontal Sidewall centration of chemicals,and gas/chemi- cal velocity,should be considered,as a Sprinklers,Standard Response are dec- orative glass bulb sprinklers designed minimum,along with the corrosive na- SW-20 for use in ordinary hazard occupancies ture of the chemical to which the sprin- per NFPA 13. klers will be exposed. The SW-20 provides protection of coy- NOTICE erage areas up to 16 ft. x 20 ft. (320 Spft2),whereas the SW-24 provides pro- The Model SW-20 and SW 24 stalle tection of coverage areas up to 16 ft.x klers described herein must be installed J' 24 ft.(384 ft2),as compared to standard and maintained in compliance with this coverage horizontal sidewall sprinklers document and with the applicable stars- "' having a maximum coverage area of 10 dards of the National Fire Protection As- ft. x 10 ft. (100 ft2)for ordinary hazard sociation, in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. occupancies. Failure to do so may impair the perfor- SW-24 Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are de- mance of these devices. Maximum Working Pressure signed for installation along a wall or The owner is responsible for maintain- 175 psi (12,1 bar) the side of a beam and are common- ing their fire protection system and de- ly used instead of pendent or upright vices in proper operating condition. The Discharge Coefficient sprinklers due to aesthetics or building installing contractor or sprinkler manu- K= 11.2 GPM/psitl2(161,3 LPM/bart'2) construction considerations,where pip- facturer should be contacted with any ing across the ceiling is not desirable. questions. Temperature Rating SW-20: 155°F(68°C)&200°F(93°C) Corrosion resistant coatings, where SW-24:200°F(93°C) applicable, are utilized to extend the Sprinkler life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond Finishes that which would otherwise be ob- Identification Refer to Table B tained when exposed to corrosive at- mospheres.Although corrosion resin- Number (SIN) Physical Characteristics: tant coated sprinklers have passed the Frame Bronze standard corrosion tests of the appli- TY5332-SW-20 Button Bronze cable approval agencies,the testing is TY5337-SW-24 Sealing Assembly Beryllium not representative of all possible cor- Nickel wiTEFLON TY5332 is a re-designation for C5332 Bulb Glass TY5337 is a re-designation for C5337 Compression Screw Brass Technical Deflector Bronze Data IMPORTANT Approvals UL Always refer to Technical Data and C-ULListed (Refer to thheeDes Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER ign Criteria Section) WARNING"that provides cautions Polyester coated sprinklers are UL and with respect to handling and instal- C-UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant lation of sprinkler systems and corn- Sprinklers ponents. Improper handling and in- NYC under MEA 177-03-E stallation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 6 MARCH 2014 TFP230 TFP230 Page 2 of 6 Components: 6* 5 WRENCH 1 - Frame RECESS 2 - Button 4' (END"B') \ APPLY 3 - Bulb WRENCH AS 4 - Compression Screw 0 SHOWN 5- Sealing Assembly 13 6- Deflector* *Temperature rating is ' indicated on Deflector, 4 3 2 1 It **Pipe thread _1 connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided CENTERLINE FIGURE 3 on special request. 1/2" OF SPRINKLER WRENCH W-TYPE 3 SPRINKLER (12,7 mm) WATERWAY FLAT WRENCH 3/4"** I NPT 1 Do MAXIMUM THROW 1/2"(12,7 mm) (50,8 mm) NOMINAL - t- 1 MAKE-IN ' -� 6" (152,4 mm) (.- 3/4" _ 2-3/8" _ TO 12"(304,8 mm) (19,1 mm)--1 (60,3 mm) CEILING TO TOP 4/12 FIGURE 1 I OF SPRINKLER SLOPE MODEL SW-20(TY5332) 1 DEFLECTOR MAXIMUM L^i EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD DISTANCE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER FIGURE 4 11.2 K-FACTOR, 3/4 INCH NPT SPRINKLER PLACEMENT UNDER SLOPED CEILINGS IN Components: LOADING DOCKS 1 - Brame Operation - Button 3 - Bulb The glass bulb contains a fluid that ex- 5 - Compression Screw 0 5 - Sealing Assembly � p ans when exposed to heat.When the 6 Deflector" rated temperature is reached,the fluid 3/4"** expands sufficiently to shatter the glass Temperature rating is NPT bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate indicated on Deflector. WRENCH and water to flow. FLAT **Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided CENTERLINE on special request. 9/16" OF SPRINKLER (14,3 mm) WATERWAY 1 5 2 _ 1_ 6* O i 4 3 2. 1/2"(12,7 mm) (50,8 mm) — NOMINAL MAKE-IN 3/4" 2-3/8" (19,1 mm)y' (60,3 mm) _ FIGURE 2 MODEL SW-24(TY5337) EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER 11.2 K-FACTOR, 3/4 INCH NPT TFP230 Page 3 of 6 MODEL SW-20 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER(TY5332) OH Group 1 (0.15 gpm/sq.-ft.) Response Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-To-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Rating Area(1), Flow(2), Pressure), Distance), Temperature Spacingl4), Ft.x Ft.(m x m) GPM(LPM) PSI(BAR) In.(mm) Rating,°F Ft.(m) Standard 16 x 16(4,9 x 4,9 38(144) 11.5(0,79) 6 to 12(150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 18(4,9 x 5,5) 43(163) 14.7(1,01) 6 to 12(150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 20(4,9 x 6,1) 48(182) 18.4(1,27) 6 to 12(150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) MODEL SW-20 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER(TY5332) OH Group 2(0.20 gpm/sq.-ft.) Res onse Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-To-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Rating Areal1), Flow(2), Pressure), Distance), Temperature Spacingl4), Ft.x Ft.(m x m) GPM(LPM) PSI(BAR) In.(mm) Rating,°F Ft.(m) Standard 16 x 16(4,9 x 4,9 51 (193) 20.7(1,43) 6 to 12(150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 18(4,9 x 5,5) 1 58(220) 26.8(1,85) 6 to 12(150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 20(4,9 x 6,1) 64(242) 32.7(2,25) 6 to 12(150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) MODEL SW-24 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER(TY5337) OH Group 1 (0.15 gpm/sq.-ft.) Response Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-To-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Rating Area19, Flow(2), Pressure), Distance), Temperature Spacingl4), Ft.x Ft.(m x m) GPM(LPM) PSI(BAR) In.(mm) Rating,°F Ft.(m) Standard 16 x 22(4,9 x 6,7) 53(200) 22.4(1,54) 6 to 12(150 to 300) 200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 24(4,9 x 7,3) 58(220) 26.8(1,85) 6 to 12(150 to 300) 200 8(2,4) MODEL SW-24 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER(TY5337) OH Group 2(0.20 gpm/sq:ft.) Response Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-To-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Rating Areal1), Flow(2), Pressure), Distance), Temperature Spacing)4), Ft.x Ft.(m x m) GPM(LPM) PSI(BAR) In.(mm) Rating,°F Ft.(m) Standard 16 x 22(4,9 x 6,7) 71 (269) 40.2(2,77) 6 to 12(150 to 300) 200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 24(4,9 x 7,3) 77(291) 47,3(3,26) 6 to 12(150 to 300) 200 8(2,4) NOTES 1.Backwall(where sprinkler is located)by sidewall(length of throw). 2.Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM from each sprinkler.The indicted residual pressures are based on the nominal K-factor. 3.The centerline of the sprinkler waterway is located below the deflector as shown in Figures 1 and 2. 4.Minimum spacing is for lateral distance between sprinklers located along a single wall.Otherwise adjacent sprinklers(i.e., sidewall sprinklers on an adjacent wall,on an opposite wall,or pendent sprinklers)must be located outside of the maxi- mum listed protection area of the extended coverage sidewall sprinkler being utilized. TABLE A UL AND C-UL LISTING COVERAGE AND FLOW RATE CRITERIA TFP23O Page 4 of 6 Design Step 2.With pipe thread sealant ap- Frequent visual inspections are recom- plied to the pipe threads, hand tighten mended to be initially performed for Criteria the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. corrosion resistant coated sprinklers, Step 3.Tighten the sprinkler into the after the installation has been complet- The TYCO Model SW-20 and SW-24, sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type ed,to verify the integrity of the corro- 11.2 K-factor, Extended Coverage Ordi- 3(End B)Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Fig- Sion resistant coating.Thereafter, an- nary Hazard(ECOH)Horizontal Sidewall ure 3).With reference to Figures 1 and nual inspections per NFPA 25 should Sprinklers are for use in ordinary haz- 2,the W-Type 3 Sprinkler Wrench is to suffice;however, instead of inspecting and occupancies with non-combustible be applied to the sprinkler wrench flats from the floor level,a random sampling unobstructed construction and with a of close-up visual inspections should ceiling slope not exceeding 2 inches C/� be made,so as to better determine the per foot(9.2°), using the design crite- are and exact sprinkler condition and the long ria provided in Table A,(as well as any term integrity of the corrosion resistant additional requirements specified in Maintenance coating as it may be affected by the cor- NFPA 13 for Extended Coverage Side- rosive conditions present. wall Spray Sprinklers). The TYCO Model SW-20 and SW-24, 11.2 K-factor,Extended Coverage Ordi- Limited A 36 inch (914 mm) clearance must nary Hazard(ECOH)Horizontal Sidewall be maintained between the top of the Sprinklers must be maintained and ser- warranty sprinkler deflector and any miscella- viced in accordance with this section. neous storage. Before closing a fire protection system For warranty terms and conditions,visit The SW-20 and SW-24 may be installed main control valve for maintenance work www.tyco-fire.com. on sloped ceilings in loading docks with on the fire protection system that it Ion- a maximum roof slope of 4 inches per trols,obtain permission to shut down the foot(18.4°) as shown in Figure 4 and affected fire protection system from the using the design criteria provided in proper authorities and notify all person- Table A. nel who may be affected by this action. The SW-20 and SW-24 can be used only The owner is responsible for the in- for exposed applications.The SW-20 spection,testing, and maintenance of and SW-24 cannot be recessed. their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as Installation well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Associa- The TYCO Model SW-20 and SW-24, tion (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the 11.2 K-factor,Extended Coverage Ordi- standards of any other authorities hay- nary Hazard(ECOH)Horizontal Sidewall ing jurisdiction. Contact the installing Sprinklers must be installed in accor- contractor or sprinkler manufacturer re- dance with this section. garding any questions. General Instructions Automatic sprinkler systems should be Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if inspected,tested,and maintained by a the bulb is cracked or there is a loss qualified Inspection Service in accor- of liquid from the bulb.With the sprin- dance with local requirements and/or kler held horizontally,a small air bubble national code. should be present.The diameter of the Absence of an escutcheon, which is air bubble is approximately 1/16 in.(1,6 used to cover a clearance hole, may mm). delay the time to sprinkler operation in A leak tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint a fire situation. should be obtained with a minimum Automatic sprinklers must never be to maximum torque of 7 to 14 ft.-Ibs. painted, plated, coated or otherwise (9,5 to 19,0 Nm).Higher levels of torque altered after leaving the factory. Modi- can distort the sprinkler Inlet with con- fled sprinklers must be replaced.Sprin- sequent leakage or impairment of the klers that have been exposed to corro- sprinkler. sive products of combustion, but have Do not attempt to compensate for in- not operated,should be replaced if they sufficient adjustment in the Sprinkler by cannot be completely cleaned by wiping under-or over-tightening the Sprinkler/ the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing Support Cup Assembly. Re-adjust the it with a soft bristle brush. position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Care must be exercised to avoid dam- Step 1. Horizontal sidewall sprinklers age to the sprinklers before,during,and are to be installed with their center- after installation.Sprinklers damaged line perpendicular to the back wall and by dropping, striking, wrench twist/ parallel to the ceiling.The word "TOP" slippage,or the like, must be replaced. on the deflector is to face towards the Also, replace any sprinkler that has a ceiling. cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb.(Ref. Installation Section). TFP230 Page 5 of 6 P/N 51 - XXX - X - XXX SPRINKLER SPRINKLER MODEL SIN FINISH TEMPERATURE RATING 072 Model SW-20 TY5332 1 Natural Brass 155 155°F(68°C) (SW-20 Only) 073 Model SW-24 TY5337 4 Signal White(RAL9003) 200 200°F(93°C) Polyester (SW-20 or SW-24) 9 Chrome Plated TABLE B PART NUMBER SELECTION MODEL SW-20 AND SW-24 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS WITH 3/4 INCH NPT CONNECTION Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability.When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Num- bers(P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections: Specify: Model (specify) ECOH Hori- zontal Sidewall Sprinkler, SIN (specify), (specify)temperature rating, (specify) finish, P/N (specify from Table B) Sprinkler Wrench: Specify: W-Type 3 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-895-1-001 Bulletin 016 September 2019 Model DH56 HSW ® Model DH56 HSW Recessed • ReliableModel DH56 HSW Concealed g Quick Response, ' Extended Coverage Dry Sprinklers 1 N For coverages up to 28 feet wide and 10 feet longt'f. 250 psi (17,2 bar) rated. Features: 1. Coverage for long and narrow spaces such as hallways, corridors, decks and rooms up to 28 feet wide and 10 feet long.m) 2. Deflector to ceiling dimensions are: 4"(102mm)min.to 12"(305mm) max. DH56 HSW 3. Minimum spacing between sprinklers 16 feet(4.9m){1t 4. Polyester Coated or Electroless Nickel PTFE Plated Cor- rosion Resistant Sprinklers. *Concealed Sprinkler is not corrosion resistant. 7 5. UL Listed for extended coverage,light hazard applications. 6. 5.6 K Factor. 7. Sprinkler is approved for 250 psi(17,2 bar)applications. 8. Quick response performance. 9. 1/2"(13mm)adjustment of escutcheon and cover. DH56 HSW/HB 10.Concealed cover plate can prevent the sprinkler from being used for unintended purposes,No exposed thermal element with the concealed version. 11. Push-on/thread-off sturdy convenient escutcheon for recessed and cover for concealed. 12.Factory assembled sprinkler&cup,shipped complete with bulb protector for concealed and FP recessed versions. 13.Sprinkler & cup assembly and escutcheon or cover are separately packaged. DH56 HSW FP Recessed 14.Available in a variety of plated and painted finishes t1>See Fig. 10. Approval Organizations • Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and UL certified for Canada(cULus) Patents US Patent No. 7,841,418 DH56 HSW Concealed Other Patents Pending with SWC cover plate Products Description The Model DH56 are quick response extended cover- & 165 degree solder. In the event of a fire the rising ambient age sidewall dry sprinklers for use in light hazard applica- temperature melts the solder and the cover plate is ejected tions. The Model DH56 dry sprinkler with SWC cover plate away by springs exposing the 3mm frangible glass bulb. is a concealed sprinkler that uses Reliable's push on/thread The use of a 3mm bulb allows quick response which enables off sidewall cover.This sprinkler has the cup factory mounted the sprinkler to apply water to a fire sooner than standard and is shipped with a bulb protector that protects the 3mm response sprinklers of the same temperature rating. frangible glass bulb during shipping and post installation fin- Model DH56 dry sprinklers are intended for use in dry ishing operations. The DH56 can be combined in the field and preaction systems to protect areas subjected to freez- with the FP Escutcheon to make a recessed dry sprinkler. ing temperatures and unheated portions inside and outside The SWC cover plate and FP recessed escutcheons have buildings. See Fig. 8 for guidelines on using dry sprinklers in 1/2" adjustment. The SWC cover plate is attached with 135 wet systems. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Environments wherein dry sprinklers are employed can DH56 HSW Recessed with FP Escutcheon be corrosive. For this reason, Model DH56 dry sprinklers To install the DH56 HSW dry sprinkler with the FP Escutch- have a special wax fillet placed in the gap between the eon as a recessed sprinkler cut a 25/8" diameter hole in the cup that supports the bulb and the wrenching boss. This wall as shown in Fig. 6. Temporarily remove the plastic pro- wax will not interfere with the operation of the sprinkler, tective cap, and then use the Model XLO2 wrench' (see and it prevents contaminants from entering the internal Fig. 2)to tighten the sprinkler until it is secured in the sprin- portion of the drop nipple. The wax must not be removed. kler fitting. Note:The Model XLO2 wrench has a notch in it to accommodate the deflector top. This wrench can only Application be inserted one way. Care must be taken not to damage The Model DH56 is a horizontal sidewall dry sprinkler the deflector during tightening. Apply a PTFE based seal- intended for installation in light hazard occupancies in ac- ant to the sprinkler threads before installing in the sprinkler. cordance with NFPA 13. These sprinklers are designed to It is recommended that the sprinkler be protected during provide fire protection in long and narrow spaces such as plastering and painting operations by reinstalling the plastic hallways, corridors, decks and rooms up to 28 feet (8,5m) protective cap. Installation is completed by removing the wide and 10 feet(3m)long. They are rated for 250 psi(17,2 protective cap and inserting the push-on escutcheon. Turn bar) and can be mounted between 4 and 12 inches (102 clockwise to adjust the escutcheon against the wall. and 305mm)down from the ceiling. General Installation Instructions DH56 HSW Concealed with SWC Cover Plate To install the DH56 HSW dry sprinkler with the SWC cover- Model DH56 dry sprinklers must be installed only in stan- plate as a concealed sprinkler, cut a 21/8"diameter hole into dard (ANSI B 16.3 class 150 and ANSI B 16.4 class 125) the wall as shown in Fig. 7. Temporarily remove the plastic pipe tees in the horizontal position,even at branch line ends. protective cap,and then use the Model XLO2 wrench' (see They should not be installed into elbows or pipe couplings Fig. 2)to tighten the sprinkler until it is secured in the sprin- located on drop nipples to the sprinklers. For these and kler fitting. Note:The Model XLO2 wrench has a notch in it other fittings including CPVC, the dry sprinkler should be to accommodate the deflector top. This wrench can only installed into a fitting to allow protrusion into the fitting in ac- be inserted one way. Care must be taken not to damage cordance with the diagrams. The "A" dimension of the dry the deflector during tightening. Apply a PTFE based seal- sprinkler, which extends into a freezing zone from wet pipe ant to the sprinkler threads before installing in the sprinkler. systems, should be selected to provide, as a minimum,the It is recommended that the sprinkler be protected during specified lengths in inches shown in Fig. 8. plastering and painting operations by reinstalling the plastic Caution: protective cap. Installation is completed by removing the Do not install Model DH56 HSW Dry sprinklers into CPVC protective cap and inserting the coverplate. Coverplate as- adapter fittings or tees that have an internal obstruction. semblies provide 1/2" (13mm) of adjustment. Final adjust- This will damage the sprinkler and/or the fitting. Refer to merit is made by turning the coverplate clockwise until the Fig. 9. skirt flange makes full contact with the wall surface. Cover DH56 HSW removal requires turning in the counter-clockwise direction. To install the DH56 HSW dry sprinkler cut a 2'/a"diameter Concealed coverplate assemblies are listed only for use hole wall as shown in Fig. 4. Use the Model in with specific sprinklers.The use of any other concealed wall hole in the wrench (see Fig. 3)on the square boss to tighten sprinkler or the use of the SWC coverplate on any sprinkler the sprinkler until it is secured in the sprinkler fitting'.Apply with which it is not specifically listed will void all guarantees, a PTFE based sealant to the sprinkler threads before install- warranties, listings and approvals. ing in the sprinkler. Installation is completed by removing Note:DH56 and DH56 Recessed Sprinklers have orange the orange glass bulb-protector and assembling the slip-on bulb protectors to minimize bulb damage during shipping, escutcheon to the sprinkler's can. handling,and installation. REMOVE THIS PROTECTION AT THE TIME THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS PLACED IN SER- DH56 HSW/HB VICE FOR FIRE PROTECTION. Removal of the protectors To install the DH56 HSW/HB dry sprinkler cut a 2' "diam- before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to damage. eter hole in the wall as shown in Fig. 5. Use the Model F3R RASCO wrenches are designed to install sprinklers when installation wrench(see Fig.3)on the square boss to tighten covers are in place. REMOVE PROTECTORS BY UNDO- the sprinkler until it is secured in the sprinkler fitting'. Apply ING THE CLASP BY HAND. DO NOT USE TOOLS TO RE a PTFE based sealant to the sprinkler threads before install MOVE THE PROTECTORS. ing in the sprinkler. Installation is completed by removing the orange glass bulb-protector and assembling the slip-on escutcheon to the sprinkler's can. installation Wrenches. Throughout this technical bulletin,Reliable has specified specific installation wrenches for use on each version of our sprinklers.A pipe wrench may also be used to install a dry sprinkler provided that it only interfaces with the steel outer tube of the assembly(Item#8 on fig 10). Keep in mind that a pioe wrench will incorporate a large amount of toraue into the final assembly.This toraue will have to be matched or exceeded upon the sprinkler's removal at A later date. 2. Technical Data: Maintenance K Factor Temperature Sprinkler Model DH56 Quick Response Dry Sprinklers should be in- Thread Rating Maximum Identifica- spected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance Ambient tion Met- Size swc with NFPA 25. Do not remove the factory applied thermally US ric Sprinkler Cover Temperature Number sensitive wax fillet between the bulb supporting cup and the (SIN) 155°F 135°F 100°F wrenching boss. Do not replace this wax with a substitute (68°C) (57°C) (38°C) substance. An alternate substance may interfere with proper 175°F 165°F 150°F operation of the sprinkler. Do not clean sprinklers with soap 5.6 80 1" (79°C) (74°C) (66°C) RA1664 and water, ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove 200°F 165°F 150°F dust by using a soft brush or gentle vacuuming. Remove any (93°C) (74°C) (66°C) sprinkler which has been painted(other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or Coverage Area operated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be Maximum Coverage Flow Rate Pressure maintained in their original cartons and packaging until used Area Width x Length Psi(bar) p g g ft x ft(m x m) gpm(Umin) to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would 28 x 8(8,5 x 2,4) 23(87,1) 16.9(1,2L cause improper operation or non-operation. 28x10(8,5x3) 28(106) 25(1,7) Model DH56 Quick Response Approval Type: Extended Coverage Horizontal • Quick Response, Extended Coverage. Sidewall Dry Sprinkler Specification • Approved for installation in accordance with NFPA 13 Sprinklers shall be a [quick response—cULus Listed] ex- for light hazard occupancies. tended coverage horizontal sidewall sprinkler for light hazard occupancies. Sprinklers to be of bronze frame construction Step 1 with a special deflector capable of providing a discharge over a coverage area of 28 ft. (8,5m) wide, and 10 ft. (3m) long Ill NNW._ l horizontal throw.Water seal assembly shall consist of a PTFE coated Belleville spring washer. Installation shall permit sprin- kler deflectors to be positioned 4" (102mm) to 12" (305mm) Step 2 below the ceiling. Sprinklers shall have a nominal K-factor of 5.6 (80), and 1" NPT thread. Sprinkler temperature rating shall be [155°F (68°C)] and [200°F(93°C)]. Rated working pressure shall be 250 psi (17.2 bar). Standard finish: [white] [chrome][bronze][Special finish— specify]. Quick response 1 extended coverage horizontal sidewall dry sprinklers shall be Reliable Model DH56,SIN RA1664(Bulletin 016). Step 3 For recessed EC horizontal sidewall sprinklers: Replace "horizontal sidewall"with"recessed horizontal sidewall." Add: ill` (1)Recessed escutcheon assembly shall be a two-piece es- cutcheon of push-on and thread off design with '/z" (13mm) adjustment.Standard finish shall be chrome,white and brass. �— Quick response recessed horizontal sidewall sprinklers shall Fig.2-XL02 Wrench be Reliable Model DH56,SIN RA1664(Bulletin 016). For concealed EC horizontal sidewall sprinklers: Replace "horizontal sidewall" with "concealed horizontal sidewall." 01111111 Add: Cover plate assembly shall consist of a brass cover Dplate and copper alloy retainer flange. Method of attaching the cover plate to the sprinkler cup shall be a push-on and thread-off design allowing a 1/2" (13mm) cover plate adjust- ment. Cover plate temperature rating shall be 135°F(57°C) Fig.3-F3RWrench for 155°F (68°C) dry sprinkler and 165°F (74°C) for 200°F (93°C) dry sprinkler. A bulb protector shall be provided and factory installed inside the sprinkler cup to protect the glass bulb from damage, which could occur during construction before the cover plate is installed.Standard cover plate finish: [white] [Custom Color— specify]. Quick response extended coverage concealed horizontal sidewall dry sprinklers shall be Reliable Model DH56,SIN RA1664(Bulletin 016). 3. mmmw DH56 HEW DRY SPRINKLER Ceiling f 15/32" [12mm] 1-15/16"" 4" [102mm] Min. Sprinkler Can [53mm] 12" [305mm] Max, System Tee Inlet Fitting _[, -=-r�l � i +�n— �, 1ws 3" Dia. t ,,\ __,__ IjI1 , , ``,- 2-1/8" Dia. [54mm] \-1/4" [6mm] Nominal Hole in Wall Protrusion 1/4" [6mm] Escutcheon Adjustment • 1-1/4" [32mm] _ Escutcheon Nominal Position o1erco,c Adjustment of Escutcheon - "A" Dimension AVAILABLE ''A" DIM. IS 2" TO 48" (51MM TO 1219MM) IN 1/4" (6MM) INCREMENTS Fig. 4 MODEL DH56 DRY SPRINKLER WITH MODEL HB ESCUTCHEON Escutcheon q" [10 m] Min. Sprinkler Can 12" [305 mm] Max. Inlet Fitting 1-15/16"" System Tee [53mm] \_ ,J"' o __ ___—___ 5/8" [16 mm] 3 1/2,,-+- it �,,o n [89 mm] = . --tom Dia. l 2 1/2" Dia. 1 [64 mm] 1-1/4" Hole in Wall [32mm] 1-1/4" [32mm] Nominal Projection 1/2" [13 mm] mcrcosc Escutcheon Adjustment 1/2" [13 mm]—.-1 NNN. Nominal Escutcheon Position Escutcheon Adjustment "A" Dimension - AVAILABLE "A" DIM. IS 3-1/2" TO 36" (89 MM TO 914 MM) IN 1/4" (6MM) INCREMENTS Fig. 5 4. DH56 HSW RECESSED DRY SPRINKLER Ce'ling.. _...5 Nom 1 1/ Escutcheon [32mm] 4" [102mm] Min. Sikler Cup o jrnIeemnletFh::: - 12" [305mm] Max. 5/8" [16mm] 3 7/32" Dia. [82mm] 2 5/8" Dia. [67mm] Hole in Wall - 1/4" [6mm] Escutcheon Adjustment 1/4" [6mm] �Nominal Position 016FG06C Escutcheon Adjustment of Escutcheon "A" Dimension AVAILABLE 'A" DIM. IS 3-1/2" TO 48" (89mm TO 1219mm) IN 1/4" (6mm) INCREMENTS Fig. 6 DH56 HSW CONCEALED DRY SPRINKLER icrzi _ _ 7-9/76„ II [40mm] System Tee Sprinkler Cup ^N - 4" [102mm] Min 12" [305mm] Max �_ Inlet Fitting 5/8" [16mm] -II 3-7/32" Dia. [82mm] 2-5/8" [67mm] r=i -- Dia. Hole in Wall 1/4" [6mm] i. Cover Plate Adjustment 1/4" [6mm] Cover Plate Adjustment 21'N--Nominal Position 016rc070 of Cover Plate "A" Dimension AVAILABLE 'A" DIM. IS 3-1/2" TO 48" (89mm TO 1219mm) IN 1/4" (6mm) INCREMENTS ig. -- 5. MINIMUM EXPOSED BARREL LENGTH WHEN CONNECTED TO WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM NOTE: STANDARD DRY PENDENT IS SHOWN, HOWEVER, MINIMUM EXPOSED BARREL LENGTH APPLIES TO ALL STYLES OF DRY SPRINKLERS CONNECTED TO A WET PIPE SYSTEM. WET PIPE EXPOSED BARREL AMBIENT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Fti l TEMPERATURE \---___j4--�---fi---.,''1FF--__ -h) EXPOSED TO 40F/4'C 150F/IDEC I 60'F/16'C DISCHARGE END EXPOSED MINIMUM BARREL LENGTH.. -K- I- -_ -_ _� OF SPRINKLER* (� ��I II' (F ACE OF FITTING TO TOP OF CEILING)"^^ L=_- KL- H _E L- ___J IN. (MU) IN. (MM) IN. (MM) 1 I_i 407(4'C) 0 0 0 r - 1., ) III IF HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL 307(-1'C) 0 0 0 CAUSES CONDENSATION ON THE EXPOSED DRY SPRINKLER. CONSIDER WRAPPING THE EXPOSED 20'F(-TIC) 4(100) 0 0 BARREL WITH INSULATION. FOAM INSULATING 107(-12C) 8(200) 1 (25) 0 TAPE OR EpUIVALENT. 0'F(-18'C) 12(300) 3(75) D MINIMUM (HEATED AREA) SEAL THE CLEARANCE SPACE - EXPOSES AROUND THE SPRINKLER TO AVOID 10F(-23'C) 14(350) a(100) 1 (25) BARREL LEAKAGE OF AIR INTO THE PROTECTED -207(-29'C) 14(350) 6(150) 3(75) LENGTH AREA AND CONSEQUENT FORMATION OF . . CLEARANCE CONDENSATE AROUND THE FRAME,WHICH -30F(-34'C) 16 (400) 8(200) 4(TOO) DIMENSION HOLE COULD INHIBIT OPERATION OR CAUSE PREMATURE OPERATON. SEE BELOW FOR -407(-40'C) 18(450) B(200) 4(100) RECOMMENDED METHODS. -50T(-46T) 20(500) 10(250) 6 (150) -60'F(-511C) 20(500) ID(250) 6(150) *FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES EXPOSED TO THE DISCHARGE INSIDE SURFACE OF END OF THE SPRINKLER THAT OCCUR BETWEEN THE VALUES INSULATION. WALL, OR LISTED USE THE NEXT COOLER TEMPERATURE. ® 1 EMBEREE CEILING `* THE MINIMUM EXPOSED BARREL LENGTH IS NOT THE SAME AS THE'A'DIMENSION. THE MINIMUM EXPOSED BARREL LENGTH IS BASED ON A PROPERLY SEALED PENETRATION MATH A MAXIMUM WIND VELOCITY ON THE EXPOSED SPRINKLER OF �- 30 MPH(48 KM/H).LONGER EXPOSED BARREL LENGTHS WILL THERMAL {L■IpI ,+II ESCUTCHEON HELP AVOID FREEZING OF THE WET PIPING WHERE HIGHER BARRIER �IaO�ll WIND VELOCITY IS EXPECTED. 1,'�-tl "THE MINIMUM EXPOSED BARREL LENGTH IS MEASURED DISCHARGE ENO OF SPRINKLER FROM THE FACE OF THE FITTING TO THE INSIDE FACE OF THE -- INSULATION,WALL. OR CEILING LEADING TO THE COLD SPACE, PROTECTED(NON-CONDITIONED)AREA) WHICHEVER IS CLOSEST TO THE FITTING. RECOMMENDED DRY SPRINKLER SEAL ARRANGEMENTS WET PIPE (DRY SPRINKLER WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON SHOWN) WET PIPE t ___ __ '$INS---F7 '--- i, 1 -1W-- ir ua I _- _ Ls I tiJ •i" (HEATED AREA) (HEATED AREA) El' MINIMUM EXPOSED MINIMUM BARREL EXPOSED LENGTH DECKTITE FLASHING — INSIDE FACE r LENGTH SEAL BARREL (SEE ABOVE) RASCO y4003910 / (RECOMMENDED) (SEE ABOVE) or CLEARANCE HOLE INSULATED FREEZER, OR COOLER STRUCTURE _ OR EXTERIOR FRAMING --� • M I I I ` J_ (PROTECTED AREA) `I�U I+ DISCHARGE END IN SPRILD NKLER OF (PROTECTED AREA) `L-,I+ WpSDGE END AREA OF 1 COMDRYDETI Fig. 8 5. *CAUTION* RELIABLE DRY SPRINKLERS MAY BE INSTALLED IN A LISTED CPVC SPRINKLER FITTING, ONLY UPON VERIFICATION THAT THE FITTING DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH THE SPRINKLER'S INLET. Do not install dry sprinklers with standard inlets into CPVC fittings that have an internal obstruction;this will damage the sprinkler,the fitting, or both. Short inlet("PL")versions of Reliable dry sprinklers are available that may or may not be compatible with fittings having internal obstructions in existing installations. Sprinklers with the short inlet("PL") should only be installed in CPVC fittings of wet-pipe systems. In all cases, verify sprinkler and fitting dimensions prior to installation to avoid interference. Internal Obstruction No Internal Obstruction rippr 111, Female Female Pipe / Pipe /►�� ,, Thread 4_________ „ Thread �� �% CPVC Fitting with Internal Obstruction CPVC fitting No Internal Obstruction 1 Shorter == Longer Inlet 1 Inlet Male r � Male Pipe Pipe Thread ■IUI Thread .111 ril , Dry Sprinkler Dry Sprinkler Short Inlet ("PL") Standard Inlet BE SURE TO ORDER THE CORRECT SPRINKLERS FOR YOUR APPLICATION COMDRYDET2 Fig. 9 6. Ordering Information Finishesttf Specify: Standard Finishes 1. Sprinkler Type (select one): Sprinkler Standard and Model HB Cover Plate (a)Model DH56 Dry EC HSW Model FP Escutcheon (b)Model DH56 Dry EC HSW/HB Escutcheon (C) Model DH56 Dry Recessed EC HSW/FP White Polyester') White Polyester White Paint White Paint Chrome Chrome Chrome (d)Model DH56 Dry Concealed EC HSW Bronze Brass 2. Sprinkler Temperature Rating. Special Application Finishes 3. Sprinkler Finish. Sprinkler Standard and Model HB Cover 4. Cover Plate/Escutcheon Finish. Model FP Escutcheon Plate Escutcheon 5. Length: "A" Dimension(face of tee to face of ceiling or Black Polyester') Black Polyester Custom Color Custom Color wall) in 1/4" (6mm) increments. Custom Color Custom Color Paint Paint Polyester Polyester Black Plated Notes: Black Plated Black Plated Chrome 1. The "A" dimension is based on a nominally gauged pipe Electroless Nickel Electroless Nickel Brass thread "make-up" of 0.600" (15mm) per ANSI B2.1 [71/2 PTFE(ENTf2' PTFE(ENT) Bright Brass threads approximately]. Chrome Dull Chrome Dull 2. All platings and paintings are decorative and intended for interior use. ) Other colors and finishes are available. Consult factory for details. (2) cULus listed Corrosion Resistant(except for concealed version) Installation Wrench Note:Paint or any other coatings applied over the factory finish will void Model XLO2 Sprinkler Wrench (Recessed &Concealed) all approvals and warranties. Model F3R Sprinkler Wrench Note:Throughout this technical bulletin,Reliable has specified specific in- stallation wrenches for use on each version of our sprinklers.A pipe wrench may also be used to install a dry sprinkler provided that it only interferes with the steel outer tube of the assembly(item#8 on fig 16).Keep in mind that a pipe wrench will incorporate a large amount of torque into the final as- sembly.This torque will have to be matched or exceeded upon the sprinkler removal at a later date. - I [4.9m] Minimum Spacing 28' [8.5m] Maximum Spacing l� \ MODEL DH56 DRY SPRINKLER " 4� • WALL • \ FLO.1011eF a`' 4"[100mm] min. From Ceiling 12"[305mm] max. From Ceiling III IIIII 28' [8.5m] 8' [2.4m] or 10' [3m] 016FG010 Fig. 10 8. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS ® ITEMtf DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION ® �` ot_� 3 1 FRAME BRASS PER UNSC83600 .�N c ; w/% 2 DEFLECTOR BRONZE PER UNS C51000 J-Mplair 3 LOAD SCREW BRASS PER UNS C22000 S 4 SEAT ADAPTOR BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C36000 ® ; t 0 5 BULB INSERT COPPER ALLOY PER UNS C31400 S E 6 GLASS BULB GLASS W/GLYCERIN SOLUTION 7 ORIFICE ADAPTOR BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C36000 4i■ ti 8 OUTER TUBE GALVANIZED STEEL a 9 INNER TUBE BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C23000 E I 10 YOKE BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C38000 11 INLET BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C35330 di 12 CAP BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C54400 13 SPRING WASHER/SEAL PTFE COATED BERYLLIUM NICKEL 14 FLIP DISK BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C54400 CAN/ESCUTCHEON PAINTED OR PLATED MILD STEEL 15 (NOT USED ON ALL MODELS) 0 III 0® (PIPE WRENCH MAY ONLY BE USED ON OUTER STEEL PIPE OF SPRINKLER) °,;1‘ 101 II Ok\1 41 I : ® mt I) 7 1. COMDRYDETI3 O II vr 1 0 0 t! O „4,,,, APPEARANCE OF DEFLECTOR MAY VARY DEPENDING ON MODEL Fig. 11 The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association,Factory Mutual Research Corporation,or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years. Manufactured by Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co.,Inc. Recycled ReIIavie (800)431-1588 Sales Offices ate ne d (800)848-6051 Sales Fax Revision lines indicate updated or new data. (914)829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address EG.Printed in U.S.A.09/19 P/N 9999970308 Recessed Canopy , ��, FPPI° ' Description FPPI offers recessed canopies in different adjustment ranges: The standard recessed canopy has a range of 0-3/4", while the recessed canopy with short skirt covers 0- �..✓ 1/2". Both types are available in four standard finishes(black, white, chrome and brass) and two standard thread sizes(1/2" and 3/4" IPS). Both the white and black finishes are '� „ polyester powder coated for maximum durability and consistent color. The threadable V i ... portion or retainer features 15 tines for maximum friction to the skirt or outer ring. The recessed canopy has been widely accepted as the preferred method of finished r" sprinkler head installations and is considered as the most aesthetically pleasing solution, as it makes the sprinkler head less obtrusive. ._ Installation Specifications Proper installation of the recessed sprinkler escutcheon can be accomplished with tools ordinarily found on the job site. The installer must make sure that the Type' Adjustable Recessed face of the reducing coupling must extend to within 1/2"(recessed canopy with short skirt) or 3/4"(standard recessed canopy)of the finished ceiling material but Standard threads: not farther than flush with the finished ceiling.Thread the cup (retainer) by hand /z"or 3/4" IPS all the way on to the sprinkler head threads.Then install the sprinkler into the Material: reducing coupling at the end of the drop nipple according to the sprinkler head .020"cold rolled steel manufacturer's specifications.The skirt can be installed after the finished ceiling has been completed. Firmly push the skirt over the retainer until the skirt is firmly Standardhrme, Brass,White, finishes: Chrome, W Black seated against the finished ceiling. Installation is now complete. Adjustment range: 0'/2" (recessed canopy with short skirt) 0-3/4"(standard recessed canopy) Coverage: 27/8" Part Numbers: Standard Recessed Canopy: The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is provided for guidance 01-400-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy CP Y" and information purposes only.FPPI and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the 01-402-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy WH Vs" use or misuse of its product by persons whose methods and qualifications are outside and beyond our control.It is the 01-406-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy BR'Is user's responsibility to determine the suitability of,methods of use,preparation prior to use,and appropriate installation 01-408-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy BK 1/2° for all products purchased from FPPI.It is the user's sole responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may 01-412-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy CP 3" be advisable or necessary for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. 01-414-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy WH s/a" 01-418-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy BR 4" 01-420-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy BK 3/" 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 Recessed Canopy With Short Skirt: +1 (760)599-1168 01-450-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy CP 1/2" +1 (800)344-1822 01-452-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy WH 15" +1 (800)344-3775 FAX 01-456-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy BR'h" 01-470-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy CP 3/4" 1 ©2016 Fire Protection Products,Inc. 01-472-00 2-pc Rec.Canopy WH 3/4" 11141411idatIME111.11111. ..m.TITITI • IT 1-pc and 2-pc Sprinkler Head Guards 47, `jel FPPI` Description Both the 1-pc and 2-pc head guards are designed to provide protection against low level impacts to the sprinkler head. The 1-pc design features a dual hook 4, attaching system to allow for installation on most 1/2" and 3/4" IPS sprinkler �y j heads. The 1-pc also can be provided with a water shield for in-rack sprinkler systems.The 2-pc designed features a cage and clamping base plate. This �w, -� design can provide additional protection for sprinklers that may experience 'N``,; greater opportunity for repeated abuse. Both types of head guards are available 1 4•l ii .414 in either red or chrome finish. Caution: Head guards will not protect sprinkler i ��� ` heads from severe abuse or impact. Installation Specifications 1-pc Head Guard installation can be accomplished without tools and can be installed in the pendent* or upright position. Disengage both hooks Tyre` Formed Wire Cage on either side of the guard. Spread the cage open just enough to clear the sprinkler frame and deflector being careful not to damage the sprinkler. Engage Sizes: the open end of the cage at the base of the sprinkler between the frame and the 1-pc 1/2"or 3/4" PS threads. Reengage both hooks on either side of the sprinkler. 2-pc Head Guard 2-pc installation requires the use of a common screw driver. Place the base plate 1/2" IPS around the top thread of the sprinkler head closest to the frame. Close the base plate around the thread.At the same time, hold the cage to the base plate until Material: .12"steel wire the base plate engages the cage with its four tangs. Adjust the set screw until base plate is firmly attached to the sprinkler. Finishes: Red enamel Chrome *The 1-pc head guard with shield will not function properly when installed in the pendent position. For this application use a 1-pc head guard without the shield and a water shield that will thread onto the sprinkler base according the sprinkler head manufacturers specifications. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 +1 760 599-1168 +1 800 344-1822 FAX+1 800 344-3775 ®2015 Are Protection Products,Inc. TT TT U p r SP EARS FlameGuard® CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCTS FG-2-0215 Complete System of Pipe, Fittings & Solvent Cement Corrosion Resistant • Superior Flow • Ease of Installation ,4! Spears® FlameGuard®CPVC Fire Sprinkler Products provide a cost effective ilk14 alternative to metal systems with advantages of high corrosion resistance, improved system hydraulics, ease of installation and quick assembly with common r \ tools. CPVC Fire Sprinkler Systems are based on •. ! . proven products that InAN, have been in continuous 111 N Ra _� ��` service for over 40 years. 5154 4 CPVC FIRE 6PRIN1aERPRODUCTS Spears® FlameGuard® products are approved , ' 1@Js' by UL®, FM® Global, LPCB and Certified by NSF International for potable water use. Check local codes for restrictions and limitations. Corrosion Resistant CPVC Material Does Easy Installation for Lower Costs Not Sustain Biological Growth FlameGuard® CPVC system installations Unlike metal systems, FlameGuard®CPVC significantly reduce costs over conventional products never rust, scale or pit and do not sustain metal piping by virtually eliminating prefabrication. biological growth - a cause of Microbiologically Systems can be fully installed on site using solvent Influenced Corrosion (MIC)which can destroy metal cement joining methods. fire sprinkler systems from the inside out. UL® Listed for U.S. and Canada in Superior Flow Characteristics for Lower NFPA 13, 13R & 13D Systems Friction Losses FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Products The smooth-wall interior surfaces of FlameGuard® are UL® listed for U.S. and Canada applications CPVC systems result in reduced friction loss over for Light Hazard occupancies as defined in metal systems. The design flow characteristics NFPA 13, Residential occupancies up to and remain constant throughout the life of the product including 4-stories as defined in NFPA 13R, and because there is no interior corrosion in the system Residential occupancies for one and two family due to microbiological activity. dwellings and manufactured homes as defined in NFPA 13D. Consult Spears® FlameGuard®CPVC Pressure Rated to 175 psi (1.21 Mpa) Fire Sprinkler Products Installation Instructions (1200kpa) 0 150°F (66°C) and NFPA Standards for additional applications FlameGuard CPVC Products are produced in including air plenum, system risers, concealed, combinations of Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 exposed, underground, combustable attic, Fitting configurations con-forming to ASTM F 438 garage, basement and low pressure dry piping or F 439 standards and FlameGuard®SDR 13.5 installations. CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe conforming to ASTM F 442 standards. UL® and FM® Rated working Full Limited Lifetime Warranty pressure is 175 psi (1 .21 Mpa) (1200kpa) @ FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Products 150°F (66°C) (LPCB rated to 120°F) (49°C). carry a limited lifetime warranty against defects in material or workmanship. Consult Spears® warranty for additional details. kP'N PROGRESSIVE PRODUCTS FROM SPEARS' INNOVATION& TECHNQLOGY s�P[l3; UKAS "" Visit our websitc at www.spearsmtg.com Assessed to ISO 9001:2008 Certificate number 293 Spears° FlameGuard). . . The Leader in Innovative CPVC Fire Sprinkler System Products Pioneer in Molded-in Metal Insert Head Adapters Patent No. 5,437,481 Spears° pioneered the development of the FlameGuard® molded- in-place metal thread insert for connection of sprinkler heads to CPVC fire sprinkler systems, plus Metal FIPT threaded female adapters for metal-to-plastic transitions. Developed the Special Reinforced (SR) Head Adapters Patent No. 5,582,439 Spears° FlameGuard®continuous improvement program developed the technology to produce a superior patented plastic threaded fitting - the Special Reinforced (SR) Design. This unique design incorporates a patented thermoplastic compression process that1110 equalizes stresses generated by tapered thread joint make-up. All CPVC plastic body and threads provide a more uniform construction and improved corrosion resistance. Revolutionary Gasket Sealed Head Adapter Choices Patent No. 8,474,472 - 8,297,663 - 7,458,613 Lead Free • Requires NO Thread Sealants • Eliminates Stress • Prevents Over Tightening • Provides Easy Frame Alignment Spears® revolutionary Gasket Sealed Head Adapters feature an elastomer gasket seal at the base of the threads. The gasket seal allows a modified thread design that eliminates radial stress and associated problems typical with tapered thread joint make up. Choose from TorqueSafeTM design with rotating brass lorquesafeTM,SofTorque'M & thread insert, SofTorqueTM design with Special Reinforced (SR) QuickTorqueTM Fittings plastic threads and compressible gasket or QuickTorqueTM with Lead Free similar features plus brass threads. sw Full Assortment of Specialty Products & Fitting : Configurations - Spears° FlameGuard® products provide the specialty fittings needed in today's fire sprinkler systems. The GripLocTM Elbow, Tee, Cap rf and Coupling and GripLocTM^ Repair Coupling for quick no-cement repairs; the Adjustable Drop Nipple for fine-tuning to finished • .f ceiling height; and Ringed Head Adapter for ease of locating during GripLocTM Elbow,Tee,Cap,Coupling& installation. Plus a full assortment of fittings including Grooved Repair Couplings Coupling Adapters, Unions and Flanges sizes 3/4" through 3". Lead Free Complete Size Range of CPVC Pipe r. llameGuard® usA Spears°FlameGuard®CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe is available ri`C3 *40 in sizes 3/4" to 3"; and conforms to ASTM F 442 standard fort FIameGuard® usA SDR 13.5 CPVC pipe. Spears® Solvent Cements & Thread Sealant FlameGuard®products should be installed using Spears° FS-5 One-Step Solvent Cement. For threaded joints, use Spears° BLUE 75'Thread Sealant that has been tested for compatibility with FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Products. Spears° TorqueSafeTM, SofTorqueTM and QuickTorqueTM Gasket Sealed Adapter requires no sealant. Consult sprinkler head manufacturer prior to use. ©Copyright 2018 Spears"Manufacturing Company. All Rights Reserved.Printed in the United States of America 09/18. FG-2-0215 Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings _ . . _...7._ ..„ .... ... , _r ... ..• ...'.. . , . ..„,..4........u._ ..., ....._...„„ _____ A.• . i ._, ...,. i e . ,„„_;....„ : ... ° .,. .k'' . ... . . . ., . ... ...• . . . . ‘ , . • . , . • , .. , _.,.... . ,. ... . , . .: , . _.,.. - - ,. .. ........ ,_... . _ ..... -. .• . . ........,_ . .. , _. 1 QUALITY PLUS Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings Specifications - _....---_-_1 • SC branded fittings are UL Listed and FM Approved at 500 psi • Rated to 300 psi WSP C CO US • Ductile iron castings conform to ASTM A536 LISTED • Fitting dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 • Bushings and plugs conform to ASME B 16.14 111> • All fittings are 100% air tested APPROVED • NPT threads on all fittings conform to ASME B1.20.1 • Independent lab verification that fittings meet applicable chemical & mechanical properties • Manufacturing facilities are ISO 9001:2008 and ISO 14001 • ProPakTM Packaging Temperature Working Pressure, Non-Shock psig Degrees F Class 300 Threaded Fittings - - -20 to 100 500 150 500 ter . 200 480 1 250 460 PRoi 300 440 350 420 _Imo * ai 14 so a �, 400 400 sax% - - 450 380 r� „� 500 3609 550 340 ._ , ' ,1 : : ; 600 320 • 650 300 SCI ProPakTM System S Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings - Class 300 UL/FM c ® us APPROVED Fig. 35E 3- 90° Elbow LISTED A Size Part Number A Packin Weight r.. in in Inner Master lb 1/2 35E 3004 1.13 100 200 0.2 I� ' � 3/4 35E 3006 1.31 70 140 0.3 B/2i1i iy A 1 35E 3010 1.50 40 80 0.5 dI4.. 1-1/4 35E 3012 1.75 25 50 0.8 1-1/2 35E 3014 1.94 18 36 1.1 r 2 35E 3020 2.25 10 20 1.8 2-1/2 35E 3024 2 70 4 8 3.2 Fig. 35RE3- 90°Reducing Elbow BS Size Part Number A B Packin Weight _ N4 in in in Inner Master ', Ib •4� 3/4 x 1/2 35RE3006004 1,20 122 80 160 0.3 ^ 1 x 1/2 35RE3010004 1.26 1.36 70 140 0.4 x 3/4 35RE3010006 1.38 1.45 50 100 0.4 A 1-1/4 x 1/2 35RE3012004 1.34 1.53 35 70 0.5 4 x 3/4 35RE3012006 1.45 1.63 35 70 0.6 1-1/4 x 1 35RE3012010 1.58 1.67 30 60 0.7 1-1/2x 1/2 35RE3014004 1.52 1.75 30 60 0.6 1-1/2 x 3/4 35RE3014006 1.52 1.75 25 50 0.7 1-1/2 x 1 35RE3014010 1.65 1.80 20 40 0.8 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 35RE3014012 1.82 1.88 18 36 1.0 2 x 1/2 35RE3020004 1.60 1,97 18 36 1,0 2 x 3/4 35RE3020006 1.60 1.97 18 36 1.0 2 x 1 35RE3020010 1,73 2.02 16 32 1,2 2 x 1-1/4 35RE3020012 1.90 2.10 12 24 1.3 2 x 1-1/2 35RE3020014 2,02 2.16 10 20 1.5 2-1/2 x 1-1/2 35RE3024014 2.16 2.51 6 12 2.2 2-1/2 x 2 35RE3024020 2.39 2.60 6 12 2.5 Fig. 35F 3-45°Elbow Size Part Number A Packing Weight '�A in m Inner Masser_ lb y 1/2 35F 3004 0.88 150 300 0.2 ` 3/4 35F 3006 0.98 80 160 0.3 A135F 3010 134080 0.5 fT1-1/435F 30121.2925500.7 ia{/ IA 1-1/2 35F3014 1.44 20 40 1.0 i� J 2 35F 3020 1.69 10 20 1.6 2-1/2 j 35F 3024 - 1,95 1 4 8 2.7 Fig. 35T 3- Tee Size A Packing Weight Part Number I` in in Inner Master lb �•-N� ll Erg 1A 1/2 35T 3004 1.13 80 160 0.3 3/4 35T 3006 1.31 30 60 0.5 1 351 3010 1.50 25 50 0.7 III min- ikilt II 1-1/4 35T3012 1.75 10 20 1.1 A A 1-1/2 351 3014 1.94 10 20 1.5 2 35T 3020 2.25 6 12 2.4 2-1/2 35T 3024 2.70 4 8 4.3 201 SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL° • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX(323)890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com 4( N I Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings - Class 300 UL/FM c ® us ® Fig. 35RT3-Reducing Tee LISTED APPROVED Size Part Number A B C Packing Weight 1 Wit in in in in ; Inner Master lb "a __v VC 3/4 x 1/2 35RT3006004 1.20 1.20 1.22 60 ' 120 0.4 I 1 x 1/2 359T3010004 1.26 1.26 1.36 30 60 0.6 1.50 1.36 30 �� 1 x/3/4 35RT3010004010 0 1.38 1.38 1.45 25 50 0.6 ; 1 x 3/4 x 3/4 35913010006006 1.38 1.31 1.45 35 60 70 0.6 0.6 A B A 1 x 3/4 x 1 35RT3010006010 1.50 1.45 1.50 25 50 0.7 041 1-1/4 x 1/2 35RT3012004 1.34 1.34 1.53 20 40 0.8 3 1-1/4 x 1/2 x 1-1/4 35RT3012004012 1.75 1.53 1.75 25 50 0.9 1-1/4 x 3/4 35RT3012006 1.45 1.45 1.62 15 30 0.9 1-1/4 x 3/4 x 1-1/4 35RT3012006012 1.75 1.62 1.75 20 40 1.0 LI 1-1/4 x 1 35RT3012010 1.58 1.58 1.67 15 30 1.0 1-1/4 x 1 x 1/2 35RT3012010004 1.34 . 1.26 1.53 25 50 0.7 1-1/4 x 1 x 3/4 35RT3012010006 1.45 1.38 1.63 20 40 0.8 1-1/4x 1 x 1 35RT3012010010 1.58 1 1.50 1.69 20 40 0.9 1-114 x 1 x 1-1/4 35RT3012010012 1.75 1.69 1.75 15 30 1.0 1-1/2 x 1/2 35RT3014004 1.41 I 1.41 1.66 16 32 1.0 1-1/2 x 1/2 x 1-1/4 35RT3014004012 1.81 1.56 1.88 24 48 1.1 1-112 x 112 x 1-1/2 35RT3014004014 1.94 1.66 1.94 12 24 1.2 1-1 12 x 3/4 35RT3014006 1.52 1.52 1.75 16 32 1.1 1-1/2 x 3/4 x 1-1/4 35RT3014006012 1.94 1.66 1.88 20 40 1.1 1-1/2 x 3/4 x 1-1/2 35RT3014006014 1.94 1.75 1.94 18 36 1.2 1-1/2 x 1 I 35RT3014010 1.65 1.65 1.80 12 24 1.2 1-1/2 x 1 x 1/2 35RT3014010004 1.44 1.25 1.69 20 40 0.8 ' 1-1/2 x 1 x 3/4 ' 35RT3014010006 1.50 1.44 1.75 16 32 0.9 1-1/2 x 1 x 1 35RT3014010010 1.65 1.50 1.80 16 32 1.0 1-1/2 x 1 x 1-1/4 35RT3014010012 1.82 1.67 1.88 12 24 1.2 1-1/2x 1 x 1-1/2 35RT3014010014 1.94 1.80 1.94 12 24 1.3 1-1/2x1-1/4 , 35RT3014012 1.82 1.82 1.88 12 24 1.4 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 1/2 35RT3014012004 1.41 1.34 1.66 16 32 0.9 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 3/4 i 35RT3014012006 1.52 1.45 1.75 16 32 1.0 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 1 35RT3014012010 1.65 1.58 1.80 16 32 1.1 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 1-1/4' 35RT3014012012 1.82 1.75 1.88 14 28 1.3 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 1-1/2 35RT3014012014 1.94 1.88 1.94 14 28 1.4 2 x 1/2 ' 35RT3020004 1.49 1.49 1.88 10 20 1.5 2 x 3/4 35RT3020006 1.60 1.60 1.97 10 20 1.6 2 x 1 35RT3020010 1.73 1.73 2.02 8 16 1.7 2 x 1 x 2 35RT3020010020 2.25 2.02 2.25 8 16 1.9 2 x 1-1/4 35RT3020012 1.90 1.90 2.10 "I 8 16 1.9 2 x 1-1/4 x 2 35RT3020012020 2.25 2.10 2.25 8 16 2.0 2 x 1-1/2 35RT3020014 2.02 2.02 2.16 8 16 2.1 2 x 1-1/2 x 1/2 35RT3020014004 1.49 1.41 1.88 10 20 1.3 2 x 1-1/2 x 3/4 1359T3020014006 1.60 1.52 1.97 10 20 1.4 2 x 1-1/2 x 1 35RT3020014010 1.73 1.65 2.02 8 16 1.5 2 x 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 i 35RT3020014012 1.90 1.82 2.10 8 16 1.7 • 2 x 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 35RT3020014014 2.02 1.94 2.16 8 , 16 1.8 Fig. 35BT3-Bull Head Tee Size 'I Part Number A B C Packing Weight ,�;; "C in in in in Inner (Master lb 3/4 x 1 35BT3006010 1.45 1.45 1.37 30 60 0.6 pH__ 1 x 1-1/4 35BT3010012 1.67 1.67 1.58 20 i 40 0.9 1 x 1-1/2 35BT3010014 1.80 1.80 1.65 15 30 1.0 A B 1-1/4 x 1 x 1-1/2 . 35BT3012010014 1.88 1.80 1,82 15 30 1.2 1-1/4 x 1-1/2 35BT3012014 1.88 1.88 1.82 15 30 1.3 1-1/4 x 2 I 35BT3012020 2.10 2.10 1.90 10 20 1.6 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 2 35BT3014012020 2.16 2.10 2.02 10 20 1.8 ' 1-1/2 x 2 35BT3014020 2.16 2.16 2.02 8 16 1.8 202 SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX(323)890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com SC, Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings - Class 300 UL/FM c ® us APPROVED A LISTED Fig. 35CP3 -Straight Coupling with Ribs 1111 Size Part Number A Packing Weight in in _ Inner Master lb 0.1 0.2 1/2 35CP3004 1.38 200 400 3/4 35CP3006 1.63 100 200 1 350P3010 75 60 120 0.4 1-1/4 35CP3012 2.00 35 70 0.5 1-1/2 35CP3014 2.19 25 50 0.7 I 2 35CP3020 2.62 15 30 1.2 y2-1/2 35CP3024 3.00 9 18 2.2 Fig. 35RC3 -Hex Reducing Coupling Size part Number Packing Weight yN,� in m Inner Master lb A A 1 x 1/2 35RC3010004 1.69 80 160 0.3 1 y 1 x 3/4 35R03010006 1.69 60 120 0.4 /; - 1-1/4 x 3/4 356C3012006 2.06 40 80 0.6 2 x 1 (not hex)! 35RC3020010 2.81 20 40 1.0 Fig. 35HB3 -Hex Bushing Size Part Number A B Packing 1 Weight B in _ in in Inner Master ' lb "' ;- 1 x 1/2 35HB3010004 1.06 1.40 180 360 0.2 i I I IA 1 x 3/4 35HB3010006 1.06 1.40 180 360 0.1 i 1-1/4 x 1 35HB3012010 1.19 1.80 90 180 0.2 1 0 1-1/2 x 1 j 35HB3014010 1.25 1.95 75 150 0.4 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 ' 35HB3014012 1.25 1.95 75 150 0.3 2 x 1 35HB3020010 1.38 2.55 40 80 0.6 2 x 1-1/4 35HB3020012 1.38 2,55 40 80 0.6 2 x 1-1/2 35HB3020014 1.38 2.55 40 80 0.6 Fig. 35SP3 -Square Head Plug 111 Size Part Number A Packing Weight in .9 Inner Master .lb 0 1or 1/2 35SP3004 0.94 600 1200 0.07 �1 .A 3/4 35SP3010 1.12 350 700 0.1 1 35SP3010 1.25 200 400 0.1 1-1/4 35SP3012 1.37 100 200 0.3 1-1/2 35SP3014 1.44 ' 80 160 0.4 2 35SP3020 1.50 45 90 , 0.6 Fig. 35U 3- Union with Brass Seat A Size Part Number A Packing Weight a�� in in Inner Master lb � N 1 35U 3010 2.19 20 I 40 1.0 III' I 1-1/4 35U 3012 2.50 15 30 1.2 1-1/2 35U 3014 2.62 10 20 1.7 � 2 35U 3020�� 3.12 6 12 2.4 203 SMITH-COOPER IN1'E RNATIONAL° • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX(323)890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com 4 }I Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings - Class 300 UL/FM c ® us 441> APPROVED A A Fig. 35X 3- Cross LISTED '!�� Size A Packing Weight Part Number in in Inner Master lb IA 1 35X 3010 1.50 20 40 0.9 1 1-1/4 35X 3012 1.75 12 24 1.4 ir 1-1/2 35X 3014 1.94 8 16 1.8 TA ' 2 35X 3020 2.25 6 12 2.8 AIM 0 B B Fig. 35RX3-Reducing Cross H H Size o 8 InnPPackr ingster Weight pi T Part Number lb IIIA 1-1/4 x 1 35RX3012010 1.67 58 15 30 1 2 1-1/2 x 1 35RX3014010 1.80 1.65 12 24 1.4 A 2 x 1 35RX3020010 2.02 1.73 8 16 2.0ninir - 1 Fig. 35C 3- Cap Size Part Number A a _ , Packing Weight in in Inner Master lb 1 __i___ A 1/2 35C 3004 0.87 300 600 al 0.2 3/4 35C 3006 0.97 200 400 1 35C 3010 1.16 110 220 1-1/4 35C 3012 1.28 70 140 0.4 1-1/2 35C3014 1.33 50 100 0.5 2 35C 3020 1.45 25 50 0.8 2-1/2 35C 3024 1.70 18 36 1.6 Fig. 35BC3-Beam Clamp p . ,i Size Part Number A Packing Weight in in Inner Masser lb A i� 3/8 35BC3003 0.75 100 200 0.3 0.5 Markin 1/2 35BC3004 0.75 80 160 PI i.-... 204 SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX(323)890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com Toll Freer SOO 225•1286 a www,pionearpipe.com Scope Bending Test CCold3 Covers black and hot-dipped galvanized furnace butt-welded For NPS 2'and under (continuous welded)Grade A pipe. Pipe Is intended Degree of Bend Diameter of Mandrel for mechanical and pressure applications and is acceptable Standard 90' 12 x outside pipe for ordinary uses In steam,water,gas and air lines. Pipe diameter Close Coiling 90' 8 x outside pipe Is suitable for welding,threading,grooving and bending. diameter Flattening Test Hot•Dipped Galvanized As a test for quality of the weld for pipe 2%," NPS and larger, The average weight of zlno coating shall be not less than position the weld at 90'from the direction of force and flatten until the 1.8 oz.per sq.ft.of surface(inside and outside). OD is'A of the original outside diameter, No cracks shall occur along When galvanized pipe is bent or otherwise fabricated the inside or outside surface of the weld. to a degree which causes zinc coating to stretch or compress beyond the limit of elasticity,some flaking'of the coating Frequency of Tests may occur. Tensile teals am required on each lot of 25 tons or fraction thereof of pipe NPS VA" and smaller and from each lot of 50 tons or fraction Hydrostatic Testing thereof of pipe NPS 2 and larger. Hydrostatic test pressures for plain-end pipe are For NPS 2'%"and larger,a flattening test is also required on each lot of Indicated below. 50 tons. NPS Std.Weight Extra Strong h°through 1° 700 psi 850 psi Dimensions and Weights VA" through 3' 1000 psi 1300 psi The dimensions and weights furnished under this specification are in • agreement with the standardized dimensions and weights specified in End Finish ASME B 36.10. Pletn End: NPS VA"and smaller.unless otherwise specified on order, Permissible stack Plain End • end finish shall be at the option of the manufacturer, Variations Sch.40 Soh.80 " in Wall Nominal OD Weight Weight NPS 2 and larger,STD and XS weights:ends beveled Size inches Wall Lh./FL Wall Lbs.Ft Thickness /°' .405 .068 .24 .D95 .31 to angle of 30',+5°,-0'with a root face of/,."t'/,d'. Minimum wall thick- /: . .08806 .2443 .11 a .31 54 Threaded:To ANSI Standard B 1.20.1 ness at any point /e shall ,/e° .675 . .85 .128 .,840 .109 09 .85 .147 lA9 not be more than "/' 1.050 .113 1.13 .154 1.48 Couplings:To ASTM Standard A 885 1' 1.315 .133 1.38 .179 2.i7 • 12.5%under nominal 1'/: 1.880 .140 2.27 .191 3.00 1.800 .145 2.72 .200 3.89 Chemical Requirements wall thickness 2^" 2.375 .164 3,88 .218 5.03 % specified. 2/" 2.875 .203 5.80 278 7.67 Composition.max. 3" 3.600 .218 7.58 .900 10.28 Carbon Manaanese phosphorus Sulfur 90 1.20 .05 Oqr Permissible Variations ire Outside Diameter NPS 1'/:"and under: ±.016" *Copper "Nickel •Chramlum "Molybdenum `Vanadium i NPS .40 .40 .40 15 .08 2°and over: t 1% °The combination of these five elements shall not exceed 1.00%. Permissible Variations Weight Per Foot Pipe shall not vary more than±10%from the standard specified. Tensile Requirements Tensile Strength,min. 48,000 psi Product Marking Each length of pipe'I?NPS and larger is continuously stenciled to Yield Strength,ruin. 30,000 psi show the manufacturer,the grade of pipe(ASTM A53),the kind of pipe Elongation in 2° Refer to A53 Table X4.1 (F for continuous weld,A for Grade A),the size,XS for extra strong, and length. Legal Kittle: This brochure is intended for general information only. Pioneer makes no warranty or representation,expressed or implied,of airy dud with respect to the information contained herein and shall in no event assume liability or responsibility for any loss,damage or Injury whatsoever resulting from the use of this Information. In all cases,the customer is therefore requested to use this inhumation at its own risk and responsibility. Ncij j c / North American Pipe&Steel www.napsteel.com NAPSteel FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE imam INS North American Pipe & Steel has been a trusted source for steel piping products since 1981. With strong ties to mills in the U.S. and abroad, we are certain to supply "What you need when you need it". Our fire sprinkler line of pipe is another example of our commitment to meeting the needs of our increasing customer base. NAP SuperFlow and NAP Schedule 10 Pipe is: 4 manufactured to ASTM A135, A795 and A53A. Ni- UL listed and FM approved for fire sprinkler applications including roll grooved, plain end and welded joints. fully traceable. NAP SuperFlow BOYS APPROVE0 UPS NPS O.D. I.D. Unit Wt. Bundle Press Rating CRR (in) (in) (in) (lbs/ft) (pcs) (psi) (USA/CAN) 1-1/4" 1.660 1.494 1.400 61 300 3.70/0.26 1-1/2" 1.900 1.710 1.830 61 300 4.42/0.36 2" 2.375 2.185 2.320 37 300 3.58/0.30 2-1/2" 2.875 2.709 2.480 30 300 1.37/0.09 3" 3.500 3.320 3.280 19 300 1.27/0.09 4" 4.500 4.298 4.750 19 300 1.10/0.10 NAP Schedule 10 NPS O.D. I.D. Unit Wt. Bundle Press Rating CRR (in) (in) (in) (Ibs/ft) (pcs) (psi) (USA/CAN) 1-1/4" 1.660 1.442 1.400 61 300 - 1-1/2" 1.900 1.682 1.830 61 300 - 2" 2.375 2.157 2.320 37 300 - 2-1/2" 2.875 2.635 2.480 30 300 - 3" 3.500 3.260 3.280 19 300 4" 4.500 4.260 4.750 19 300 - NAP Super Flow Pipe and NAP Schedule 10 Pipe are manufactured by MS Pipe Co., LTD, South Korea Surrey, BC Longview,WA Auburn,WA Nampa, ID 11933 Tannery Road,V3V 3X1 7 International Way, 98632 3136 B Street NW, 98001 2114 Delta Drive, 83687 1-800-665-7473 1-877-735-0275 1-877-735-0275 1-877-735-0275 Victaulic® FireLockTM Installation-ReadyTM Rigid Couplings ✓ctaulic° Style 009N and Style 109 10.64 Patented Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • Style 009N: 1 1/4— 12"/DN32— DN300 • Style 109: 1 t/4—21/2"/DN32—73.0 mm Pipe Material • Schedule 10, Schedule 40 or specialty carbon steel pipe listed in Section 5. For use with alternative materials and wall thicknesses please contact Victaulic. Maximum Working Pressure • Up to 365 psi/2517 kPa. Function • Joins carbon steel pipe with grooved ends conforming to publication 25.01. • Provides a rigid pipe joint designed to restrict axial or angular movement. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c®u ® LPCB [vds] C E C104-1a/36 EN 10311 Regulation(EU) No.305/2011 ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. • S p SectionParagraph Submit No. Location t By Date Approved Date d • victaulic.com 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 0 2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 ictaul.c' victaulic.com • 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS- MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) ❑ Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific) Li Red enamel (Europe) ❑ Optional for Style 009N: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: (specify choice) ❑ Grade "E" EPDM (Type A)Vic-PIusTM Pre-lubricated Gasket EPDM (Violet Color Code). Applicable for wet and dry (oil-free air) fire protection systems only. Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems at-40°F/-40°C and above. Not compatible for use with hot water services or steam services. NOTES • Reference should always be made to publication 1-100,Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for gasket lubrication instructions. • Services listed are General Service Guidelines only.It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible.Reference should always be made to publication 05.01,Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M10-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric). ❑ Optional for Style 009N: Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel Heavy Hex nuts meeting the requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling-resistant coating.' Optional baits/nuts are available in imperial size only. Coupling Linkage: High Strength Steel with comparable physical properties to that of the Track Bolt (ASTM A449). Linkage is zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, Type III Finish. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 Jctauliic` victaulic.com • 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling y - Jt1 aili x or Style 009N Pre-Assembled Style 009N Joint Assembled Size Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. Pre-assembled Joint Assembled Outside Working ' End Pipe End Approx. Nominal Diameter', Pressure2 Load2 Separation0Qty.'. Size X Y X Y Z (Each) inches inches psi lb inches inches inches inches inches inches i inches lb DN mm kPa N mm mm mm " mm mm mm ' mm kg 1'/4 1.660 365 790 !, 0.10 2 3/8 x 2 3.13 5.00 2.75 5.00 2.00 1.4 DN32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 . M10 x 51 79 127 70 127 51 0.6 11/2 7.900 365 1035 0.10 2 3/8 x 2 3.38 5.13 3.00 5.13 2.00 1.5 0N40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 M10 x 51 86 130 76 130 51 0.7 2 2.375 365 1617 0.12 2 3/ex2'/z I 4.00 5.63 3.50 5.63 2.00 ' 1.9 DN50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 M10x63 102 143 89 143 51 1_..0.9 216 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 1/4x 21/2 4.50 6.13 4.00 6.13 2.00 2.1 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 M10 x 63 114 156 102 156 51 1.0 3.000 365 2580 0.12 38's x 2 rh I 4.63 6.00 4.13 6.13 2.00 2.1 0N65 76.1 2517 11476 _ 3.05 2 M10x63 1 118 152 105 156 51 ! 1.0 3 3.500 365 1 3512 0.12 2 1 x 2 Y 5.13 6.75 4.63 ' 6.75 2.00 2.3 DN80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 M10x63 130 171 117 171 51 ' 1.0 4 4 500 365 5805 0.17 2 3/e x 2Yz 6.00 7.88 5.63 7.50 2.13 2.9 DN100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 M10x63 152 200 143 191 1 54 1.3 4.250 365 5178 0.17 2 3ia x 2 5 5.63 7.38 5.38 7.38 2.13 3.1 108.0 2517 23020 4.32 M10 x 63 152 1.87 137 187 54 1.4 5 5.563 I 365 8872 '' 0.17 2 'hx3 7.25 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 5.0 141.3 2517 39456 4.32 M12x76 184 235 171 232 57 2.3 5.250 365 7901 0.17 Yz x 3 6.63 9.00 6.38 9.00 2.25 4.8 133.0 2517 35106 4.32 2 M12 x 76 168 229 162 229 57 2.2 5.500 365 8672 0.17 2 Yz x 3 6.88 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 4.9 DN 125 139.7 „ 2517 38529 4.32 M12 x 76 175 235 171 232 57 2.2 6 6.625 !. 365 12582 0.17 2 1i x 3/ 8.38 10.38 7.88 10.13 2.25 6.0 DN150 168.3 2517 44469 4.32 M12x83 213 264 200 257 57 2.7 6.250 365 11198 0.17 1/2 x 3 1/4 7.88 10.00 7.38 9.88 2.25 5.6 159.0 2517 49753 4.32 2 M 12 x 83 200 254 187 251 57 2.5 6.500 365 12112 0.17 Yz x 31/4 8.00 10.25 7.75 10.13 2.25 6.0 165.1 2517 53813 4.32 2 M12 x 83 203 260 197 257 57 2.7 8 8.625 365 21326 - 0.17 s/8x4 10.88 13.38 10.25 13.13 2.50 11.4 DN200 I 2191 2517 94863 4.32 2 M16x101 276 340 260 333 64 5.2 8.500 365 20712 0.17 3/8 x 4 10.63 13.25 10.25 10.13 2.63 11.4 2160 2517 55968 4.32 2 M16x 101 270 337 260 257 67 5.2 10 10.750 300 27229 0.25 78 x 615 13.75 17.00 13.25 17.13 2.75 22.6 DN250 '. 273.0 2068 121121 6.4 2 M22 x 165 349 432 337 435 70 10,3 12 12.750 300 38303 0.25 7/8 x 6/ 16.00 19.00 15.50 19.13 2.75 27.6 40 DNongnres00 sVand 6Loadiare Srothe Listings/Approvalsodsx1s5 and AN3 pip 486 70 n25_. , ac e 2 Working Pressure end End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in P section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 3 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only.Style 009N couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps,take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop.For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings,use FireLock No.006 end caps containing the"EZ"marking on the inside face or No.60 end caps containing the "QV EZ"marking on the inside face.Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings.IMPORTANT:Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling.There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles" • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade"E"Type A gaskets.These gaskets include an integral pipe stop,that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems.It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓rctaulic° victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling YBYL YL Z YB Z Style 109 Pre-Assembled Style 109 Joint Assembled Size Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Maximum Maximum Pipe End Pre-assembled Joint Assembled Outside Working End Separation. -- - - -------- - - - --Approx. Nominal Diameter Pressure4 Load4 Allowables'.Qty. Size YL YB X Z ! YL I YB X Z (Each) inches inches psi lb inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb mm mm kPa N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1'/° 1.660 365 790 0.10 1/s x 21/4 1.88 2.50 ''. 3.13 1.88 1.88 2.63 ; 2.75 1.88 1.4 0N32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 1 M10x57 48 64 79 48 48 67 70 48 '. 0.6 1'h 1.900 365 1035 0.10 '/e x 21/4 2.00 2.63 3.25 1.88 2.00 2.75 3.00 1.88 1.5 DN40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 1 M10x57 51 67 83 48 51 70 76 ' 48 0.7 2 2.375 365 1616 0.12 3/s x 2'/a 2,25 2.88 3.88 2.00 2.25 3.13 3 50 2.00 1.8 DN50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 1 M10x63 57 1 73 98 51 57 79 89 51 0.8 2 h 2.875 365 2370 0.12 1 3/8 x 2 iz 2.50 3.13 4.38 2.00 2.50 3.38 3.88 2.00 2.1 73.0 r 2517 10542 3.05 M 10 x 63 64 79 1 1 1 51 64 86 _ 98 51 0.9 o Working Pressure and Enc Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. • The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only.Style 109 couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps,take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop.For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings,use FireLock No.006 end caps containing the"EZ"marking on the inside face or No.60 end caps containing the "QV EZ"marking on the inside face.Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings.IMPORTANT:Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling.There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade"E"Type A gaskets.These gaskets include an integral pipe stop,that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems.It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets and cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 \ictaulic victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus" I FM11 I VdS LPCB Actual Outside Sch. 10 Sch.40 Sch. 10 Sch.40 Nominal Diameter psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa 'i. kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa DN mm bar bar bar bar bar bar ',, 1r/a 1.660 365 365 363 363 363 363 • 0N32 42.4 •2517 2517 2503 ',, 2503 2500 2500 • 25 ' 25 25 25 25 25 1 /z --- 1.900 365 j 365 363 363 363 363 DN40 483 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 • • --• - ---_-2517 2517 2503 2500 2500 25 • 365 365 363 363 363 363 • 2 2.375 2500 • DN50 • • 60.3 25 25 25 25 25 • 25 2875 365 365 363 363 363 363 • • 2rk 730 2517 2517 2503 2500 2500 • 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 3.000 i 365' • I. 3638 363 363 DN65 76,7 2517' N/A 25038 N/A 2500 2500 _.... .i ... 257 258 i..... 25 25 3 3.500 365 365 363 • 363 363 363 • • DN80 88.9 2517 2517 2503 ' 2503 2500 ".• 2500 • 25 25 25 25 25 25 4 4500 365 365 363 363 363 363 2517 2503 I 2503 2500 2500 DN100 114.3 '. 2257 25 25 25 25 25 4.250 363 363 __.. . _.... • • 108.0 N/A N/A 2503 2503 N/A N/A • • • 25 25 5.5(i3 290 365 363 363 232 i 363 5 I 147.3 2000. 2517 2503 2503 1600 1 2500 • 20 __._.._.� 25 25 25 16 25 363E 5.250 •, N/A N/A 2503' N/A N/A N/A 133.0• 25 • • 5.500 290' j 3638 232 363 _- DN125 1397 2000' N/A 25038 N/A 1600. 2500 20' 258 i 25 25 • 300 365 363 363 232 363 6 6.625 2068 i 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 DN150 i 168.3 20 25 25' 25 16 25 6.250 3638 159.0 N/A N/A 25038 N/A N/A N/A _ L. i• 25 _.. • _.2901° 3638 '�: 363 I 6.500 200010 • N/A 25038 165.1 N/A N/A 2500 i 20 _.. 258 I _. 25 1 8 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems.Listed/Approved for dry systems-40°F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual I-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. ' cULus listed for DIN 2458(EN 10220)2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387(EN 10255)Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. a cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. 11 With optional stainless steel fasteners,cULus Listed to 175psi/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table.The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of'316'on the end face of the bolt. '2 cUL listed to 250 psi/1720 kPa/17 bar. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctaulic` victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus" FM" VdS LPCB Actual Outside Sch. 10 Sch.40 Sch. 10 Sch.40 Nominal Diameter psi �, psi psi psi psi psi inches I inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa DN mm bar bar I bar bar bar bar j 300 365 w 1 363 j 363 232 363 DN200 219.1 2068 2517 • 2503 2503 1600 2500 -. -. 20 25 25 25 -_. I _. . 16 _._ 25 8.500 290 3638 216.0 2000 N/A 2503s N/A N/A N/A 20 25' 300 300 i 300 300 10 DN250 120730 2068 2068 - 2068 2068 " N/A 11 N/A 20 20 - 20 20 12 12.750 . il',. 300 300 -__.-- 250 300 z 0N300 323.9 2068 2068 1720 2068 N/A N/A 2013z 17 20 25 b Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems.Listed/Approved for dry systems-40°F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual I-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. ' cULus listed for DIN 2458(EN 10220)2.6 mm pipe wall. A FM approved for BS 1387(EN 10255)Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. " With optional stainless steel fasteners,cULus Listed to 175psi/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table.The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of'316'on the end face of the bolt. 12 cUL listed to 250 psi/1720 kPa/17 bar. 5.1 PERFORMANCE Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals13 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/ Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size 1 cULus FM I Actual Outside 1 Sch. 10 Sch.40 Sch. 10 Sch.40 Nominal Diameter I psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa i kPa kPa DN mm bar bar bar bar 365 I 365 1365 365 iiii DN32 I11 42.4 -- 2517 2517 2517 2517 I 25 25 11/2 1.900 365 365 365 365 DN40 48.3 2517 2517 2517 2517 25 25 25 25 2 2375 365 I 365 365 365 2517 2517 2517 2517 ' DN50 60.3 25 1 25 I 25 2875 365 365 365 365 21/2 .87 2517 2517 2517 2517 25 25 25 25 I r3 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems.Listed/Approved for dry systems-40°F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual 1-109 for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. • - _._..-. __ - • 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 0 2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 ✓ctaul i c° victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size Pressure Rating cULus FM psi psi inches kPa kPa Pipe Type DN bar bar 1 / 4 300 EF DN32-DN100 2068 N/A 20 FS•,;'1' 4 1 Y.-2 300 300 EL DN32-DNSD 2068 2068 20 20 ET40 „., i2 DN32 2068 N/A EZF li. 20 300 2068 DN80-DN100 I20 i N/A DN32-DN50 �t�s „ � z 5A:4 268 EZT_..wry, r4,7 ,,+,a ?'& . ..4.t;k :1 s.;:a __.... _._.,,,, .-i'. ., - _P-4 (Pt it„'+'''W , 20 300 -4 FF 1 r-DN 2068 N/A DN4D DN100 20 --_ DN32-DN50 s,;,s `i4' `0,rt:"4, ., q 2068 GL 7'/a-4 300 300 DN32-DN100 2068 2068 '. MF 20 20 6 175 l ____.175 DN750 1205 1205 2 12 300 MT _.. - 1 Y4-2 __._. 300 -._. DN32-DN50 2068 ' 2068 20 20 MLT , 1 Y4-2 3D0 DN32-DN50 l' N/A 220 1 rn..TF 2 gi 4 300 73.0mm-DN100 N/A 2068 175 300 ;..., WGS,WGSE,WFS,WG7,WG7E,WL7 ._--DN324DN700 1205 ----._-_ 2068 -...._ 12 20 ' 1,/4_2 300 300 WLS 2068 2068 _-. DN32-DN50 20 NOTES • EF=EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • MT=Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • EL=EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • MLT=MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co • ET40=Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • TF=Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. • EZF=EZ-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Co. • WG5,WG5E,WF5=WGalweld 5,WGalweld 5E,WFlow 5 steel pipe • EZT=EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • FF=Fire-Ho steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • WG7,WG7E,WL7=WGalweld 7,Wgalweld 7E,WLight 7 steel pipe GL=GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH • WLS=WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF=Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 *2018 Viclaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com • • 5.3 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size Pressure Rating cULus FM inches psi psi kPa ', kPa Pipe Type DN bar bar /q-2'� 300 1 DN32-73.0 mm N/A 2068 _..... _ 20 EF 1Y2-2 Yz 300 DN40-73.O mm 2068 N/A 1Ya-2 -_. --__ 300 Easy-Flow IDN32-DN50 N/A 2068 20 -7 300 I 1'/a-2 EL 206 DN32 DN50 N/A 08 300 300 1"AET40 DN326 DN50 2068 2068 20 20 300 1 Ya-2 N/A I 2068 DN32-DN50 20 EZT ! . 300 t _._.. 1'/z-2 2068 , N/A DN40-DN50 20 -.-_. 1'/z-2!ix 300 : 300 FF DN40-73.0 mm 2068 ':,... 2068 20 20 _ 1'a-2 -_.. 300 GL N/A 2068 DN32-DN50 -2 1 'A 'h 300 300 MF 'I, 2068 2 DN32-73.0 mm I 20 208 300 `' ' - 300 1 -D MT 2068 2068 ' DN32 N50 'w 300 300 1'A-2 MLT DN32-0N50 1 2068 2068 20 20 TI,V 10 . " .--__. .._ - - '�'3' 4,1141�; 73 0�/mm _ _ N/A £;�+ {� T 2068 t r,', 2;,I 300 �� WG7,WG7E 1 Ya-2 1 N/A 2068 DN32-DN50 20 1 -2 WLS N/A 2068 L DN32-DN50 20 NOTES • GL=GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • EF=EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • MF=Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • Easy-Flow=Easy-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Borusan • MT=Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. Mannesmann Boru. • MLT=MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • EL=EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • TF=Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. • ET40=Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • WG7,WG7E=WGalweld 7 and WGalweld 7E steel pipe manufactured by • EZT=EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • FF=Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • WLS=WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • • 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 ✓ctaulla victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS immimit— .. , . Op 1� CS) • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation,removal,adjustment, or maintenance of 0 0 any Victaulic products. • • Wear safety glasses, hardhat,and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current,applicable National Fire Protection Association(NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.)standards,or equivalent standards,and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes.These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures,corrosion,mechanical damage,etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level,operating temperature,chloride level,oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure,resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01:Seal Selection Guide 25.01:Original Groove System(OGS)Groove Specifications I-009N:Installation Instructions FireLock EZTM Rigid Coupling Style 009N I-100:Victaulic Field Installation Handbook I-109:Installation Instructions FireLockrvi One-Bolt Rigid Coupling Style 109 I-ENDCAP:Victaulic End Caps Installation Instructions User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and protect specifications,and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance,safety,and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal recommendation, Installation aadvice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to alter,vary,supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale,installation guide,or this disclaimer. instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.vlctaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, warranty product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license under any patentor other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. or a`filiates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patentor other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries, or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. • J 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 ictaulic' r FireLock® Fittings ✓ctaullie 10.03 Material Specifications: ,,,,,,,,I,..-.-` Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: ❑ Orange enamel ❑ Red enamel in Europe, Middle East, Africa, and India ❑ Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Approvals/Listings: 11 C 7L US - > ILPCB [vds, LISTED Product Description: FireLock products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees feature CAD- developed, hydrodynamic design, affording a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Refer to the appropriate listing agency or approval body for pressure ratings. Pressure ratings vary by agency. Job/Owner Engineer System No. Spec Section Location Paragraph Contractor Approved Submitted By Date Date victaulic.com I FireLock® Fittings I Publication 10.03 10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 ®2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 ictaulic° victaulic.com I FireLock° Fittings I Publication 10.03 Dimensions: 4cto El C toE_.l o' CtoE toE_ee_ , Id-s**-1 Z lot J��' LNwe MMINIIIII NO.001 NO.003 NO.002 No.006 No.001 No.003 No.002 No.006 90°Elbow 45°Elbow Straight Tee Cap Actual ! Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Nominal Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Size Diameter C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each Inches inches inches Lbs. inches Lbs. inches Lbs. inches Lbs. mm mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 114 1.660 -.. 0.82 0.3 32 42.4 - - - - - 21 0.1 11 1.900 - - - - - __.- 0.82 0.4 _- 40 48.3 - - - - 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 - SO 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 ! 0.3 21 - 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 65 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5 76.1 mm 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 3.00 3.8 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 76.2 1.7 - _ - 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 108mm 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 • 5.1 4.00 75 - 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 - 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 6.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 125 141.3 124 _1_ 5.7 83 3.8 124 __ 7.1 25 1.9 139.7mm 5.500 4.88 12.4 3.25 82 4.88 15.4 139.7 124.0 5.6 82.6 3.7 124.0 __ 6.9 - - 159mm 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 - - 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 165.1 mm 6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 5.50 22.0 165.1 139.7 7.9 88.9 5.2 139.7 9.9 - - 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 i 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 1176 17.6 29 5.8 10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 •cta u I i c victaulic.com I FireLock® Fittings I Publication 10.03 Flow Data: • Frictional Resistance 1, ll Actual Equivalent Feet/meters of Straight Pipe' Nominal ' Outside '. No.002 '.. Size Diameter Elbows Straight Tee inches inches No.001 No.003 • mm mm 90°Elbow 45°Elbow Branch Run 1 v., 1.660 - - - I ,. 32 42.4 - - - - 1116 1.900 - - - - ! 40 48.3 - - - - '.. 2 2.375 35 1.8 8.5 3.5 '., 50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 236 2.875 43 2.2 10.8 4.3 • 65 73.0 13 0.7 3.3 1.3 76.1 mm 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 80 j 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5____ 108mm 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 • 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 , 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 ', 100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 - --_-8.5 -_--4.2 21.0 8.5 125 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 139.7mm 5.500 8.3 4.1 20.6 8.3 139.7 2.5 1.3 6.3 2.5__ 159mm 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6 ! 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 __. 3.0 165.1 mm 6.500 9.8 4.9 24.5 9.8 165.1 3.0 1.5 7.5 3.0 8 ! 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 200 '. 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 ' The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. General Notes: NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009N/009H couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H couplings. Installation Note Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in POF format Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard on our website atwww.victaulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victautic®is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 ®2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 rctaul.c° Victaulic® Grooved End Fittings ✓ctaulic° 07.01 • rovel • No.20 Tee No. 10 Elbow 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 3/4-60'/20- 1500mm Maximum Working Pressure • Fitting pressure ratings are equivalent to the pressure ratings of the coupling used to install them (See section 7.0 for Reference Materials). Application • Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components. • Supplied with Victaulic OGS grooves. • Exclusively for use with Victaulic couplings, valves, accessories and pipe which feature ends formed with the Victaulic OGS groove profile. Pipe Materials • Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel NOTE • These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic plain end couplings.Intended for use only in grooved piping systems.When connecting wafer or lug type butterfly valves directly to Victaulic fittings using Style 741 or Style 743 flange adapters,be sure to check disc clearance dimensions with I.D.dimension of fitting. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. • •System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date • victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 ictaulic° victaulic.com 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (Continued) Other Fitting Styles AGS-Advanced Groove System from 14-60"/350-1500 mm Ductile Iron for AWWA size pipe Publication 20.05 Publication 23.05 Art Stainless Steel XL fittings for abrasive services Publication 17.16 Publication 07.07 511*44 Galvanized Aluminum Publication 07.01 for Original Groove Fittings Publication 21.03 Publication 20.05 for AGS Fittings 91P1 aft Extra Heavy EndSeal"ES" Shouldered Ends Publication 07.03 Publication 07.06 Copper Plain End Publication 22.04 Publication 14.04 • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaul.c° victaulic.com 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS f` " ® (' LLPCBJ (vds] unr. NOTES • When supplied as"hot dip galvanized"the following fittings are UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 and for use on cold+86"F/+30"C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372:No. 10 90"Elbow,No. 11 45"Elbow,No.12 22 Hz"Elbow,No. 13 111/4"Elbow,No.100 90"Long Radius Elbow,No.11045"Long Radius Elbow,No.20 Tee,No.25 Tee with Grooved Branch,No.30 45"Lateral,No.60 Cap,No.50 Concentric Reducers,No.51 Eccentric Reducers. • The following Victaulic fittings are VdS approved:No.10 90"Elbow,No.11 45"Elbow,No.20 Tee and No.60 Cap. • The following Victaulic fittings are LPCB approved:No.1090"Elbow,No.11 45"Elbow,No.12 221 Elbow,No.13 111/4"Elbow,No.30 45"Lateral,No.30-R Reducing Lateral,No.100 Long Radius Elbow,No.110 Long Radius Elbow,No.20 Tee,No.35 Cross,No.60 Cap,No.25 Reducing Tee,No.33 True Wye,No.50 Concentric Reducer,No.51 Eccentric Reducer and No.29M Tee with Threaded Branch. 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Fitting: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12. ❑ Optional: Segmentally welded steel as shown under nipples Nipples: (specify choice) ❑ 3/4—4"/20— 100 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F ❑ 5—6"/125— 150 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or S, Gr. B 0 8— 127200—300 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 30 or 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or S, Gr. B Flanged Adapter Nipples: (specify choice) ❑ Class 125 Flange: Cast iron conforming to ANSI B-16.1 ❑ Class 150 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face E Class 300 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face Fitting Coating: (specify choice) 0 Standard: Orange enamel O Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some fittings supplied electroplated as standard—see product specifications Flanged Adapter Nipple Coating: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: None (Unfinished) ❑ Optional: Orange enamel, hot dip galvanized and others • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Vida uric Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓ctaul.c' victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Flow Data • (Frictional Resistance) The chart expresses the frictional resistance of various Victaulic fittings as equivalent feet of straight pipe. Fittings not listed can be estimated from the data given,for example, a 22/"elbow is approximately one-half the resistance of a 45"elbow. Values of mid-sizes can be interpolated. Size Dimensions I- 90°Elbows 45°Elbows Tees Actual r No. 100 No.110 Nominal Outside No. 10 ' 1 1 D Long I No. 11 11 D Long Size Diameter Std.Radius Radius Std.Radius Radius Branch Run • inches inches feet feet feet feet '., feet feet DN mm meters meters meters meters meters • meters 1 - 1.315 1.7 • 0.8 _ 4.2 1.7 DN25 33.7 0.5 0.2 1.3 0.5 2 2.375 3.5 2.5 1.8 1.1 8.5 3.5 DN50 60.3 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.3 2.6 1.1 DN65 3.000 4.3 _ 2.1 _ 10.8 4.3 76.1 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 3 3.500 5.0 3.8 2.6 1.6 130 5.0 DN80 88.9 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.5 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 _ 3.2 _ 15.3 6.4 108.0 l 2.0 • 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 5.0 3.4 2.1 16.0 6.8 DN100 114.3 2.1 1.5 1.0 0.6 4.9 2.1 • 5.250 8.1 _ 4.1 _ 20.0 8.1 133.0 2.5 1.2 6.2 2.5 DN125 5.500 8.5 - 4.2 _ 21.0 8.5 139.7 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 - 21.0 8.5 , 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 159.0 2.9 . - 1.5 7.6 2.9 6.500 9.6 5.0 - 25.0 10.0 165.1 2.9 - 1.5 7.6 3.0 6 6.625 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.0 25.0 10.0 DN150 168.3 3.0 2.3 1.5• • 0.9 7.6 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 9.6 , 6.5 1, 4.0 33.0 13.0 • DN200 219.1 i 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.2 10.1 4.0 10 10.750 17.0 12.0 8.3 5.0 41.0 17.0 DN250 273.0 5.2 3.7 2.5 _ 1.5 12.5 5.2 • 12 12.750 , 20.0 14.5 10.0 6.0 50.0 i 20.0 DN300 323.9 j__ 6.1 4.4 3.0 1.8 15.2 i_.. 6.1 14 14.000 '.. 24.5' 15.8 18.5' • 11.0 -- 70.0 23.0 �l• DN350 355.6 7.5 4.8 5.6 3.4 21.3 7.0 • 16 16.000 28.01 18.0 21.0' 13.0 .. 80.0 27.0 i., 0N400 406.4 8.5 5.5 6.424.4 24.4 8.2 18 18.000 '.. 31.0' • 20.0 23.5' 14.0 90.0 30.0 DN450 457.0 9.5 6.1 7.2 4.3 27.4 9.1 20 20.000 ,, 34.0' . 22.5 25.5' 16.0 100.0 33.0 DN800 508.0 10.4 6.9 7.8 4.9 30.5 10.1 24 { 24.000 42 0' 27.0 29.5' 19.0 120.0 40.0 • DN600 610.0 I 12.8 I 8.2 _...,. 9.0 5.8 1 36.6 i 12.2 AGS fittings available up to 60"/1500 mm.Contact Victaulic for details. AGS" ' Fitting flow data for 14-24"/350-600 mm size No.10 and No. 11 Elbows is based on fittings for Style 07 and 77 couplings.For flow data on AGS fittings(No. W10 and No.W11 Elbows),refer to publication 20.05. 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 02015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 ✓ctaulfc` victaulic.com • 4.1 DIMENSIONS Elbows No. 10 90° Elbow No. 11 Elbow --t- � 22ctae- No. 12 22 1/2° Elbow E to E No. 13 111/4° Elbow -ctoE,� I " No. 100 90° Long �� C ; E toE Radius Elbow ctoE iir irty No. 11045° Lang oe i' ct�E Radius Elbow ;-�� Standard and GSNK No. 100 No. 110 No. 10 No. 11 No. 12 No. 13 90°Long Radius 45°Long Radius i Size 90"Elbow 45"Elbow 22,h°Elbow 111/4°Elbow Elbow Elbow ll Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. 'Approx. Approx. Outside Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Nominal Diameter C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E 1 (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb inches lb inches 1 lb inches 1 lb inches i lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg z/a , 1.050 2.25 0.5 1.50 0.5 1.63(sw) _ 1.38(sw) _ 2.50(sw) 0.4 1.88(sw) 0.3 DN20 26.9 j 57 0.2 38 0.2 41 35 64 0.2 48 0.1 1 1.315 2.25 0.6 1.75 0.6 3.25' 0.6 1.38(sw) 0.3 2.88(sw) 0.6 2.25(sw) 0.5 DN25 33.7 57 0.3 44 0.3 83 0.3 35 0.1 73 0.3 57 0.2 1'A1.660 2.75 1.0 1.75 0.9 1._1.75 0.8 1.38(sw) 0.5 3.25(sw) 1.1 2.38(sw) 0.7 DN32 42.4 70 l 0.5 44 0.4 44 0.4 35 0.2 83 0.5 60 0.3 1 Yi 1.900 2.75 1.2 1.75 0.9 1.75 0.8 1.38(sw) 0.5 3.63(sw) 2.2 2.50(sw) 1.3 DN40 48.3 70 0.5 44 0.4 44 0.4 35 0.2 92 1.0 64 0.6 2 2.375 3.25 ! 1.8 2.00 1.3 , 1.88 1.2 1.38 1.0 - 4.38 2.5 2.75 1.8 DN50 60.3 83 0.8 51 0.6 I 48 0.5 35 0.5 111 1.1 70 0.8 2 Y 2.875 3.75 3.2 2.25 2.2 4.002 2.3 1.50 1.1 5.13 3.4 3.00 2.8 73.0 95 1.5 57 1.0 102 1.0 38 0.5 130 1.5 76 1.3 0N65 3.000 3.75 3.7 2.25 3.4 2.25 - -1.50 76.1 95 1.7 57 1.5 57 38 - 3 3.500 4.25 45 2.50 3.1 4.502 3.1 1.50 2.1 5.88 6.0 3.38 4.9 DN80 88.9 108 2.0 64 1.4 114 1.4 38 1.0 149 2.7 86 2.2 3th 4.000 4.50 5.6 2.75 4.3 2.50(sw) 4.0 1.75(sw) 2.7 _ _..._ DN90 101.6 114 2.5 70 2.0 64 1.8 44 1.2 4 4.500 5.00 7.1 3.00 5.6 2.88 5.6 1.75 3.6 7.50 12.3 4.00 7.3 DN100 114.3 127 3.2 76 2.5 73 2.5 44 1.6 191 5.6 102 3.3 4.250 5.00 11.0 3.00 5.6 108.0 127 5.0 76 2.5 _ 1 - 4'h 5.000 5.25(sw) 10.0 3 13(ow)' 6.0 13.50(sw) 6.6 11.88(sw) 4.2 J. DN120 127.0 133 4.5 79 2.7 89 3.0 48 1.9 5 5.563 1 5.50 1 11.7 3.25 8.3 2.88(sw) 7.8 2.00(sw) 5.0 9.25(sw) 18.0 4.88(sw) 14.8 141.3 _. 140 5.3 83 3.8 73 3.5 51 2.2 235 8.2 124 6.7 1 5.250 5.50 11.7 3.25 8.3 133.0 140 5.3 83 3.8 DN125 5.500 5.50 11.7 3.25 8.3 2.88 2.00 139.7 140 5.3 83 3.8 73 51 - 6 6.625 6.50 17.2 3.50 10.8 6.252 1 12.2 2.00 ; 7.0 10.75 30.4 5.50 17.4 DN150 168.3 165 7.8 89 4.9 159 5.5 51 3.2 273 13.8 140 7.9 6.250 6.50 18.6 3.50 10.8 '.. 159.0 165 8.4 89 4.9 6.500 6.50 15.5 3.50 9.8 3.13 11.4 2.00 7.4 10.75(sw) 29.0 5.50(sw) 19.0 165.1 165 7.0 89 4.4 79 5.2 1 51 3.4 273 13.2 140 I. 8.6 2 Gooseneck design,end-to-end dimension fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 3 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. " Chinese standard sizes (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • -. 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctaulrc' victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Elbows No. 10 90° Elbow No. 11 45° Elbow --ctoe7 No. 12 221/z° Elbow erne No. 13111/4 Elbow Hct°El I cco No. 100 90° LongQ ctoe,x, '( Radius Elbow ctoE No. Long RadiususElbolbow Standard and GSNK No. 100 No. 110 No. 10 No. 11 No. 12 No. 13 90°Long Radius 45°Long Radius Size 90"Elbow 45"Elbow 221°Elbow 111/4°Elbow Elbow Elbow Actual Approx. Approx. I Apppr x Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Wgt. Wgt. lI We. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Nominal Diameter C to E (Each) C to E (Each) ', C to E Each C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb I inches lb inches lb inches lb inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 8 8,625 7.75 29.9 4.25 20.4 7.75' 20.0 2.00 10.1 14.25 66.0 7.25 36.0 DN200 219.1 ". 9.3 197 9.1 51 4.6 362 30.0 _ 184 16.3 197 13.6 108 10 10.750 9.00 63.3 4.75 37.5 '4.38(sw) 30.0 2.13 11.8 15.00 107.0 6.25 57.0 DN250 273.0 229 28.7 121 17.0 111 13.6 54 5.3 381 48.5 159 25.9 12 12.750 10.00 74.0 5.25 66.7 4.88(sw) 40.0 2.25 29.3 18.00 156.0 7.50 90.0 DN300 323.9 254 33.6 133 30.3 124 18.1 57 13.3 457 70.8 191 40.8 143 14.000 14.00 136.0 5.75 65.0 15.00(sw) 46.0 3.50(sw) 32.0 21.00(s) 164.0 8.75 82.0 DN350 355.6 356 61.7 146 29.5 127 20.9 89 14.5 533 74.4 222 37.2 14.843 i 14.84 149.3 6.13 82.0 377.0 i 377 67.7 156 37.2 - ... - '.. - - - I - '.. - - 16' 16.000 16.00 171.0 6.63 88.0 5.00(sw) 58.0 '.4.00(sw) 42.0 24.00(s) 210.0 10.00(s)1 100.0 DN400 406.5 __406 77.6 168 39.3 127 26.3 '', 102 19.1 610 95.3 254 45.4 16.773 i 16.75 198.6 II 7.00 101.3 426.0 I 425 90.1 178 I 45.9 - - - - - - - 183 18.000 18.00 228.0 7.50 108.0 ',5.50(sw) 65.0 4.50(sw) 53.2 27.00(s) 273.0 11.25(s) 135.0 DN450 457.2 457 103.4 190 '.. 50.0l 140 29.5 144 24.1 686 123.8 286 61.2 18.898 18.88 291.0 7.83 141.71 480.0 480 132.0 200 !.. 64.3 - - - - - - - 203 20.000 20.00 298.0 8.25 138.0 6.00(sw) 78.6 5.00(sw) 65.0 30.00(s) 343.0 12.50(s) 174.0 DN500 508.0 508 135.2 210 62.6 152 36.0 127 29.5 762 155.6 318 78.9 _.. .. . 20.866 20.88 355.0 8.63. 179.0 -. _.._.. __.. 530.0 530 161.0 219 81.2 - - - - - 243 24.000 24.00 438.0 10.00 221.0 7.00(sw) 140.0 I 6.00(sw) 60.0 36.00(s) 516.0 15.00(s) 251.0 DN600 609.6 610 198.7 254 100.2 178 63.5 I 152 27.2 914 234.1 381 113.9 24.803 24.80 545.0 10.25 j 255.2 _ _ i 630.0 630 i 247.2 _L 261 115.7 , , � i .:. -- For AGS fitting information,see publication 20.05 14-60 350-1500 AGS _ z Gooseneck design,end-to-end dimension fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 3 For 14'7350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • _____ • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 '✓ctaulic° victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS Reducing Base Support Elbow No. R-10G Grv. x Grv. No. R-10F Grv. x Flange rc`oE' -ctoE k. -'-'),,,_..__..,..e' I 1 f)jou =-1 If H 11.0 B Dla. B Die, No.R-10 Size Reducing Base Support Elbow Approx.Weight Each Nominal Size C to E H B Diameter Grv.x Grv. Grv.x Flange inches inches inches inches lb lb DN mm - mm mm kg kg 6 4 9.00 1.25 1.50 19.0 33.0 DN150 x DN100 229 32 38 8.6 15.0 5 9.00 _-- 1.50 1.50 23.0 38.0 DN 125 229 38 38 10.4 17.2 8 6 10.50 2.13 1.50 33.0 I 52.0 DN200 x DN150 267 24 _ 38 r 15.0 23.6 10 8 12.00 240 1.50 1 61.0 88.0 DN250 x DN200 305 61 '' `k -I __„,.38 27.7 39.9 4.3 DIMENSIONS 1 Adapter Elbow No. 18 90"Adapter Elbow No. 19 45"Adapter Elbow GE-1 cm C GE 1 - C to f E Cto TE No. 18 No. 19 Si ll a Actual 90"Adapter Elbows Approgmate -- - 45"Adapter Elbows Approx. x. - Nominal I Outside Weight Weight Size Diameter C to GE C to TE (Each) 1 C to GE C to TE '. (Each) inches inches inches inches lb ! inches inches lb I DN mm mm mm kg mm mm kg 3/4 1.050 2.25 2.25 0.5 1.50 1.50 0.5 DN20 I 26.9 57 57 0.2 38 38 0.2 1 1 1.315 2.25 2.25 0.5 DN25 33.7 57 57 0.2 - - 11 1 1.660 2.75 2.75 0.9 DN32 42.4 70 70 0.4 - - - P/2 1.900 2.75 2.75 1.1 1.75 1.75 0.9 DN40 48.3 70 70 0.5 44 44 0.4 2 2375 3.25 4.25 2.5 1 1 - -- DN50 603 J 83 : 108 1.1 - I_2i/2 2.875 3.75 3.75 3.0 2.25 2.25 2.3 -- ' 73.0 95 4 95 1.4 57 ;l 57 1.0 I 3 3.5001i 4.25 1 6.00 5.8 2.50 I 4.25 5.0 DNB() I 88.9 108 152 2.6 _ 64 108 2.3 31/2 4.000 4.50 6.25 8.0 5.25 5.25 8.8 DN90 101.6 114 159 3.6 133 133 _ 1 4.0 6 6.625 6.50 6.50 17.6 3.50 3.50 12.7 DN150 168.3 165 _.-. 165 8.0 89 -. . 89 . 5.8 9 Available with British Standard P.pe Threads,specify"BSP"clearly on order. 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com • 4.4 DIMENSIONS Tees, Crosses and True Wyes ''CtoE+ Cto LE GE 'ir-CtoEl / } C LiU0 I II \ - -i E Cto Cto TE SE No.20 I No.35 No.33 No.29M Size Tee Cross(sw) True Wye(sw) Tee with Threaded Branch Actual Approx. Approx. __.. Approx. _... . Approx. Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Dimeter C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to LE C to SE (Each) C to GE C to TE (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb inches inches '.. lb inches inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm mm , kg mm mm kg 3/4 1.050 2.25 0.6 2.25 0.9 2.25 2.00 0.7 2.25 2.25(sw) 0.6 DN20 26.9 57 0.3 57 0.4 57 i 51 0.3 57 57 0.3 1 1.315 2.25 1.0 2.25 1.3 2.25 2.25 1.1 2.25 2.25 1.0 DN25 '. 33.7 57 0.5 57 0.6 57 57 0.5 57 57 0.5 11/4 1.660 2.75 1.5 2.75 2.1 2.75 2.50 1.5 2.75 1 2.75 1.5 DN32 42.4 70 0.7 70 1.0 70 64 0.7 70 70 0.7 1 k 1.900 2.75 2.0 2.75 2.5 2.75 2.75 1.8 2.75 2,75 2.0 DN40 48.3 70 0.9 70 1.1 70 70 0.8 70 70 0.9 2 2.375 3.25 3.0 3.25 3.8 3.25 2.75 i 2.5 3.25 4.25 3.0 DN50 60.3 83 ! 1.4 83 1.7 83 70 1,1 83 108 1.4 21/2 2.875 3.75 4.3 3.75 6.1 3.75 3.00 4.3 3.75 3.75 4.3 73.0 95 2.0 95 2.8 95 76 2.0 95 95 2.0 DN65 3.000 3.75 5.2 _ _ _ - - 3.75 3.75(sw) 5.2 76.1 95 2.4 95 95 2.4 3 3.500 ", 4.25 6.8 4.25 10.5 4.25 3.25 6.1 4.25 6.00 6.8 DN80 88.9 108 3.0 108 4.8 108 83 2.8 108 152 3.1 31/2 4.000 4.50(sw) 7.9 4.50 11.5 4.50 3.50 9.6 4.50 4.50(sw) 7.9 DN9D 101.6 114 3.6 114 5.2 114 89 4.4 114 114 3.6 4.250 5.00 15.5 _ 5.00 5.00(sw) 15.5 108.0 127 7.0 - - - - 127 127 7.0 4 4.500 5.00 '. 11.9 5.00 15.8 '.. 5.00 3.75 9.8 5.00 7.25 11.9 DN100 114.3 127 5.4 127 7.2 127 _.._.._ 95 4.4 127 184 5.4 4/2 5.000 5.25(sw) 15.0 5.25 18.5 - 5.25 5.25(sw) 15.0 '.. DN120 127.0 133 6.8 133 8.4 133 133 6.8 5.250 5.50 17.8 5.50 5.50(sw) 17.8 133.0 140 8,1 - - - - - 140 140 8.1 DN125 5.500 5.50 17.8 _ - - 5.50 5.50(sw) 17.8 i 139.7 140 8.1 140 140 8.1 5 5.563 5.50 17.8 5.50 20.0 5.50 4.00 15.0 i 5.50 5.50(sw) 17.8 I 141,3 140 8.1 140 9.1 140 102 6.8 ', 140 140 8.1 6.250 ' 6.50 27.1 _ 6.50 6.50(sw) 27.1 159.0 165 12.3 - - - 165 165 12.3 i 6.500 6.50 22.0 6.50 28.0 I - - _ 6.50 6.50(sw) 22.0 165.1 165 10.0 165 12.7 165 165 10.0 6 6.625 6.50 25.7 6.50 28.0 6.50 4.50 22.3 6.50 6.50(sw) 25.7 DN150 168.3 165 11.7 165 12.7 165 114 10.1 165 165 11.7 8 8.625 7.75 47.6 7.75 48.0 7.75 6.00 36.0 7.75 7.75 47.6 ,'_ DN200 219.1 197 21.6 197 21.8 197 152 16.3 197 197 21.6 10 10.750 9.00 99.0 9.00 121.5 9.00 6.50 69.9 9.00 9.00 99.0 DN2S0 273.0 229 44.9 229 55.1 229 155 31.7 229 229 44.9 12 I 12.750 10.00 133.0 10.00 110.0 10.00 7.00 80.0 10.00 10.00 133.0 DN300 1 323.9 254 60.3 254 49.9 254 178 , 36.3 254 254 60.3 e For 141350 mm and large roll grooves systems,Viclaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For p'icing and availability of cut groove fittings n this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative, 7 Chinese standard sizes (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Caton Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 JctaulilC' victaulic.com • - - • 4.4 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Tees, Crosses and True Wyes »CtoE -CtoF- � oLE GE Oil7 C to E Cto Cto TE won SE No.20 No.35 No.33 No.29M Size Tee Cross(sw) True Wye(sw) Tee with Threaded Branch Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside '.. Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Dimeter C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to LE C to SE (Each) C to GE C to TE (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb inches inches lb inches inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kg mm mm kg 146 i 14.000 11.00(sw) 145.0 11.00 I 198.0 11.00 7.50 i 134.2 i DN350 355.6 '. 279 65.8 279 89.8 279 191 60.8 i - - - 377.0 11.50 1450 -- - _- - -- 292 65.8 - - - - - - - 166 16.000 12.00(sw) 186.0 12.00 250.0 12.00 ',' 8.00 167.0 I _ lI - -- DN400 406.4 305 84.4 305 113.4 305 203 75.7 426.0 13.00 186.0 - - - - - 300 84.4 ...... .......__.. . 186 18.000 ', 15.50(sw) 260.0 15.50 350.0 15.50 8.50 234.0 DN450 457.0 394 117.9 394 158.8 394 216 i 106.1 - - - 480.0 14.63 256.0 - - _ 372 116.1 - - - - 206 20.000 17.25(sw) 336.0 17.25 452.0 17.25 9.00 281.0 - - DN500 508.0 438 152.4 438 205.0 438 229 127.5 - - -, 530-0 15.38(sw) 339.0 ---- --- :_. 391 153.8 - - - - - 7 246 24.000 20.00(sw) ', 592.0 20.00 ' 795.0 20.00 10.00 523.0 _ T DN600 6100 508 268.5 508 360.6 508 254 237.2 - 630.0 17.38(sw) 473 0 _ - - 441 214.5 1 1. - I - - - 14-60 For AGS fitting information,see publication 20.05 DN350- 1S.. DN7500 6 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • --• 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 C1 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 ✓ctaulic` victaulic.com • 4.5 DIMENSIONS Reducing Tee No. 25 Grooved Branch -ctnE ctoE No. 29T Threaded Branch ___ C C 4CtoE1I -CtoE+l to to 7 -F--- No.25 No.29T C C to to No.29T _i • No.25 w/Thd. No 25 No.29T Size Std. Branch Approx. Weight No.29T --- __ DN mm CtoE I (Each) Nominal Size C to E I No.25 w/Thd. inches inches inches lb Size Std. Branch Approx. mm kg Weight 4 4 34 5.00(sw) 5.00(sw) 8.0 Nominal Size C to E C to E (Each) DN100 x DN100 x DN20 127 127 3.6 inches inches inches ', It, 1 5.00 5.00 7.8 DN mm mm kg DN25 127 127 3.5 ,. 1 1 /a z 2.25(sw) 2.25(sw) 1 0 -1'4 5.00(sw) 5.00(sw) 9.6 DN25 x DN225 x DN20 ', 57 57 0.5 ', DN32 127 127 1 4.4- -.. 1'/a 1'.4 1 2.75(sw) 2.75(sw) 1.3 1 Y 5.00 5.00 10.2 DN32 x DN32 x DN25 70 70 0.6 DN40 127 127 4.6 1'h 1'h ' 2.75(sw) 2.75(sw) 1.5 '. 2 5.00 5.00 11.2 DN40 x DN40 x DN20 70 70 0.7 DN50 127 127 5.1 1 2.75(sw) 2.75(sw) 1.5 i 21/2 5.00 5.00 11.4 DN25 70 70 0.7 127 127 _ 5.2 . 1 '/a 2.75(sw) 2.75(sw) 1.7 '.. 3 5.00 5.00 11.6 DN32 70 70 0.8 DN80 127 127 5.3 2 2 '/a 3.25 3.25 2.5 I 5 5 1 5.50(sw) 5.50(sw) 14.0 DN50 x DN50 x DN20 83 83 1.1.. DN125 x DN125 x DN25 140 140 6.4 1 3.25 3.25 2.7 1 Y 5.50(sw) 5.50(sw) 14.3 DN25 83 83 1.2 DN40 140 140 6.5 1'/a 3.25(sw) 3.25(sw) 1.8 2 5.50(sw) 5.50(sw) 14.5 1, DN32 83 83 0.8 DN50 140 140 6.6 116 3.25 3.25(sw) 3.0 21/2 5.50 5.50(sw) 15.2 DN40 83 83 1.4 ". 140 140 6.9 2 Y x 21/2 x 'At 3.75(sw) 3.75(sw) 3.9 3 5.50 5.50(sw) 16.6 DN20 95 95 1.8 DN80 140 140 7.5 1 3.75 3.75(sw) 3.8 '.. 16.7 4 5.50 5.50(sw) DN25 '.. 95 95 1.7 _ DN100 140 140 7.6 1 Y 3.75 3.75 4.2 ' 6 6 1 6.50(sw) 6.50(sw) 23.0 DN32 95 95 1.7 DN150 x DN150 x DN25 165 165 10.4 1/ 3.75 3.75 '. 3.9 1'/x 6.50(sw) 6.50(sw) ' 24.0 Ali DN40 95 95 1.8 DN40 165 165 10.9 2 3.75 3.75(sw) 1 4.5 2 6.50 6.50 21.6 DN50 95 95 2.0 DN50 165 165 9.8 3 3 'A 4.25(sw) 4-25(sw) 5.7 2%2 6.50 6.50 21.4 DN80 x DN80 x DN20 ' 108 108 ' 2.6 165 165 11.7 1 4.25 4.25 6.1 3 6.50 6.50 26.5 DN25 108 108 2.8 I '. DN80 165 165 12.0 1''A 4.25 4.25 8.0 1 4 6.50 6.50 25.0 DN32 108 108 3.6 DN100 165 165 11.3 1'h 4.25 4.25(sw) 6.5 5 6.50 6.50 23.2 DN40 108 108 2.9 165 165 10.5 2 4.25 4.25(sw) 6.2 61/2 61/2 3 6.50 6.50(sw) 24.0 DN50 108 ' 108 2.8 DN165.1 x DN165.1 x DN80 165 165 10.9 _.. z 4 2/ 4.25 25 4.25(sw) 6.4 4 6.50 6.50(sw) 25.0 _ 108 'i 108 2.9 DN100 1 165 i 165 11.3 8 For 14'7350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the 8 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 9 Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic for details. 9 Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic for details. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 10 Jctaulic° victaulic.com • 4.5 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Reducing Tee No. 25 Grooved Branch ;-CtoE1 FCtOE i No. 29T Threaded Branch 4__- - - C C 'v-Cto E.l -CtoE-. t, t0 i --1 - 1 No.25 No.29T C C E - E No.29T + __i No.25 w/Thd. Size Std. Branch Approx. No 25 No.29T Weight r No.29T - Nominal Size C to E C to E (Each) No.25 w/Thd. inches inches inches lb Size Std. Branch Approx. DN mm mm kg Weight 12 12 1 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 77.0 Nominal Size C to E C to E 1 (Each) DN300 x DN300 X DN25 254 254 34.9 inches inches inches I lb 2 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 80.0 DN mm '.. mm kg _ DN50 254 254 36.3 8 8 1'k 7.75(sw) I 7.75(sw) 33.0 I 2 V 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 78.0 DN200 x DN200 x DN40 197 197 • 15.0 254 254 35.4 2 7.75(sw) 7.75(sw) ', 33.5 3 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 82.0 DN50/x 7.75(sw) 7.75(sw) 39.0 197 197 15.2 DN80 254 254 37.2 2 7' _-. _. -_- --- --- . i 4 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 80.0 197 197 17.7 DN100 254 254 36.3 3 7.75(sw) 7.75(sw) 33.6 5 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 75.0 DN80 197 197 15.2 254 254 34.0 4 7.75 7.75 41.8 6 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 75.0 DN100 197 197 19.0 DN150 254 _ 254 34.0_ 5 7.75(sw) 7.75(sw) 34.0 8 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 80.0 197 197 15.4 DN200 254 254 36.3 6 7.75 7.75 42.3 10 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 84.0 DN150 197 197 19.2 DN250 254 254 38.1 165.1 7.75(sw) 7.75(sw) 48.0 14, 14 4 11.00(sw) 11.00(sw) 102.0 x x 197 197 21.8 DN350 DN350 DN100: 279 279 46.3 10 10 1 '/ 9.00 9.00 62.0 6 ' 11.00(sw) 11.00(sw) 108.2 DN250 x DN250 x DN40 229 229 _ 28.1 DN150 279 I 279 49.1 2 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 62.0 8 11.00 11.00 112.0 DN50 229 229 28.1 DN200 279 279 50.8 -- 2' 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 62.4 10 11.00 11.00 120.0 229 229 28.3 DN250. 279 279 54_ .4 3 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 60.0 12 11.00 11.00 129.1 DN80 229 229 27.2 0N300 279 279 58.6 9.00(sw) 9.0000(sw)4 61.0 16a 16 4 12.00 12.00 130.0 DN100 229 229 27.7 DN400 x DN400 x DN100: 305 305 59.0 5 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 52.0 6 12.00(sw) 12.00(sw) 133.5 229 229 23.6 DN150 305 305 60.6 6 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 59.0 8 12.00 12.00 145.0 DN150 229 229 -1I__26.8 _ DN200 305 305 65.8 8 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 64.7 10 12.00 i 12.00 149.5 , DN200 ; 229 I 229 j 29.3 - DN250 305 'I _305 j 67.8 8 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the 12 12.00 12.00 154.0 Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove j DN300 305 305 ) 69.9 ':. fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 14 12.00(sw) _ j 167.0 a Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic for details. r _._ DN350 305 75,8 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) 8 For 141/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded Advanced Groove System(ASS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 9 Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic for details. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded • • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com 4.5 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Reducing Tee No. 25 Grooved Branch ctoE kctoE No. 29T Threaded Branch ,___ 7 c C w CtoE+l ',-CtoE-ry to to t =_I t r No.25 No.29T c C to to r - ---- - E  E No.29T No.25 w/Thd. Size Std. Branch Approx. No.25 No.29T _-- -____ ____-_ Weight I No.29T I Nominal Size C to E C to E (Each) 1 No.25 w/Thd. inches inches '.. inches '.. lb Size Std. Branch Approx. DN mm mm kg Weight 20 24 8 20.00 20.00 340.0 Nominal Size C to E C to E (Each) DN600 x DN600 x DN200 508 508 154.2 inches ' inches inches '. lb 10 20.00 20.00 343.9 DN mm mm kg DN250 508 508 156.0. '.. 18' 18 4 15.50(sw) 15.50(sw) 194.0 12 20.00 20.00 352.8 I0N450 x DN450 x DN100 394 394 88.0 DN300. 508 508 160.0 16 15.50(sw) 15.50(sw) 200.0 149 20.00 _ 360.0 I, DN150 394 394 90.7 DN350 508 163.3 t 8 15.50(sw) 15.50(sw) 202.0 16 20.00 378.0 DN200 394 394 91.6 DN400 508 171.5. r-. 10 15.50 15.50 212.0 189 20.00 _ 380.0 DN250 394 394 96.2 DN450 508 172.4 12 15.50 15.50 222.6 20 20.00 373.0 DN300 394 394 101.0 DN500 508 169.2 14 15.50 _ 230.1 1, For AGS fitting information,see DN350 394 104.4 DN14-60 publication 20.05 16 15.50 247.6 DN350-1500 AGS" DN400 394 112.3 1 Y' 20' 20 6 17.25 ; 17.25 1 240.0 a For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the x x DN500 DN500 DN150 438 438 108.9 Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove 8 17.25 17.25 244.0 fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. DN200 438 438 110.7 a Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic for details. 10 17.25 17.25 256.0 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) DN250 438 438 116.1 12 17.25 17.25 264.0 (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded DN300 438 438 119.8 NOTES 14 17.25 _ 275.0 • No.29T Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are DN350 438 124.7 available with British Standard threads.For British Standard specify 16 17.25 - 288.6 "BSP"clearly on order. DN400 438 130.9 • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). 18 17.25 _ 297.0 DN450 438 134.7 a For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. ' Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic for details. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 12 ✓ctaulrc° victaulic.com • 4.6 DIMENSIONS Bull Plug No. 61 1.- EtoE1 FD No.61 Na.61 Size Bull Plug(s) Actual Approx. Outside ! Weight Nominal Diameter E to E (Each) inches inches inches lb DN mm mm j kg 2 2.375 4.00 2.5 DN50 60.3 102 1.1 21/2 2.875 5.00 • 3.0 l' 73.0 127 1.4 3 3.500 6.00 4.5 L DN80 ! 88.9 -.. 152 2.0 • 4 4.500 7.00 7.5 DN100 .. 114.3 178 3.4 • 5 I 5.563 8.00 12.0 l_ 141.3 ! 203 _ .- 5.4 6 I 6.625 10.00 17.0 • DN150 ! 168.5 254 7.7 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • Steel dish caps available through 247600 mm,contact Victaulic. • No.61 Bull Plugs should be used in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750 couplings • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Viclaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 13 ✓ctaulic` victaulic.com 4.7 DIMENSIONS 45"Lateral No. 30 cto c to LE E l P C to L Cto C, SE SE fl No. 30 No.30 No.30 No.30 Size 45°Lateral Weight Size 45°Lateral Weight Actual Actual Outside Approx. Outside Approx. Nominal Diameter C to LE C to SE (Each) Nominal Diameter C to LE i C to SE (Each) inches inches inches inches lb '. inches inches inches inches lb DN mm mm mm kg DN mm mm mm '. kg 3 1.050 4.50(sw) 2.00(sw) 1.0 6.500 14.00(sw) 4.50(sw) 43.6 DN20 26.9 114 51 0.5 ', 165.1 356 114 19.8 1 1.315 5.00(sw) 2.25(sw) 1.7 6 6.625 14.00(sw) 4.50(sw) 43.6 DN25 33.7 127 57 08 DN150 168.3 356 114 49.8 1/ I 1.660 1 5.75 2.50 2.5(d) 8 78.625 18.00(sw) 6.00(sw) 72.0 DN32 42.4 1 146 64 i 1.1 DN200 219.1 457 152 32.7 1' 1.900 6.25(sw) 2.75(sw) 3.5 10 10.750 20.50(sw) 6.50(sw) 105.0 DN40 48.3 159 70 1.6 DN250 273.0 521 165 47.6 2 2.375 7.00(sw) 2.75(sw) 5.0 12 12.750 23.00(sw) 7.00(sw) 165.0 DN50 60.3 178 70 2.3 DN300 323.9 584 178 74.8 2r/z 2.875 7.75(sw) 3.00(sw) 9.0 1410 14.000 26.50(sw) 7.50(sw) 276.0 73.0 197 76 4.1 1 DN350 355.6 673 __.! 191 125.2 DN65 .. 3.000 8.50(sw) 3.25(sw) 11.0 ! 16t0 i 16.000 29.00(sw) 8.00(sw) 344.2 76.1 216 83 5.0 DN400 I, 406.4 737 203 156.1 3 3.500 8.50 3.25 11.7(d) '', 1810 18.000 32.00(sw) 8.50(sw) 429.0 DN80 ..,_.. 889 216 83 .... 5.4 DN450 457.0 813 216 194.6 1; 31/2 4.000 IC 10.00(sw) 3.50(sw) 17.8 2010 20.000 35.00(sw) 9.00(sw) I 500.0 I DN90 101.6 254 89 8.1 DN500 508.0 889 229 I 226.8 4 4.500 10.50 3.75 22.2(d) 2410 24.000 40.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 715.0 DN100 114.3 267 95 10.1 DN600 610.0 1016 254 324.3 5 5.563 12.50(sw) 4.00(sw) ; 21.8 For AGS fitting information,see publication 20.05 141.3 318 102 9.9 DN14-60 - - -- 1° For 14"/350 mm and larger ro I grooved systems,Viclaclic offers the DN350-1500 AGS Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove t, -- --- Zt fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 10 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). •_ 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved, victaulic.com 14 Jotaulilc° victaulic.com • 4.8 DIMENSIONS 45"Reducing Lateral No. 30-R cto r LE c to LE i C to clO c' Co to s. St S No.30-R No.30-R No 30-R No 30-R Size 45°Reducing Lateral Size 45°Reducing Lateral 1 Approx. Approx., Weight Weight Nominal Size C to LE C to SE (Each) Nominal Size C to LE C to SE (Each) inches inches inches , lb inches inches : inches lb DN mm i mm kg DN mm mm kg 3 3 2 8.50 3.25 9.8 14" 14 4 26.50 7.50 172.0 DN80 x DN80 x DN50 216 83 4.4 DN350 x DN350 x DN100 673 191 78.0 21 8.50 3.25 9.8 6 26.50 7.50 187.0 DN65 216 83 _...4.4 DN150 673 191 84.8 4 4 2 10.50 3.75 10.0 8 26.50 7.50 205.8 DN100 x DN100 x DN50 267 95 4.5 DN200 673 191 93.4 21'S 1 10.50 3.75 10.0 10 26.20 7.50 235.0 DN65 267 95 4.5 DN250 673 191 106.6 3 10.50 3.75 18.3 12 26.50 7.50 250.0 DN80 267 95 8.3 DN300 673 191 113.4 5 x 5 x 2 12.50 4.00 24.0 16" 16 6 29.00 8.00 215.0 D350 31318 102 10.9 27. x x 8 0N400 DN400 DN150' 737 203 97.5 .50 29.00 8.00 252.5 DN80 318 102 12.2 DN200 737 _ 203 114.5 4 12.50 4.00 26.5 10 29.00 8.00 265.0 DN100 318 102 12.0 0N250 737 203 120.2 6 6 3 14.00 4.50 37.0 12 1 29.00 8.00 295.0 DN150 x DN150 x DN80 356 114 16.8 DN300 737 203 133.8.. 4 i 14.00 4.50 36.0 14 29.00 8.00 I 305.0 DN100 356 114 16.3 DN350 737 203 138.3 5 14.00 4.50 I 44.7 18" 18 6 32.00 8.50 274.0 356 114 I 20.3 DN450 x DN450 x DN150 813 216 124.3 8 8 4 18.00 6.00 62.0 8 32.00 8.50 275.0 DN200 x DN200 x DN100. 457 152 28.1._... DN200 813 216 124.7 5 '. 18.00 6.00 75.5 ' 12 32.00 8.50 347.0 6 1 457 152 34.2 DN300 813 216 157.4 18.00 6.00 82.0 ', 14 32.00 8.50 350.0 DN150 __- 457 152 37.2 0N350 813 216 158.8 10 10 4 20.50 6.50 104.8 16 32.00 8.50 362.0 DN250 x DN250 x DN100 521 165 47.5 DN400 813 216 164.2 5 20.50 6.50 99.0 20" 20 12 35.00 9.00 415.0 521 165 44.9 DN500 x DN500 x DN3001 889 229 1882 6 20.50 6.50 105.8 14 35.00 9.00 420.0 DN150 521 165 48.0 DN350 889 229 190.5 , 8 20.50 6.50 118.0 16 35.00 10.00 425.0 DN200' 521 165 53.5 DN400 899 229 192.8 12 12 5 23.00 7.00 122.0 24" 24 --- 16 40.00 10.00 425.0 DN300 x DN300 x 584 178 55.3 DN600 x DN600 x DN400 1016 254 - 192.8 6 23.00 7.00 137.0 20 40.00 10.00 570.0 DN150 584 178 62.1 DN600 1016 254 258.6 ICI , 8 23.00 7.00 147.0 For AGS fitting information, DN200 584 178 66.7 14_60 See publication 20.05 10 23.00 7.00 167.0 DN350-DN1500 465^ DN250 584 178 75.8 'f II For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove • fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 15 Nictaulla victaulic.com • 4.9 DIMENSIONS 4.10 DIMENSIONS Tee Wye Adapter Nipple No. 32 No. 4012 Grv. x Thd. No. 42 Grv. x Bev. No. 43 Grv. x Grv. H / r-EtoE-1 r-Eto E-1 r-EtoE 1 E, - G 3- No.40 No.42 No.43 E, No.40,42,43 No.32 Size Adapter Nipple(s) No.32 Approx. Size Tee Wye(sw) Actual Outside Weight r Ipprox. Nominal Size Diameter E to E (Each) Weight inches inches inches inches Nominal Size G H Er E2 (Each) DN mm mm mm inches inches inches inches inches''., lb let 1.050 3.00 !1 0.3 DN mm mm mm mm kg ON20 26.9 _ 76 0.1 2 2 2 2.75 7.00 9.00 4.63 6.4 1 1.315 3.00 0.4 x 25 33.7 76 0.2 x DN50 DN50 DN50 70 778 229 118 2.9 ._..___ --_ -4. -- -8 -__. _.. lYa I 1.660 4.00 0.8 21/2 21/2 21/2 3.00 7.75 10.50 5.75 11.5 0N32 42.4 102 D.4 x x 76 197 267 146 5.2 - - -- --- _. .. _ -. 1 Y/ 1.900 4.00 0.9 3 3 3 3.25 8.50 11.50 6.50 14.3 40 48.3 102 0.4 DN80 x DN80 x DN80 83 216 292 165 6.5 2 2.375 4.00 --- 1.2 31/2 31 31/2 3.25 10.00 13.00 7.75 22.9 DN50 60.3 102 0.5 DN90 x DN90 x DN90 89 --_ 254 330 197 10.4 21/2 2.875 4.00 1.9 4 ---- 4 4 3.75 10.50 13.63 8.13 26.0 73.0 102 0.9 i.._.100 x DN100 x DN100 95 . 267 346 207 11.8 3 3.500 4.00 2.5 5 x 5 x 5 4.00 12.50 16.13 10.00 48.0 DN80 88.9 102 1.1 102 318 410 254 21.8 3'/z 4.000 4.00 2.1 6 6 6 4.50 14.00 18.25 11.50 60.5 DN90 101.6 102 0.9 DN150 x DN150 x DN150 114 356 _ 464 292 27.4 !, 4 4.500 6.00 5.5 8 8 8 6.00 18.00 23.25 15.25 127.1 DN100 114.3 152 2.5 DN200 x DN200 x DN200 152 457 591 387 57.7 I 5 5.563 6.00 7.4I 10 10 10 6.50 20.50 27.25 18.00 190.0 141. -- 1- - Y 3 152 34 0N250 x DN250 x DN250 165 521 692 457 86.2 6 6.625 6.00 9.5 12 12 12 7.00 23.00 131.00 ' 20.50 240.0 DN150 168.3 152 4.3 , DN300 x DN300 x DN300 178 584 787 521 108.9 8 8.625 6.00 ', 14.2 ---- - --- __-- DN200 219.1 152 6.4 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) 10 10.750 8.00 27.0 (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded DN250 273.0 203 12.2 12 12.750 8.00 33.0 DN300 I 323.9 203 I 15.0 rz Available with British Standard Pipe Threads,specify"BSP"clearly on order. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • For pump package nipples with 11 740mm hole cut to receive Style 923 Vic-Let or Style 924 Vic-O-Well®request special No,40,42 or 43 nipples and specify No.40-1-I,42-H or 43-H on order.NOTE 4-127100-300mm diameter-8/200mm minimum length required. • For roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 10 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 16 ✓otaulid victaulic.com • • 4.11 DIMENSIONS Cap No. 60 ti -if5 No.60 No.60 No.60 No.60 Size Cap Size Cap Actual Approx. Actual Approx. Outside Weight Outside Weight Nominal Diameter "T"Thickness (Each) Nominal Diameter "T"Thickness (Each) inches inches inches lb inches inches inches , lb DN mm mm kg i DN mm mm kg ' 1.050 0.88 • 0.2 I 6.250 1.00 6.8 DN20 26.9 22 0.1 l__. i� 159.0 25 - 3.1 1 1.315 0.88 0.3 6.500 1.00 7.3 • 25 33.7 22 • 0.1 165.1 25 3 3 __- . 1----_ PA 1.660 l 0.88 0.3 r_-� 6 ) 6.625 1.00 6.1 • ON32 42.4 22 -- 0.1 DN150 168.3 25 2.8 1'/2 1.900 _.- 0.88 0.5 _-. --_8 __. _.-8.625 • 1.19 13.1 DN40 48.3 22 ' _ 0.2 200 219.1 30 5.9 2 2.375 0.88 0.6 10 '- 10.750 1.25 • 21.0 DN50 60.3 -_ 22 0.3 ! DN250 273.0 32 9.5 21/2 2.875 0.88 1.0 - 12 12.750 1.25 35.6 - .�- 73.0 22 0.5 DN300 323.9 32 i 16.2 76.1mm 3.000 0.88 1.2 14'3 14.000 9.50(s) 76.1 I__ 22 0.5 ON350 355.6 i 241 + 3 3.500 0.88 1.2 16" 16.000 10.00(s) -.- DN80 88.9 22 0.5 , DN400 406.4 254 + 3'/2 4.000 0.88 2.5 1813 1-- 18.000 11.00(s) DN90 101.6 22 i 1.1 DN450 457.0 279 + 4.250 1.00 2.3 20" 20.000 12.00(s) 108.0 25 1.0 '', DN500 508.0 305 + 4 4.500 1.00 2.5 24" 24.000 13.50(s) DN100 114.3 25 1.1 DN600 610.0 343 + 5.250 1.00 • 4.5 For AGS fitting information,see Rublication 20.05 133.0 25 2.0 14-60 - - � DN350-DN15001 AGS'_ DN125 5.500 1.00 4,5 - _. -_ 139.7 25 2.0 _ 5 5.563 1.00 4.6 " For 14'/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the i 141.3 l 25 2.1 Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove " For 10350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove Is)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) +Contact Victaulic for details. (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES +Contact Victaulic for details. • No.60 cap is not suitable for use in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750 couplings.No.61 bull plugs should be used. • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • -•07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 17 ictaulic° victaulic.com 4.12 DIMENSIONS Flanged Adapter Nipple No. 41 ANSI Class 125 No. 45F ANSI Class 150 Flat Face No. 45R ANSI Class 150 Raised Face No. 46F ANSI Class 300 Flat Face No. 46R ANSI Class 300 Raised Face No. 45RE PN10/PN16 Raised Face r E to E r-E to E I�I l�--EtoE E 1 r-E to E I�I I' E to E� r: E to E-. Ill I I I I No.41 No.45F No.45R No.46F No.46R No.45RE No.41 No.45F and No.45R No.46F and No.46R ANSI 125 ANSI 150 ANSI 300 No.45RE Size Flange Adapter Nipple Flanged Adapter Nipple(s) Flanged Adapter Nipple(s) Flanged Adapter Nipple Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Diameter E to E I (Each) E to E (Each) E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches inches 1 lb '. inches lb inches lb inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 4/a 1.050 3.00 3.00 2.3 3.00 3.3 - - DN20 26.9 76 76 1.0 76 1.5 1 1.315 3.00 2.5 3.00 2.7 3.00 3.9 DN25 33.7 76 1.1 76 1.2 76 1.8 11/4 1.660 4.00 3.0 4.00 3.3 4.00 - 4.8 i _ ON32 42.4 102 1.4 102 1.5 102 2.2 11/2 1.900 4.00 3.5 4.00 3.9 4.00 6.9 - DN40 48.3 102 1.6 102 1.8 102 3.1 2 2.375 4.00 5.5 4.00 6.0 4.00 8 2 2.50 5.3 DN50 60.3 102 '., 2.5 102 __.. 2.7 _..... 102 3.7 64 2.4.: 214 2.875 4.00 8.0 4.00 9.9 4.00 11.9 73.0 102 3.6 102 45 102 5 4 DN65 3.000 _. .. 2.50 -. ... 6.5 76.1 - - - - - 64 2.9 3 3.500 4.00 9.5 4.00 11.7 4.00 16.5 250 8.2 DN80 88.9 102 4.3 102 '. 5.3 102 7.5 64 3.7 31/2 4.000 4.00 12.0 4.00 '. 15.1 4.00 20.1 DN90 101.6 102 5.4 102 '.. 6.8 102 9.1 4 4.500 6.00 16.7 6.00 '� 18.5 6.00 27.4 2.75 10.0 DN100 114.3 152 7.6 152 8.4 152 12.4 70 45 5 5.563 6.00 21.5 I 6.00 21.3 6.00 35.3 ,I 141.3 152 9.8 152 9.7 152 16.0 - DN125... 5.000 -.. _.... 2.75 _.. 16.3 - 139.7 - - - 70 7.4 '.. 6 6.625 6.00 26.5 1 6.00 27.5 6.00 47.5 2.75 16.3 DN150 168.3 152 12.0 152 12.5 152 __. 21.5 70 7.4 6.500 _ _ _ _ 4.50 18.7 165.1 110 8.5 8 8.625 6.00 39.0 6.00 41.3 6.00 70.3 _ DN200 219.1 152 17.7 152 18.8 ' 152 31.9 ' 10 10.750 8.00 57.0 8.00 59.3 8.00 100.8 _ DN 250 273.0 203 25.9 203 27.1 203 45.7 12 12.750 8.00 41.0 8.00 40.0 8.00 146.2 - .. DN300 323.9 203 18.6 203 40.0 203 - 66.3 _ 1414 14.000 8.00 _ 8.00 8.00+ + DN350 355.6 203 203 203 -.. .00_. ------ 1614 16.000 8.00 8.00 8.00 _ DN400 406.4 203 203 + 203 + - 1814 18.000 8.00 8.00 8.00 DN450 457.0 203 _.. 203 l +__ , 203 + _ _ '4 For 14'7350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) • (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 18 ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com • 4.12 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Flanged Adapter Nipple No. 41 ANSI Class 125 No. 45F ANSI Class 150 Flat Face No. 45R ANSI Class 150 Raised Face No. 46F ANSI Class 300 Flat Face No. 46R ANSI Class 300 Raised Face No. 45RE PN10/PN16 Raised Face r- E to E-. I.-E to E l l.— E to E-.I l.-E to E l µ—E to E-y l.—E to E-ry No.41 No.45F No.45R No.46F No.46R No.45RE No.41 No.45F and No.45R No.46F and No.46R ANS1125 ANSI 150 ANSI 300 No.4 S Size Flange Adapter Nipple Flanged Adapter Nipple(s) Flanged Adapter Nipple(s) Flanged Adapter Nipple(s) Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Diameter E to E ' (Each) E to E (Each) E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches inches i lb inches lb inches lb l inches lb DN mm mm l kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 2014 20.000 8.00 8DN500 508.0 1__ 203 203 + 203 + 8.00 8.00 •_._.2414 24.000 800 DN600 610.0i. 203 — 203 + 203 i + L _.. 14-60 For AGS fitting information see publication 20.05 DN3S0-DN1500 Aar V 14 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded +Contact Victaulic for details NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 0 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 19 ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com 4.13 DIMENSIONS Swaged Nipple No. 53 Grv. x Grv. No. 54 Grv. x Thd. No. 55 Thd. x Grv. 1.- E to E1 (.---E to E1 l.- E to E1 •-- EtoE- r-E to E1 l•- E to E1 DE1 Di 1 , o No.53 No. 54 No.55 No.53 No.54 No.55 No.53,54,and 55 Swaged No.53,54,and 55 Swaged Size Nipples(s) Size Nipples(s) Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal Sizes E to E (Each) Nominal Sizes E to E (Each) inches inches lb inches inches lb DN mm kg DN mm kg._. H 2 1 6.50 I 2.0 5 2 11.00 11.5 _ DN50 X DN25 165 0.9 '.. x 1 DN50 279 5.2 11/4 ---- 6.50 i 2.0 3 11.00 11.3 DN32 165 0.9 DN80 279 5.1 1 k 6.50 2.0 4 11.00 11.5 DN40 165 0.9 DN100 279 5.2 21/2 1 7.00 3.0 6 1 12.00 17.0 x DN25 178 1.4 DN150 x DN25 305 ' 7.7 1'/ 7.00 - 3.0 PA 12.00 l 17.0 DN32 178 1.4 DN32 305 7.7 11/2 7.00 3.0 11/2 12.00 17.2 DN40 178 1.4 DN40 305 7.8 2 7.00 3.0 T1 2 12.00 17.4 DN50 178 1.4 DN50 305 7.9 3 1 8.00 4.5 2'h 12.00 17.4 DN80 x DN25 203 2.0 _.. 305 7.9 11/2 8.00 4.5 3 12.00 17.4 DN32 203 2.0 DN80 305 7.9 11/2 8.00 4.5 31/2 12.00 17.4 DN40 203 2.0 DN90 305 7.9 2 8.00 ---- 4.5 4 12.00 17.5 DN50 203 2.0 DN100 305 7.9 21/2 8.00 : 4.5 41/2 12.00 17.5 203 2.0 DN120 305 7.9 31/2 3 8.00 6.8 5 12.00 17.5 DN90 x DN80 203 3.1 305 7.9 4 1 9.00 75 8 6 20.0 DN100 x DN25 229 3.4 DN200 x DN150 + 9.1 Y 1' 9.00 7.5 DN32 229 3.4 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) 1/ 9.00 7.5 (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded DN40 229 3.4 +Contact Victaulic for details 2 9.00 7.5 NOTE DN50 229 3.4 . All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). 21/2 9.00 7.5 229 3.4 3 9.00 7.5 -.-_- DN80 229 3.4 31/2---- 9.00 7.5 DN90 229 . 3.4, • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 20 ✓ctalulic victaulic.com a 4.14 DIMENSIONS 4.15 DIMENSIONS Female Threaded Adapter Hose Nipple No. 80 No. 48 `_to E�Ac (IIIII1II'I No.48 No.80 ; r Size No.48 Hose Nipple(s) I Size No.80 Female Threaded Adapter Approx. Actual Approz. Actual Outside Weight Outside Weight Nominal Size Diameter E to E (Each) Nominal Diameter E to E (Each) ! inches inches inches lb inches inches inches lb _ DN_... mm mm kg DN l -._ mm mm kg 3/4 1.050 3.12 0.3 34 1.050 2.00 1.0 DN20 26.9 79 0.1 DN20 26.9 51 0.5 1 1.315 3.38 0.4 • •--- - - DN25 33.7 86 0.2 1 1.315 2.06 1.0 • 0N25 33.7 52 0.5 1,4 1.660 3.88 0.6 - DN32 42.4 98 0.3 114 1.660 2.31(sw) 1.5 DN32 42.4 59 0.7 11/2 1.900 3.88 i 0.8 11/2 • 1.900 2.31 (sw) 1.5 DN40 48.3 98 0.4 DN40 48.3 59 0.7 2 2.375 4.50 1.1 • - •-- - DN50 60.3 114 0.5 2 2.375 _ 2.50 1.4 DN50 60.3 64 0.6 2'/� 2.875 5.38 2.0 21/22.875 2.75 1.5 73.0 137 0.9 73.0 70 0.7 3 3.500 5.75 3.2 _ T _---- DN80 88.9 146 1.5 _. 3 3.500 2.75 2.9 L DN80 88.9 __L_ 70 1.3 4 4.500 7.00 4.9 . _ .__ - DN100 114.3 178 2.2 4 • 4.500 1 3.25 4.5 - DN100 114.3 j 83 2.0 5 5.563 8.75 8.0 141.3 222 3.6 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) 6 6.625 10.13 14.3 1 (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded DN150 168.3 257 6.5 NOTES ''I 8 8.625 11.88 24.7 Available with British Standard Pipe Threads,specify"BSP"clearly on DN200 219.1 302 11.2 • order. 70 10.750 12.50 40.1 • • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). DN250 273.0 318 18.2 12 12.750 14.50 '-_. -- 62.0 DN300 323.9 368 28.1 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 21 ✓ctaulic` victaulic.com • 4.16 DIMENSIONS Concentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Eccentric EEi 14-EtoE-,I e-Eto E-e �E VIIE� Ito El EtoE-1 14-EtoE1 r-Etill El iii Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel No.50 No.51 No.50 No.51 No.50 No.51 No.50 No.51 No.50 Concentric No.51 I No.50 Concentric , No.51 Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer I I- Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Weight Weight i Weight Weight Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches '. lb inches lb inches inches lb inches l lb DN mm kg mm kg DN mm kg mm kg 11/4 34 1.9 _.. 1'/a 4.6 - DN32 x DN20 . + 0.9 - DN32 + 2.1 1 1.9 _ _ 11/2 3.00(sw) 2.6 10.00(sw) 8.1 DN25 ', + 0.9 �' DN40 76 1.2 254 3.7 1h 'A 1 1.4 _.._ _... . 2 3.00 2.4 4.00 3.3 DN40 x DN20 + 0.6 DN50 76 1.1 102 1.5 1 250 0.8 8.50(sw) 4.5 ', 21/2 3.00 2.7 4.00 3.4 DN25 64 0.4 216 2.0 76 1.2 102 1.5 1'/4 250 1.0 3 3.00 _.- 3.2 4.00 3.5 DN32 64 0.5 ', DN80 76 1.4 102 1.6 2 3/4 2.50 0.9 9.00(sw) 2.0 31/2 3.00 2.9 10.00(sw) 8.0 DN50 x DN20 64 0.3 229 0.9 DN90 76 - 1.3 254 3.6 1 2.50 0.7 9.00(sw) 2.3 5 2 11.00(sw) 9.0 11.00(sw) 5.2 DN25 ' 64 0.3 229 1.0 x DN50 279 4.1 279 2.4 1/4 2.50 1.2 9.00(sw) 4.6 21/2 4.00 4.3 11.00(sw) 10.8 DN32 64 0.5 229 2.1 102 2.0 279 4.9 11/2 3.50 1.0 3.50 1.1 3 4.00 5.5 11.00(sw) 11.1 DN40 89 0.5 89 0.5 DN80 102 2.5 _...l 279 5.0 21/2 3/4 + 1.3 + x 3.3 , 4 3.50 4.3 5.00. 12.0 DN20 0.6 1.5 DN100 89 1.9 127 5.4 1 2.50 1.1 1 9.50 3.5 6 1 4.00 5.0 11.50(sw) 14.5 DN25 64 0.5 241 1.6 DN150 x 05125 102 2.3 292 6.6 1'' 3.50 3.3 3.50 1.4 1' + 5.5 + + DN32 89 1.5 89 0.6 DN40 2.5 11 2.50 3.6 9.50(sw) 3.7 2 4.00 6.6 11.50(sw) i 14.5 DN40 64 1.6 241 1.7 0N50 102 3.0 292 6.6 2 2.50 3.9 3.50 4.3 21/2 4.00 6.4 11.50(sw) 14.2 DNSO ' 64 1.8 89 2.0 102 2.9 292 6.4 3 3,4 15 4.5 3 4.00 6.4 5.50 15.0 DN80 x DN20 + 0.7 2.0 DN80 102 2.9 140 6.8 1 2.50 1.3 9.50(sw) 4.8 4 4.00 6.5 5.50 17.0 DN25 64 0.6 241 2.2 DN100 102 2.9 140 7.7 114 2.50 1.4 4.8 5 4.00 6.4 5.50 17.0 DN32 64 06 + 2.2 102 2.9 140 7.7__ 11/2 2.50 5.1 9.50(sw) 5.1 8 21 16.00 7.9 12.00(sw) 26.1 DN40 64 2.3 241 2.3 DN200 x 406 3.6 305 11.8.. 2 2.50 1.6 3.50 6.0 3 5.00 9.3 12.00(sw) 22.0 0N50 64 0.7 89 2.7 DN80 127 4.2 305 10.0 21/2 2.50 1.8 3.50 7.0 4 5.00 10.4 12.00(sw) 23.0 64 0.8 89 3.2 DN100 127 4.8 305 10.4 0N76.1 250 2.1 _ 5 5.00 11.6 12.00(sw) 23.0 64 1.0 127 5.2 305 10.4 3Yz 3 2.50 2.0 9.50(sw) 7.0 6 5.00 11.9 6.00 24.0 DN90 x DN80 64 0.9 241 3.2 DN150 127 5.4 152 10.9 4 1 3.00 3.0 13.00(sw) 6.5 's For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the ''.. DN100 x DN25 76 1.4 330 2.9 Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 c 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 22 �ctaulic° victaulic.com • 4.16 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Concentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Eccentric E -to E'I rc-EtoE e-EtoE-s EtiIIE i'to E'� EtoE LE a 2i Du D11d DU i•-E till El Ea No.50 No.51 Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel No.50 No.51 No.50 No.51 No.50 No.51 No.50 Concentric No.51 No.50 Concentric No.51 Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. I Approx. Approx. Approx. Weight j Weight Weight Weight Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches lb inches lb inches inches ' lb inches lb DN mm kg mm kg DN mm I kg mm kg 19.710 4 DN500 13.00(sw) 32.0 20 10 20.00 110.0 20.00 177.0 8. 330 14.5 I x DN250 508 49.9 508 _80.3 DN250 x D 5100 652 I - 33.0 + 34.6 12 20.00 120.0 20.00 120.0 15 0 15.7 DN300 508 54.4 508 54.4 6 6.00 i 20.0 13.00(sw) 'i 36.9 I 14 ' 20.00 1 149.0 20.00 149.0 DN150 152 1 9.1 330 16.7 DN350 508 I 67.9 508 67.9 8 6.001 22.0 7.00 21.6 16 20.00 120.0 20.00 120.0 DN200 152 10.0 _.i.. 178. 9.8_.. DN400 508 54.4 508 54.4 12 4 44.0 14.00(5w) I 48.0 18 20.00 136.0 20.00 136.0 DN300 x DN100' + 20.0 356 I 21.8 1 DN450 508 61.7 508 61.7.. 6 7.00 24.6 14.00(sw) i 50.0 I 24 - x 10 20.00 142.0 20.00 142.0 0N150 178 11.2 356 22.7 DN600 DN250 508 64.4 508 64.4 DN200 7.00 52.0 1400(sw) 53.5 12 , 20.00 � 150.0 20.00 150.0 178 23.6 356 24.3 DN300 508 68.0 508 68.0 10 7.00 39.0 14.00(sw) 57.0 14 20.00 162.0 20.00 162.0 DN250 178 17.7 356 25.9 DN350 508 73.5 508 73.5 14 6 13.00 65.0 13.00 60.0 'i 16 20.00 162.0 20.00 162.0 DN350 x DN150 330 29.5 330 27.2 DN4001 508 73.5 508 73.5 8 13.00 I 65.0 13.00 60.0 18 20.00 162.0 20.00 162.0 DN200 330 129.5 I 330 27.2 DN450 508 73.5 508 73.5 10 13.00 66.0 13.00 65.0 20 20.00 151.0 20.00 190.0 DN250 330 29.9 330 29.5 _ DN500 508 68.5 508 86.2 12 13.00 • 68.0 13.00 66.0 s For AGS fitting information,see publication 20.05 DN300 330 30.8 ' 330 29.9 14-60 16 8 1400 73.0 14.00 73.0 DN350-DN1500 AGS- . DN400 x DN200 356 1 33.1 355 33.1 --, --- _ 10 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 is For 147350 rem and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the DN250. 356 _ 33.1 355 33.1 Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove 12 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. DN300 356 ' 33.1 355 I 33.1 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) 14 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 356 33.1 ' 355 33.1 D DN250 a +Contact Victaulic for details. 1850 18 x 10 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 381 ! 41.3 381 41.3 . NOTES 12 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 • Available with male threaded small end No.52. DN300', 381 41.3 381 41.3 • Cast fitting available for JlS size.Contact Victaulic for details. 14 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 • Steel eccentric reducers available through 30"/750 mm,contact Victaulic DN350 381 41.3 381 ' 41.3 ! for dimensions. 16 600 O � 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). 381 41.3 381 41.3 rs For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. • ti D7.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 0 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 23 rctaulic° victaulic.com 4.17 DIMENSIONS Small Threaded Reducer No. 52 No. 52F r-to El -to El r-to El r-to El [1V V No.52 No 52F No.52 No 52F No.52F Concentric No.52F Concentric 11 No. 52 Reducer with BSPT No.52 Reducer with BSPT I Size Small Threader Reducer Female Threaded End Size Small Threaderr Redu Reducer Female Threaded End Approx. Approx. _._I APprox • Weight Weight 1 Weight 1 Weight Nominal Size E to E (Each) E to E (Each) Nominal Size E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches lb inches inches lb DN mm kg mm kg DN mm kg mm kg 1 z 1 2.50 0.8 _ -�- 4 1 3.00 2.3 _ - DN40 x DN25 64 0.4 DN100 x DN25 76 1.0 11/4 2.50 0.9 _ _ 1/ 3.00 2.7 DN32 64 0.4 DN40 76 I 1.2 - - 2 34 2.50 0.9 2 3.00 2.6 _ DN50 x DN20'.. 64 0.4 DNS0 76 1.2 1 2.50 0.7 21,2 3.00 2.6 - - DN25 64 0.3 - 76 1.2 '.. 1'4 ! 2.50 1.2 _ 3 3.00 2.5 _ DN32I 64 0.5 DN80 76 1.1 : 2 50 1.0 -DN40 64 0.5 108.Omm x 42.4mm 76 l 1.3 76 1.3 21/2 1 2.50640.5 1.1 x DN25 64 0. - - 48.3mm 76 1.3 76 1.4 11/4 2.50(sw) 1.2 - 60mm 76 1.4 DN32- 64 0.5 1V2 2.50(sw) 1.3 DN40 64 0.6 114.3mm x 42.4mm 76 1.3 76 1.3 2... 2.50 1.4 - 48.3mm 76 1.3 76 1.3 DN50 64 0.6 'I DN65 x DN40 64 0.8 64 0.8 60mm 76 1.3 76 1.4 DN50 - - 64 0.9 5 x DN100 + _.. 2.0 - - 3 DN80 x DN20 +(sw) �7 - 133.0mm x 60mm 114 2.2 1 2.50 1.3 - - 139.0mm x 60mm - - 114 2.3 DN25 64 0.6 1' 2.50 1.5 6 1 4.00 5.5 DN32 64 0.7 DN150 x DN25 102 2.5 1'h 2.50(sw) 1.5 2 4.00 5.7 ',. DN40 64 0.7 DN50 102 2.6 - - 2 2.50 1.5 - _ 21/2 4.00 5.8 DN50 64 0.7 102 2.6 2'/z 2.50 2.4 3 4.00 5.8 64 1.1 - - DN80 102 2.6 - 88.9mm x 42.4mmi1 64 0.9 64 0.8 100 +(sw) 2.9 - 48.3mm 64 0.9 64 0.9 5 +(sw) 09 - - 60mm - - 64 0.9 159.0mm x 42.4mm 114 2.2 144 L 2.5 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) 48.3mm; 114 2.2 114 2.5 (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded +Contact Victaulic for details. 60mm - - 114 2.6 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 24 ✓ctaulic` victaulic.com • 4.17 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Small Threaded Reducer No. 52 No. 52F El E E h-toE� No.52 No 52F No.52 No.52F Concentric l! Small Threader Reducer with BSPT Size Reducer •Female Threaded End Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal Size E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches lb ll - _ DN mm kg i mm ,,; kg 165.1mm x 42Amm 102mm 2.4 102 2.9 48.3mm,,: 102mm ll 2.6 102 3.0 60mm — ! 102 3.0 8 2 16.00 1.5 DN200 x DN50 406 0.7 — — 21'l 16.00 1.7 — 406 0.8 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • Available with British Standard Pipe Threads,specify"BSP"clearly on order. • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaullc specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard safety,and warning instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. recommendation,advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to alter,vary,supersede,or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard Conditions Installation of sale,installation guide,or this disclaimer. Reference should always be made to the Viclaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment Intellectual Property Rights of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format on our webste at www.victaulic.com. product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Warranty under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries Refer to the Warranty section o1 the current Price List or contact Viclaulic for details. or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patentor other intellectual Trademarks property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. countries. • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 25 ictaulia CARBON STEEL PIPE-GROOVED COUPLINGS • .08 Reducing Coupling v� vi FM (Yds) �MED 04Pa/BJ SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 750 The Style 750 Reducing Coupling permits direct reduction on the piping run. Designed r to replace two couplings and a reducing fitting,the Style 750 features a special reducing , MR` gasket for pressure responsive sealing.A steel washer which prevents telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger pipe during vertical systems assembly is available upon request. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,grade 65-45-15,is available upon special request. Housing Coating:Orange enamel • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others Gasket:(Specify choice`): • Grade"E" EPDM(All other sizes) EPDM(Green color code).Temperature range-30°F to+230°F/-34°C to+110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids,oil-free air and many chemical services.UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold+86°F/+30°C and hot+180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. • Grade"T"nitrile Nitrile(Orange color code).Temperature range-20°F to+180°F/-29°C to+82°C. Recommended for petroleum products,air with oil vapors,vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over+150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over+140°F/+60°C. Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. • Optional:Assembly Washer:Galvanized,carbon steel Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel,trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. • JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.0 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. .CtauIiCi REV J 06.08_1 CARBON STEEL PIPE-GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.08 Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 DIMENSIONS Max.Work Allow.Pipe Boitmuw Ar,,,,,. Size Pressure* Max.End Load* End Sep.t Deflect.Fr.Cot No-Size Dimensions-Inches/mm Wgl.Each .. ffi "Pere *».Pipe Ste psi Lbs. CPIg. In/Ft the. Inch:• kPa • N Incheol trim Deg mNm Inches x Y Z kg 2 1 350 500 0-0.07 �'' ' . 0.20 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.7 50 x 25 2410 2225 0-18 0 -5 17 2-3/8 x 2 85 134 48 1.2 1 1 350 1000 0-0.07 0" 57 0 20 3.38 5 28 1.88 20 40 2410 4450 0-1.8 --. 17 2-3/8 x 2 85 134 48 1 0 2% 2 500 2215 0-007 0.16 400 593 188 3.1 0°-47' 2 3/8 x 2 65 x SC 3450 9850 0-1.8 14 102 151 48 1 4 761 ram x 2 350 1550 0-007 03-47, 0.16 2-, x23/a 4.38 6.63 188 46 50 2410 6900 0-1.8 14 111 168 48 2.1 3 2 350 1550 0-007 0.13 x 0'-39' 2 /�x2Y. 121 7.13 1.88 4.9 80 50 2410. 6900 0-1 8 11 121 181 48 2.2 21/2 500 3250 0-0.07 - - 0.13 4.75 7.13 1 88 4.3 65 3450 14460 0-1 8 0 -39 2 'fix 23/< 11 121 181 48 2.0 88.9mm x 761mm 350 2475 0-0.07 013 4.75 713 188 4.2 - - _.... 2910 11010 0-1.8 0 -39 11 2-1/2x23/ 121 181 48 1.9 4 2 350 1550 0-0.13 0.28 6.25 8 90 2.25 8.1 100 x 50 2410 6900 0-32 1°-19' 2 5/8x3%< 25 759 226 57 3.7 2 S 350 2275 0-013 1. 19, 0 28 2 5/S x 3'/a 6 25 8 90 2.25 86 65 2410 10125. 0-3 2 25 159 226 57 3.9 3 500 4810 0-013 1 1'-19' 028 2-5/Sx3%a 6.00 890 2.25 67- 80 3450 21400 0-3.2 25 152 226 57 30 350 2475 0-013 i 114.3mm x 76.1 tam 1•-19' 25 2-5/8x3'/a 625 690 2.25 6.9 2410 11014 0-32 25 159 226 57 3.1 5 4 350 5565 0-013 1._3, 0.22 7.18 1070 2.13 11.2 - -. 125 x 2-3/ax4''/100 2410 24765 : 0-3.2 19 182 272 54 5.1 o 4 350 5565 0-0.13 0° 52' 0.18 -2-3/<x4'/a 8.63 11.90 2.25 167 150 x 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 15 181 302 57 7.6 5 350 8500 0-0.13 0.18 8.31 2 37825 0-3.2 11.90 2.25 12.9 0°-52' : 2 3kx4V. 211 302 57 5.9 125 2410 15 165.1 mat x 4 350 5565 0-013 0°-55, 0.19 2-3kx4'k 8.63 11.90 2.25 15.2 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 16 219 302 57 6 9 8 6 350 12060 0-013 013 LOSS 14.88 24 22.4 200 150 2410 53646 0-3 2 0'-38' 2-7/8 x 5 x _.. � 11 _... 275 378 64 10.2 013-350 11610 0 0' 38' 2-7/8 x 5 219.1 tarn x 165'.mm ' 0.13 10.75 1488 2.50 23.2 2410 51645 0-3.2 11 273 378 64 10.5 10 8 350 20450 0-013 0.9 13.12 17.26 2.62 314 273 x 219.1 2410 90970 0-3.2 0"-25' 8 2-I x5VI '' 333 438 67 142 Style 750 Reducing couplings should not be used with end caps(#60)in systems where a vacuum may be developed.Contact Victaulic for details. "Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.Maximum working pressure rating based on larger pipe size. Maximum End Load rating based on smaller pipe size.WARNING:FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 Yx times the figures shown. t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe.Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled.These figures are maximums;for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by:50%for 1-31/2 Y20-90mm;25%for 4%100 m m and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available(color coded gold)for all coupling sizes upon request.Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING:Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install,remove,or adjust any Victaulic piping products. Y r rFZ-N Y - st-Z-si 1-1.1111 I dIVjV • www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.ID2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. iC'ta V lII['f. 06.08_2 REV J CARBON STEEL PIPE-GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.08 Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 FLOW DATA HEAD LOSS The head loss across Style 750 Reducing coupling is very small and is essentially the same as for standard short body reducing pipe fittings. Equivalent lengths of standard weight steel pipe are shown in the tables.All data is based on water flowing at ambient temperature. FLOW REDUCING FLOW EXPANDING Equiv.Pipe I Equiv.Pipe Size Length Size Length Nominal Nominal Size Sm.Dia. Size Sm.Dia. Inches/mm Feet/m Inches/mm Feet/m 2 1 5.9 1 2 2.7 50 x 25 "1_8 25 x 50 0.8 iv, 2.0 ... 1 2 1.9 40 0.6 40 x 50 0.6 2/ 2 1.9 2 2l6 1.0 65 x 50 0.6 50 x 65 03 2 1.9 . 1.0 m 76.1 m x 50 0.6 7 61 mm 0.3 3 2 5.5 3 3.5 80 x 50 1.7 80 1.1 21/2 3.8 4 30 65 1.2 100 0.9 88.9mm x 76.1 min 3.8 2i' x 3 2.5 1.2 65 80 0.8 4 2 6.0_.. 4 3.0 100 x 50 1.8 100 0.9 21/2 6.0 ' 76.1 mm x 88.9mm 2.5 65 1.8 0.8 80 3 6,8 114.3 mm.0 09 114.3mm x 76.1 min 1.8 80 x 100 OS 5 4 3.0 4 5 3.3 _. 125 x 100 0.9 100 x 125 1.0 6 4 6.0 6 4.6 150 x 100 1.8 150 14 125 �4 165.1 rim4.6 4 4 6.0 5 6 2.3 165.1 mm x 100 1.8 125 x 150 0.7 8 6.... 7.3 6 8 6,0 200 x 150 2.2 150 x 200 1.6 219.1 mm x 165.1 mm 23 165.1 mm x 219.1 mm 1.65 10 8 8.7 8 10 6.3 273 x 2191 2.65 219.1 x 273 19.2 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.©2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. LCtaulld. REV_J 06.08_3 CARBON STEEL PIPE-GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.08 Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. • NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com 06.08 1536 REV J UPDATED 08/2012 ictauIle+ VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.©2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 06.08 Victaulic® Flexible Coupling Style 75 ✓ctaulic' 06.05 No. u ! � A WARNING �� • Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic Couplings. Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or Exaggerated for clarity property damage. Approvals/Listings ® ( LPCB Vail ® v s NOTICE • Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details separately. They are identified by a silver color and See Victaulic publication 02.06 for portable water approvals if applicable. the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. Product Description Style 75 is available where moderate pressures are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50% lighter in weight than the Style 77, the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi/3450 kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. The Victaulic standard flexible coupling offering for grade "EHP" or "T" gaskets is the Style 177 installation-ready flexible coupling. For all available sizes, the Style 177 is the standard flexible coupling Victaulic supplies in North America for piping systems using Grade "EHP" or "T" gaskets. Contact Victaulic for further details. Performance data presented in this document is based on use with standard wall, carbon steel pipe. For use with stainless steel pipe, please reference publication 17.09 for pressure ratings and end loads. When used on light wall stainless steel pipe, the Victaulic RX roll set must be used to roll groove the pipe. For further information regarding roll grooving stainless steel, refer to publication 17.01. Job/Owner Engineer System No. Spec Section Location Paragraph Contractor Approved Submitted By Date Date victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 ✓ctaul,c' victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 Material Specifications Housing: Bolts/Nuts: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and is available upon special request. physical requirements of ASTM A-183 Housing Coating: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Orange enamel. __,i Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice') NOTE:Additional gasket styles are available.Contact Victaulic for details. Grade"E"EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range—30"F to+230"F/-34"C to+110"C. May be specified for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73"F/+23"C and hot+180"F/+82"C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. ❑ Grade"T"Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range 20"F to+180"F/29"C to+82"C. May be specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not compatible for hot water services over +150"F/+66"C or for hot dry air over+140"F/+60"C. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only.It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible.Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 ®2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaul.c' victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 Dimensions Style 75 Y .<��Z-.1 �liriiiH1 alai .Ar At t '4 I111 Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. 1 Dimensions 1 Approx. Nominal Outside Working End Pipe End Deflection from I Weight Size Diameter Pressures Load' Separation' Centerlines Bolt/Nut4 X Y Z Each Pipe inches inches psi lbs. inches PerCplg. inches/ft. inches inches inches I lbs. mm mm kPa N mm Degrees mm/m (No.)size inches mm mm mm kg 1 1.315 500 680 0-0.06 0.57 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3-_-�- 25 33.4 3450 3025 '.. 0-1.6 2-43 48 2-1/4x2 61 108 45 0.6 11/4 1.660 500 1080 0-0.06 0.45 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4 32 42.2 3450 4805 0-1.6 2-10 38 2-1/4x2 68 117 45 0.6 1 1/2 1.900 500 1420 0-0.06 0.40 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 48.3 3450 6320 0-1.6 1 -56 33 2-44x2 74 122 45 0.6 2 2.375 500 2215 0-0.06 0.32 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 50 603 3450 9860 0-1.6 1 -31 26 2-'/°x 2 87 133 48 0.8 2 Y3 2.875 500 3245 0-0.06 0.26 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 3450 14440 0-1.6 1 -15 22 2-sh x 2 98 144 48 0.9 76.1 mm 3.000 500 3535 L, 0-0.06 1 _12, 0.26 2-Mix 2 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9 76.1 3450 15730 0-1.6 22 102 150 48 0.9 3 3.500 500 4800 0-0.06 0.22 1 4.50 7.00 1,88 2.9 80 88.9 3450 21360 ! 0-1.6 1 -2' 18 2-fz x 21/a 114 178 48 1.3 31/2 4.000 500 6300 0-0.06 --- 0.19 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9 0-54' 2-1/x23/4 90 101.6 3450 28035 0-1.6 16 127 191 48 1.3 4 4.500 500 7950 0-0.13 1 -36, 0.34 2-'h x 2 s/4 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 100 114.3 3450 35380 0-3.2 28 147 204 54 1.9 108.0 mm 4.250 450 6380 0-0.13 1 �1, 0.35 2-12 x 70 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 29 141 198 54 1.7 41 5.000 450 8820 0-0.13 0.25 6.13 9.43 2,13 5.5 120 127.0 3100 39250 0-3.2 1 -26 21 2-s/e x 3 Y4 156 240 54 2.5 5 5.563 450 10935 0-0.13 1 -18, 0.27 2-shx3Y4 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.6 125 141.3 3100 48660 0-3.2 23 175 256 54 2.6 5.250 450 9735 0-0.13 1 -21, 0.28 2-16 x 82.5 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 mm 133.0 3100 43325 0-3.2 24 166 238 54 2.7 5.500 450 10665 0-0.13 0.28 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 139.7 mm 139.7 3100 47460 0-3.2 1 -18 24 2-'/e x 3 Y� 173 244 54 _ __ 2.9 6.000 450 i 12735 0-0.13 0.21 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2 152.4 mm 152.4 3100 56670 0-3.2 1 -12 18 2-s/a x 3 Y4 187 266 48 2.8 6 { 6.625 450 15525 0-0.13 0.23 8.00 11.07 ! 2.13 7.0 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.2 1 -5' 18 2-s/a x 3 1/4 203 281 54 3.2 6.250 450 13800 0-0.13 1 _9, 0.24 2_16 x 82.5 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 mm 159.0 3100 _ 61405 0-3.2 20 194 266 54 3.1 8 8.625 450 26280 0-0.13 0.18 10.34 13.97 2.13 12.4 200 219.1 3100 116945 0-3.2 0-50' 14 2-3/4 x 4 Y4 263 355 59 5.6 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled.These figures are maximums;for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by- 50%for 34-3 1/2"/20-90 mm;25%for 4'7100 rum and larger. 4 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. General Notes Metric thread size bolts are available(color coded gold)for all coupling sizes upon request.Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING:FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 *2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 rctaulic' victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 Installation Note Reference should always he made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Hancbook for This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard on our website at www.victaulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic•is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. • 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 ®2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 ✓ataul.c° Victaulic® Drain Elbow ✓ctaulic° No. 10-DR 10.05 Material Specifications Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Orange enamel. ❑ Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Approvals/Listings <FM> ® V� See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details Product Description No. 10-DR drain elbows are specifically designed for use on fire protection standpipes. The drain is drilled and tapped for a 1"/25 mm NPT outlet. Constructed of durable ductile iron all sizes conform to the ratings of Style 77 couplings. No.10-DR elbows are supplied with grooves or shoulders. These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic Plain End couplings. When connecting wafer or lug-type butterfly valves directly to Victaulic drain elbows with Style 741 or 743 Vic-Flange®Adapters or Style 744 FireLock° Flange Adapters, check disc clearance dimensions with the I.D. dimension of the fitting. Job/Owner Engineer System No. Spec Section Location Paragraph Contractor Approved Submitted By Date Date Fittings I Elbow I No. 10-DR I Publication 10.05 10.05 1509 Rev E Updated 11/2013 ®2013 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 1 ✓ctaul.c" Fittings I Elbow I No. 10-DR I Publication 10.05 Dimensions No 10-DR A1 I to E Ju� P —. H N—i—f —e C to E ',.— Fitting Size _ Dimensions _ Actual Outside Approximate Weight Nominal Size Diameter C-E H P Each inches inches I inches inches inches lbs. mm mm mm mm mm kg 2 Yz 2.875 3.75 2.75 1.68 5.2 65 73.0 95 70 43 2.4 3 3.500 4.25 2.75 2.10 5.3 80 88.9 108 70 53 2.4 4 4.500 5.00 2.75 2.60 8.8 100 114.3 127 70 66 4.0 6 6.625 6.50 2.75 3.65 18.7 150 168.3 165 I 70 93 8.5 Installation Note Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Insta let on Handbook for This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in POF format Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard on our website at www.victaulb.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic*,FireLock and Vic-Flange are registered trademarks of Victaulic Company. 10.05 1509 Rev E Updated 11/2013 ®2013 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaulic` 72' & Dartmouth Apartments fire sprinkler product submittal Section 4 VALVES AND DEVICES: BUTTERFLY VAVLES CHECK VALVES ZONE CONTROL RISER MODULE NXT 768 DRY VALVE NXT 769N PRE ACTION VALVE DRY VALVE ACCELERATOR AIR MAINTENCE DEVICE STANDPIPE HOSE VALVE BALL VALVE PRESSURE GAUGE KIT FDC AIR COMPRESSOR TrimFir WWW.FPPLCOM 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD,+ ( 0) 99 11 68 01 0 176 +1 (800)344-1772 BRONZE BUTTERFLY VALVE o ® +1 (800)344-3775 FAX LISTED FOR `r INDOOR/OUTDOOR i APPLICATION , trek i9 J^ � A{ it • Superior corrosion resistance from bronze valve body and forged brass actuator body • Smooth action in a very compact package prevents water hammer C ST US LISTED • UL/ULc Listed and FM Approved for use in indoor and outdoor applications • Available threaded and grooved - grooved butterfly valves now also available in 11/4° and 1 1z" sizes • Suitable for installation in any orientation APPROVED • 1" size is UL listed, FM approved II1I:iimp FPPI" TrimFit® Bronze Butterfly Valve 1 O UL Listed and FM Approved F P P I® Dimensions H 4.65" I -M- CI 11111 _ ■ BFT SIZE: 1",11/4„ 1,/" 2",21/2„ - BOt tEA PLY t ," ," 2" 1 n � '_ O VALVE , 11 SIZE in 1/a 1Ys 2/2 1 �� _ » �� A 2 13" 2.63" 2.87" 3 25 4.49" imi H i BFT _ H 4.94" 5.13" 5.59" 6.13" 6.58" /141110 Ilk\ FPPI L 156" 1.94" I 2.19" 2.76' 3.41 '�I SIZE -' M 175" 2.17" 2.37" 3.11" 3.78" 11111j/ I300cWi M A I-4.65" I BFG SIZE: 11/4, 11z,2",21/2" -IN- :iIN - cl f i fPnn D SIZE 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 6ETTEAr Y A 3.86" 4.02" 4.09" 4.49" O H 5.20" 5.47" 6.07' 6.58' a' - = BFG / P 0.63" 0.63" 0.63" 0.63" (Tr O 0.31" 0.31" 0.31" 0.31" FPPI. m SIZE M 54" 1.78" 2.25" 2.72" W _ 300 CWP F � L 1.67" 1.90" 2.37" 2.87" -1 f A Model BFT • Packing Gland with Adjustable Glands shall be accessible for tightening stem seals without the disassembly of the valve or operator. Model BFG • Grooved ends to AWWA C606 for steel pipe. • Packing Gland with Adjustable Glands shall be accessible for tightening stem seals without the disassembly of the valve or operator. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is provided for guidance CARLSBAD, CA 92010 and information purposes only.FPPI and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the +1 (760)599-1168 use or misuse of its product by persons whose methods and qualifications are outside and beyond our control.It is the +1 (800)344-1822 user's responsibility to determine the suitability of,methods of use,preparation prior to use,and appropriate installation +1 (800)344-3775 FAX for all products purchased from FPPI.It is the user's sole responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable or necessary for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. 02016 Fire Protection Products,Inc. 111111. . . . II TrimFit® Bronze Butterfly Valve o \ Installation Instructions FPPI Description TrimFit® Model BFT(Threaded Butterfly Valve)and Model BFG (Grooved Butterfly Valve) close slowly to prevent water hammer. The butterfly valves are designed to be installed 11/4 in any orientation and monitored to signal if the valve is opened or closed. They are Listed and Approved for use in a fire sprinkler system. Installation 7.A No. 14 green wire is fixed inside Specifications 1. The valve can be installed in any the switch housing. It is provided as a Rated to 300 PSI orientation in a piping system with ground for the housing. Switch rating: standard ASME B1.20.1 NPT or 8.The valves are intended for use with 10.1Amps125/250VAC-60Hz standard roll or cut grooved pipe. ANSI B36.10 Schedule 40 and/or Actual switch application rating: 2. When threading to pipe, apply Schedule 80 pipes, sizes 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 10Amps/115VAC 60Hz 2" and 2-t/z". 0.5 Amps/28 VDC PipeFit®or equivalent thread sealant Indoor/Outdoor Use or tape. 3. Use a wrench to cramp on the Materials hexagon end of the valve. NOTE: ALL REPLACEMENT PARTS MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE Body: Bronze ASTM 584 4. The tamper switch features two C83600 switches: Switch-1 has dual leads on MANUFACTURER TO ASSURE PROPER Disc: SS304 the terminals.This switch is used for OPERATION OF THE VALVE,AND TO Handwheel:ASTM A216 WCB MAINTAIN APPROVAL OF THE DEVICE. Seat:ASTM D2000 Viton connection of the supervisory circuit Indicator: Powder Metal of a listed fire alarm control panel. Housing/Cover: Forged Brass g The information contained herein is produced in good faith JIS C3771 (Ref.ASTM C37700) Switch-2 has a single lead.This and is believed to be reliable but is provided for guidance switch is used for connection of and information purposes only.FPPI and its agents cannot auxiliary equipment, assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the Available Sizes use or misuse of its product by persons whose methods and 5.All the unused wires need to be qualifications are outside and beyond our control.It is the TrimFit®Model BFT(Threaded) capped with lead nuts and tucked user's responsibility to determine the suitability of,methods 06-500-00 1" UL/FM into a junction box. of use,preparation prior to use,and appropriate installation 06-502-00 1'/a" UUULc/FM for all products purchased from FPPI.It is the user's sole 06-504-00 1 Yz" ULJULc/FM 6.All connections need to be responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may 06-506-00 2" UUULC/FM reviewed and approved by the be advisable or necessary for the protection of personnel and 06-508-00 21" UUULc/FM appropriate jurisdictional authorities. property in the handling and use of any of our products. TrimFit®Model BFG(Grooved) 06-522-00 11/2" UUULc/FM 06-524-00 11/2" UUULc/FM 06-526-00 2" UUULc/FM 06-528-00 21/2" UUULc/FM 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 +1 (760)599-1168 CA Bldg. Materials Listing # 0 +1 (800)344-1822 7770-2164-0100 +1 (800)344-3775 FM ©2016 Fire Protection Products,Inc. COUS LISTED APPROVED ►► nIT. • • p ► FireLock® Butterfly Valve ✓ctaul�c Series 705 with Weatherproof Actuator 10.81 • 1.% 1i IL 11 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION • Available Sizes: 2— 12/50—300 mm • cULus Listed, LPCB Listed, FM and VdS Approved for service up to 300 psi/2068 kPa/20 bar. • Designed for fire protection services only. • Features a weatherproof actuator housing Approved for indoor and outdoor use. • Actuation options: Hand wheel (2— 12"/50—300 mm) • Exclusively for use with pipe and Victaulic products which feature ends formed with the Victaulic Original Groove System (OGS)groove profile (see section 7.0 for Reference Materials). 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c 0 us FN vds) LPCB US7® G410001 104j/04 NOTES • Refer to Victaulic submittal publication 10.01 for details ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date LApproved Date • victaulic.com 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 ©2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 ictaul.cc victaulic.com • 2.1 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 705 Butterfly Valve Size cULus FM Vds LPCB --- 2 up to 300ps1/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa '. up to 300psi/2068kPa 50 65 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 76.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 3 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 80 4 u to 300 si/2068kPa u to 300 si/2068kPa u to 300 si/2068kPa upto 300 si/2068kPa 100 p P p p P P p p ' ''. 125 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa '.. 139.7 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 6 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 150 165.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a • up to 300psi/2068kPa 8 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 200 250 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 3100 2 iup to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 1 n/a up to 30Dpsi/2068kPa j 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS— MATERIAL Body: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 End Face, 2—6"/50 — 150 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Seal Retainer, 8— 12"/200—300 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Body Coating: Black alkyd enamel Disc: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, with electroless nickel coating conforming to ASTM B-733 Seat: Grade "E" EPDM Stems:416 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A-582 Stem Seal Cartridge: C36000 brass Bearings: Stainless steel with TFE lining Stem Seals: EPDM Stem Retaining Ring: Carbon steel Actuator: ❑ 2—8'/50—200 mm: Brass or bronze traveling nut on a steel lead screw, in a ductile iron housing ❑ 10- 12'/250—300 mm: Steel worm and cast iron quadrant gear, in a cast iron housing • • 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 ®2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaul.c° victaulic.com • 4.0 DIMENSIONS Series 705 11 _ M . O I-. _ IG_ - ' 0H I V;w !e 1 C 1_ III , "--rr-'' , ' B Lill F J -G E A ,4--D Size Dimensions Actual Outside E to E DIA Nominal Diameter A B C D i E F G H 1 .1 inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches I inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 2 2.375 i 4.25 2.28 6.41 I, 4.00 4.22 4.50 2.12 - -60.3 60.3 108.0 57.9 4 162.8 I 1016 ' 107.2 114.3 53.8 21/2 2.875 3.77 2.28 7.54 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 73 73.0 95.8 57.9 191.5 - 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 76.1 mm1' 3.000 3.77 2.28 7.54 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 76.1 95.8 57.9 191.5 - - 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 3 3.500 3.77 2.53 7.79 4.50 4.22 4.50 1.77 88.9 88.9 95.8 64.3 197.9 114.3 107.2 114.3 45.0 108mm 4.250 4.63 2.88 8.81 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 108.0 117.6 73_2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114,3 55.9 4 4.500 4.63 2.88 8.81 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 114.3 114.3 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 133mm 5.250 5.88 3.35 r 10.88 '.. 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 133.0 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 139.7 mm 5.500 5.88 3.35 10.88 _ 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 139.7 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.6 5 5.563 1 5.88 3.35 r 10.88 _ - 6.56 6.19 II 6.30 2.58 141.3 141.3 149.4 85.1 -.. 276.4 166.6 1157 2 1 160.0 65.5.--.-.--. 159 mm 6.250 5.88 3.84 1 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 159.0 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 165.1mm 6.500 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 165.1 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 6 6.625 5.88 3.84 11.38 _ 1 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 1.90 168.3 168.3 149.4 97.5 289.1 I 10.4 191.0 157.2 '. 160.0 48.3 8 8.625 5.33 5.07 13.53 0.80 1.47 .--- 10.00 6.19 8.10 2.33 219.1 219.1 135.4 128.8 343.E 203 37.3 254.0 157.2 I, 205.7 59.2 10 '', 10.750 6.40 6.37 15.64 1.41 1.81 I. 12.25 8.10 9.00 273 , 273.0 162.6 161.8 397.3 35.8 46.0 311.2 205.7 228.6 - 12 12.750 6.50 7.36 16.64 2.30 I 2.80 r 14.25 8.10 9.00 323.9 323.9 165.1 186.9 422.7 58.4 f 71.1 362.0 205.7 228.E - NOTE • Optional 1/2715mm tap available.Contact Victaulic for details. • 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 ®2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓ctaulic' victaulic.com • • 5.0 PERFORMANCE Series 705 The chart expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 705 Butterfly Valve in equivalent feet/meters of straight pipe. ail Nominal Outside Equivalent Size Diameter mm mm Feet/m inches inches of pipe 1.-*t, 2 2 x - . 375 6 -_-50 i 60.3 1.8 8 . 65 3.000 . 16 ft E _: _: 76.1 1.8 :.aa 3 1 3500 7 80 88.9 2.1 7,,ry4 '1":17-' 4500 _. .. _ 8 100 114.3 2.4 108 mm 108 mm 8 -, 2.4 5 5.563 12 1. 125 141.3 3.7 133mm 133mm 72 '.. 3.7 ce' 5.500 12 139.7 mm 1 139.7 3.7 6 6.625 14 150 168.3 4.2 159 mm 159 mm 14 i 4.3 165.1 mm 6.500 14 165.1 I 4.2 t§ ^:8 8.625 16 200 219.1 4.9 10 10.750 18 '.. 250 273.0 5.5 12 12.750 19 300 323.9 5.8 • y 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 02017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Series 705 Cy values for flow of water at+60°F/+16°C through a fully open valve are shown in the table below. For additional details, contact Victaulic. Formulas for C5 values Formulas for Kv values 4P = Q' Where: AP = Q. Where: C' Q=Flow(GPM) K, Q=Flow(m'/hr) 4P=Pressure Drop(psi) AP=Pressure Drop(Bar) Q = Cv,x DP c=Flow Coefficient Q = Kc x TP lc,=Flow Coefficient Valve Size Full Open Valve Size Full Open Actual Actual Nominal Outside Nominal Outside i Size Diameter Flow Coefficient Size Diameter 1 Flow Coefficient inches inches C„ inches inches Kc mm mm mm mm 2 2.375 ! 2 2.375 50---_ 60.3 i 770 50 603 147 2 Y '.. 2.875 21/2 2.875 65 73.0 260 65 73.0 225 76.1mm 76.1 260 76.1 mm 7600 225 3 3.500 3 3.500 80 88.9 440 80 88.9 380 4 4.500 4 4.500 100 114.3 820 100 114.3 710 108mm 108mm 820 108mm 108mm 710 5 5.563 5 5.563 - -. .. 125 141.3 1200 125 141.3 1040 133mm 133mm 1200 133mm 133mm 1040 5.50 139.7mm 139� 1200 139.7mm 139.07 1040 6 6.625 6 6.625 150 168.3 1800 150 168.3 1560 159mm 159mm 1800 159mm 159mm 1560 165.1 mm 165 1800 165.1 mm 6.65�� 1560 8 8.625 8 8.625 f 200 219.1 3400 200 219.1 2940 10 10.750 10 10.750 250 273.0 5800 250 273.0 5020 12 12.750 12 12.750 300 323.9 9000 300 323.9 7790 • • 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 ©2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 Jctaulrc° victaulic.com . - 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS rpor - II 411 4-4 0 J, , • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust,or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS Switch and Wiring 1. The supervisory switch contains two single pole, I uL LIs1Eo double throw, pre-wired switches. N. IUNCIICN RO%7 2. Switches are rated: CONCUR /,�j ��:�Wt�.- 10 amps© 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz at! wirier qw, 0.50 amps CP 125 VDC "'N" ®I CONWR<CNNE<TOR5 , • 0.25 amps ©250 VDC WU NUTS 3. Switches supervise the valve in the "OPEN" position. 5. One switch has two#18 insulated wires per terminal, FIRE ALARM TO END-OF-LINE RESISTOR which permit complete supervision of leads (refer CONTROL PANEL OR NEXT INDICATOR SUPERVISORY to diagrams and notes below). The second switch CIRCA] has one #18 insulated wire per terminal. This double N0 COM. circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical CONTAsawrtcRnATNa M 10A Al 125 AND devices at separate locations, such as an indicating 250VAc, = O.SA AT 1)SVOC, light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve 025AT250VDC M l= Ell BELL , is installed. ' VOLTAGE SOURCE OR 6. A#14 insulated ground lead (green) is provided. --- Snitch 1:2 leads per terminal Switch #1 =S1 Switch 2:l lead per terminal For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL Listed alarm control panel NOTES • The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal Switch #2 = S2 (yellow-Si and yellow-with-orange stripe-S2)and the normally closed terminal(blue-S1 and blue-with-orange stripe-S2).In this example, Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully open.When devices, per the authority having jurisdiction the valve is fully open,the indicator light and alarm will go out.Cap off any unused wires(e.g.brown with orange stripe), rNormally Closed: (2) Blue • Only S1(two leads per terminal)may be connected to the fire alarm Si {` control panel. Common: (2) Yellow • The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per NFPA 70(NEC). tNormally Closed: Blue with Orange Stripe s2 Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe Common: Yellow with Orange Stripe • 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 (0 2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 /ctaulic° victaulic.com • • 7.1 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.01:Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 29.01:Terms and Conditions/Warranty I-100:Field Installation Handbook • • • • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Viclaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance,safety,and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to alter,vary,supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale,installation instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each sh.pment guide,or this disclaimer, of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patentor other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. • '_. ___ • 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 ®2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 ✓cta u l f c° IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE—FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.75 FireLock® Butterfly Valve g, ` " ® [yds] - Supervised CLOSED SERIES 707C WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR 1: p' The Series 707C butterfly valve features a weatherproof actuator housing approved for indoor or outdoor use.It has been developed for fire pump metering test lines,per NFPA 20 and rooftop test units,as well as pressure reducing valve by-pass lines per NFPA 14.The Series 707C has a ductile iron body and disc with EPDM disc coating. Designed for fire protection services only.Contact Victaulic for details of agency approvals. The Series 707C Butterfly Valve is designed to be SUPERVISED CLOSED. Under normal operating conditions,this valve will be CLOSED,and the internal limit switches will supervise the valve only in the CLOSED position.The valve will be in the open position only during system testing and maintenance.This supervised closed Series 707C Butterfly Valve should NOT be installed where fluid flow is required as part of normal system operation. APPROVALS AND LISTINGS Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 707C Butterfly Valve tULus - FM VAS 2750mm up to 300ps1/2068kPa n/a up to 300p6/2068kPa 2 1/2765mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300p6/2068kPa n/a 76.1mm up to 300pi/2068kPa up to 300ps1/2068kPa up to 300pi/2068kPa 3780mm up to 300p6/2068kPa up to 300ps1/2068kPa up to 300psv2068kPa 108mm up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a n/a .....__. ._.. 47100mm up to 300p1/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 133mm up to 300p6/7068kPa n/a n/a 5"/125mm up to 300p6/2068kPa up to 300p6/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 139 7mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a 67150mm up to 300p6/2068kPa up to 3C0p6/2068kPa up to 300pi/2068kPa 159mm up to 300p6/2068kPa n/a r/a 165.Imm up to 300ps1/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a 87200mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300pn/2068kPa JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.C 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED jctaUlle REV_F 10.75._1 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.75 • FireLock® Butterfly Valve Supervised CLOSED SERIES 707C WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12 End Face,2-6750-150mm: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12 Seal Retainer,8"/200mm: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12 Coating: Black alkyd enamel Disc: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12,with electroless nickel coating con- forming to ASTM B-733 Seat: • Grade"E"EPDM Stems:416 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A-582 Stem Seal Cartridge:C36000 brass Bearings:Stainless Steel with TFE lining Stem Seals: EPDM Stem Retaining Ring:Carbon steel Actuator: • 2-8750-200mm: Brass or bronze traveling nut on a steel lead screw,in a ductile iron housing www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.0 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED •C.t.Bul1 C• 10.75_2 REV_F IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.75 FireLock® Butterfly Valve - Supervised CLOSED SERIES 707C WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR DIMENSIONS- F.,„. Dimensions-Inches/mil lire Isrs em�'' _lJ_I � Cut ide End lu , Size D;' refer End A B C D E F G DIA H J 2" 2.375 4.25 2.28 641 - _ 400 4.22 4.50 2.12 ft. 603 mmI60.3 108.0 579 162.8 101.6 107.2 114.3 53.8 2Yz , 2.875 3.77 2.28 7.54 _ 400 422 4.50 177 73mm ! 73.0 95.8 579 1915 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 ! 3.000 3.77 228 754 400 4.22 4.50 1.77 76.1 rim 76.1 95.8 579 191.5 - - 101 6 1072 114.3 45.0 F 3' 3500 377 2.53 779 _ _ 450 4.22 4.50 1.77 G 889 mm 88.9 95.8 64.3 1979 114.3 1072 1143 45,0 4.250 4.63 2.88 881 I - 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 108 mm 108.0 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 10Z2 114.3 55.9 `a� _ 4500 4.63 288 8.81 550 422 4.50 2.20 w � 1143 mm 1143 117.6 73.2 2238 1397 1072 114.3 55.9 Wier 6H 5 250 5.88 3.35 10.88 _ 6 56 6.19 6.30 2.58 _�VW 33 133.0 149.4 85,1 2764 66 6 157.2 160.0 65.5 5.500 5.88 3.35 10.88 - - 6.56 6 19 : 6.30 2.58 139.7 more 1397 149.4 85.1 2764 166.6 1572 160.0 65.6 5' 5.563 5.88 335 10.88 - - 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 141 3 mm 141.3 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 1600 65.5 6.250 5.88 3.84 11.38 041 752 619 6.30 2.58 B 159 mm 1590 149.4 975 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 6.500 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 E-., J A i p 1651 rrm 1651 149.4 975 289.1 104 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 1 6" 6625 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.4' 7.52 6.19 6.30 1.90 168.3 168.3 149.4 975 2891 104 191.0 1572 160.0 48.3 8 8.625 5.33 507 13.53 080 1.47 1000 6.19 8.10 2.33 219.1 Furl 219.1 135.4 128.8 343.6 20.3 37.3 2540 1572 205.7 59.2 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY 02013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Irt.'SUli['. REV_F 10.75_3 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE—FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.75 FireLock® Butterfly Valve - Supervised CLOSED SERIES 707C WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE The chart expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 707C Supervised CLOSED Butterfly Valve in equivalent feet/meters of straight pipe. Sv Size I Actual Actual • Nominal I Oids:do Nominal Outside Size I Diameter Equiv. Size Diameter Equiv. Inches Inches Feet/m Inches Inches Feet/in mm mm at Pipe mm mm of Pipe 2 2.375 6 6 6.625 14 50 60.3 1.8 150 168.3 • 4.2 2 44 2.875 6 139 mm 159 mm 14 65 73.0 1.8 4.3 761 mm 3.000 6 165.1 mm 6500 14 76.1 1.8 165.1 4.2 3 3.500 7 8 8.625 16 80 88.9 2.1 200 219.1 4.9 4 j 4.500 8 100 I 114.3 2.4 108 rem 108mm 2.4 5 5.563 12 125 141.3 37 133:mm 133 mm 12 • 3.7 139.7 mm 5.500 12 139.7 3.7 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.*2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED •Otb1LlIId 10.75_4 REV_F IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE—FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.75 FireLock® Butterfly Valve - Supervised CLOSED SERIES 707C WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE Cv values for flow of water at+605F/+I6°C with a fully open valve are shown in the table below. For additional details,contact Victaulic. Formulas for Cv Values: 4P = Q' Where: Q=Flow(GPM) AP=Pressure Drop(psi) Q= C,x VF C,=Flow Coefficient Size C, Size C, size C. Actual Aclual Actual Nominal Outside Nornmo I Outside Nominal Outside Size Diameter Size Diameter Size Diameter I Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches I mm nun (Fell Open) mm earn (Full Open) I mm mm (Full Open) 2.375 5 5.563 8 8.629 2 60.3 170 125 141.3 1200 200 2'9.1 7400 216 1 2875 260 133 mm I 133 mm 1200 65 1 73 D 761 mm j 76010 260 739.7 mm 5 500 39 1200 3 3.500 6 6 625 80 889 440 150 168.3 1800 4 4 500 100 114 3 820 159 mm 159 mm 1800 108 mm l 108 mm 820 165.1 mm 6.500 1800 165.1 Formulas for Kv Values: AP = Q' Where: K Q=Flow(m) Q = K,x 372 AP=Pressure(bar) Kv=Flow Factor Size K. Size Kr Size K. Actual I Acbaal Actual 1 Noimnal - Outside Nominal Outside No-rmil Outside Size Diameter - Size Diameter Size Diameter Inches Inches I Inches Inchon Inches Inches mm mm i (Full Open) 1 mm mm (Frill Open) mm mm (Full Open) 2.375 5 5.563 8 8.625 2 60.3 '47 125 141.3 1040 200 219.1 292,0 235 2.875 225 133 mm , 133 men 1040 65 73.0 76 moe 3600 225 1397mm 1397 1040 3 3.500 _.. 6 6.625 80 88.9 380 150 168.3 1560 4 4.500 100 174.3 710 159mm 159 mm 1560 1. 108mm 1 108mm 710 165.1 m 65.1 m 6.500 1560 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.®2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED •r'taLllud REV_F 10.75_5 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE—FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.75 • FireLock® Butterfly Valve - Supervised CLOSED SERIES 707C WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR SWITCH AND WIRING 1. The supervisory switch contains two,single pole,double throw, pre-wired switches. 2.Switches are rated: 10 amps @ 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz 0.50 amps @ 125 VDC 0.25 amps 0 250 VDC 3.Switches supervise the valve in the"CLOSED"position. 4.One switch has two#18 insulated wires per terminal,which permit complete supervision of leads (refer to diagrams and notes below).The second switch has one#18 insulated wire per termi- nal.This double circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical devices at separate locations, such as an indicating light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve is installed. 5.A#14 insulated ground lead(green)is provided. Switch#1=S1 For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL Listed alarm control panel Switch#2=S2 Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary devices, per the authority having jurisdiction Normally Closed:(2)Blue Sl Common:(2)Yellow Normally Closed:Blue with Orange Stripe S2 Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe Common:Yellow with Orange Stripe I.I.LOOT 11. lNNC110A BOv FIRE NAM TO END-OF-LIVE flESPET CONTROLSWRSL -0FLN Jft OP NE%INDICATOR mxpurt I� _ flcurt ill Ih� SWOCN _ ,h. 1. NN COMRCTflXTING -. 11.11 CONDURCONNECfO 10.4A"12E ANC rV swec, • ouarlxroX, assnTaSOVEX ®� VMS ry s wuACi SOURCE Swrte,1:z lead.pertem,leal Swltth l:14M per terminal NOTE:The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal(yellow—S1 and yellow-with-orange stripe—S2)and the normally closed terminal(blue—S1 and blue-with-orange stripe—S2). In this example,the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully CLOSED. When the valve is fully CLOSED,the indicator light and alarm will go out.Cap off any unused wires (e.g. brown with orange stripe). Only S1(two leads per terminal)may be connected to the fire alarm control panel. The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per NFPA 70(NEC). • www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.02013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED id1 au11 L' 10.75_6 REV_F IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.75 FireLock® Butterfly Valve Supervised CLOSED SERIES 7O7C WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications.designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. • INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the installation sheet included with the valve.Verify you have the latest revision by visiting our website at www.victaulic.com.Further reference can be found in the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook. For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com 10.75 5198 REV F UPDATED 03/2013 ictaulie VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.0 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 10.75 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 1 O. 17 Fire Lock® Ball Valve co. O LPCB (VdS.) SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS SERIES 728 The Series 728 FireLock valve is a full port,ball valve that is UUFM rated for ; 1 i, 365psi/25 BAR service in all sizes(LPCB and VdS listed for 20 BAR services). ' Available with grooved or threaded ends(NPT),the valve body is brass.The ball is I II I chrome plated brass with a stainless steel stem.Reinforced seats aid ease of operation and provide a durable,corrosion-free seat.Flow characteristics exceed UL Specification 1091 and FM Approval Standard 1112.The valve is approved for indoor and outdoor use. ' DIMENSIONS App., e Size Dimensions-Inch esfm m Wet Each --*II +-c-1 I I iii rrr7vre , K ` r + Nominal E to E HeightI Lbs. IGyw, v.iiiiiNIIII Inches/mm j A B C U E F G H I J 1 K 1 zg L. r I e 2 84 4 74 0.91 1.67 1 82 2 40 3.15 4.86 0.68 142 3.00 5.1 1/25 Thd.X-Ihd 72 120 23 42 46 61 80 123 17 36 76 2.3 331 495 1.10 188 2.20 26 3.15 4.86 0.68 165 300 58 II O��I1,,' c 1%/32 TFd.X Thd. 84 126 28 4B 56 66 80 123 17 42 /6 2.6 fin e 11/2/40 Thd,XThd 366 5.13 1.29 206 258 2.79 3.15 4.86 0.68 1.83 3.00 6.6 92 130 33 52 66 71 80 123 17 47 76 3.0 GROOVED X GROOVED 4.33 549 1.69 2.42 3.38 315 13.15 4.86 0.68 ' 216 3.00 8.5 2/SOThd.XThd. 110 140 43 62 86 80 80 123 17 55 76 3.9 I c-7 725 495 1.10 1.87 2.20 2.61 3.15 486 0.68 319 3.00 7.5 1'/</32 Gry XGry 184 126 28 48 56 66 80 123 17 81 76 3.4 i H�s I,1 , . III_,.. 725 517 1.29 210 2.58 283 315 486 0.68 319 3C0 85 >- H 1 h/40 Gry X Grv.* _ ',,,, 184 131 33 53 66 72 80 123 17 81 76 3.9 x4r� I iv II•�•II.. a 725 5.47 1.69 240 3.38 3.13 3.15 486 . 0.68 3.19 300 10.5 `� / F ni ._ 2/50 6n<X Grv.' 184 139 43 61 86 80 80 123 17 81 76 4.8 rim ' *11 and 2"/40 and 50mm sizes feature a W/12mm tap(Groove by Groove only). it Ili THREADED X THREADED PERFORMANCE SIZE Equivalent SIZE Equivalent Nominal Inches/nun I Feet/meters of Pipe Nominal Inches/elm Feet/meters of Pipe 1/25 Thread XThreac. C' 1'//32 Groove X Groove i1 02 1 Yv32 Thread X Thre::3 I U 1 1/2/40 Groove X Groove Q7 0.3 02 114/40 Thread X Thread 03 2/50 Groove X Groove 02 2/50 Thread X Threac 1.0 0.3 JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.vit taulic.com .CCaulia VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.la 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_H 10.17 1 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10. 17 FireLock® Ball Valve SERIES 728 SWITCH AND WIRING 1.The supervisory switch contains two single pole,double throw,pre-wired switches. 2.Switches are rated: 10 amps 0 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz 0.50 amps®125 VDC 0.25 amps @ 250 VDC 3.Switches supervise the valve in the"OPEN"position. 4.One switch has two#18 insulated wires per terminal,which permit complete supervision of leads (refer to diagrams and notes below).The second switch has one#18 insulated wire per terminal. This double circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical devices at separate locations,such as an indicating light and an audible alarm,in the area that the valve is installed. 5.A#14 insulated ground lead(green)is provided. Switch#1=S1 For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL Listed alarm control panel Switch#2=S2 Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary devices,per the authority having jurisdiction Si Normally Closed:(2)Blue Common:(2)Yellow Normally Closed:Blue with Orange Stripe S2 Normally Open:Brown with Orange Stripe Common:Yellow with Orange Stripe VL LISTED % FIRE ALARM TOENU Cf LINE RE515104 CONTROL PANEL CANEET INpGTOR CDNPUR 40I 404av6ONv 244 Ii i CIRCR i � - �W WFa CONTACT WING IN 111% 35MK. E t� _I ip" FCONWrt:onECSCAS IOAA113 AND ^SA ATISLU ♦ OM Ai5OIC WIRE NUR BELL , ON VOLTAGE SOURCE HORN AM 1:1 Ind,per Wmlrol Twikf L 1 load Ir.1 540Y NOTE:The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal(yellow-S1 and yellow- with-orange stripe-82)and the normally closed terminal(blue-S1 and blue-with-orange stripe-S2). In this example,the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully open.When the valve is fully open,the indicator light and alarm will go out.Cap off any unused wires(e.g.brown with orange stripe). Only Si(two leads per terminal)may be connected to the fire alarm control panel. The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per NFPA 70(NEC). MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Valve Body: Brass ASTM B124 Ball:Chrome Plated Brass Ball Valve Stem:316 Stainless Steel Seat:Carbon Filled(TFE)tetrafluoroethylene Stem Nut: Brass ASTM B-16 C36000 Actuator: Brass traveling nut,on a steel lead screw,in a ductile iron housing www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.®2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. IL't.'S V I11(i 10.17_2 REV_H IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE—FIRE PROTECTION VALVES FireLock® Ball Valve SERIES 728 INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. • For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com 10.17 2226 REV H UPDATED 05/2011 ictauIiC VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.®2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.17 WWW.FPPI.COM Check Valves /' 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARn80)5599- 168AD1 010 :40 UL LISTED AND FM APPROVED +1 (800)344-1822 ® +1 (800)344-3775 FAX LISTED VALVE NOW AVAILABLE IN 1 t/z„ SIZE A s u = RtiK VA 1. • Brass Body* (C38000) for superior corrosion resistance • Listed valves available in the following sizes: 1 1/2"**, 2", 2 1/2", 3" and 4" C C) US LISTED • Available Grooved, Threaded, or Thread by Groove reducing the need for additional fittings and minimizing installation time. • Pressure rated to up to 300 PSI APPROVED • Tapped and plugged for easy use of accessories such as ball drips or gauges 'Contains lead.Not for use in water systems intended for human consumption. "1'h"size is U W Lc listed only FPPI` TrimFit® Check Valves I 41 01 UL Listed and FM Approved F P P ' 4 Dimensions WIDTH I 1 1 1.11rill Al& i g• 7 f I C LENGTH l ' I� I� _ SIZE ITEM# CONFIGURATION LENGTH WIDTH LENGTH WIDTH (IN) GM (MM) (MM) 11/2"* 09-574-00 MNPTXGRV 615/16 41/8 176 105 1 1/2"* 09-575-00 MNPTX FNPT 6 1/16 41/8 154 105 1 1/2"* 09-576-00 GRV X GRV 6 15/16 4 1/8 176 105 1 1/2"* 09-577-00 FNPT X FNPT 5 9/16 4 1/8 150 105 2" 09-568-00 MNPTXGRV 61/4 41/8 157 105 2" 09-570-00 MNPTX FNPT 5 3/4 4 1/8 146 105 2" 09-572-00 GRVXGRV 61/4 41/8 157 105 21/2" 09-562-00 MNPTXGRV 615/16 41/8 176 105 21/2" 09-564-00 MNPTXFNPT 6 1/4 41/8 159 105 21/2" 09-566-00 GRVXGRV 615/16 41/8 176 105 3" 09-556-00 MNPTXGRV 613/16 51/8 173 128 3" 09-558-00 MNPTX FNPT 6 5/8 5 1/8 167 128 3" 09-560-00 GRV X GRV 6 13/16 5 1/8 173 128 4" 09-550-00 MNPT XGRV 8 1/8 5 5/8 206 142 4" 09-552-00 MNPTX FNPT 8 5 5/8 202 142 4" 09-554-00 GRV X GRV 8 5 5/8 202 142 *UL Listed Only 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is provided for guidance and CARLSBAD, CA 92010 information purposes only.FPPI and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use or 0 +1 (760)599-1168 misuse of its product by persons whose methods and qualifications are outside and beyond our control.It is the user's +1 (800)344-1822 responsibility to determine the suitability of,methods of use,preparation prior to use,and appropriate installation for all .. +1 (800)344-3775 FAX products purchased from FPPI.It is the user's sole responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable or necessary for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. ©2016 Fire Protection Products,Inc. TrimFit® Check Valves 1 �, Installation Instructions F P P Description Check valves feature cast brass* bodies with a spring loaded clapper assembly making this valve suitable for vertical or horizontal installations. Features metal faced clapper with 0-ring seat. Rated to 300 psi. Valve bodies are tapped and plugged 1/2" IPS for additional equipment such as a ball drip valve when used in conjunction with a Fire Department Connection or a pressure gauge when used in a supply line. " Installation Specifications Install in accordance with approved installation practices. Use an approved thread sealant such as PipeFit Thread Sealing Paste with PTFE on all threaded Material: Cast Brass*(C38000) connections. Make sure that proper lubrication has been applied to groove coupling gaskets for groove end valves. Pressure Rated: 300psi DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN THREADED CONNECTIONS. OVERTIGHTENING MAY Size: CAUSE DISTORTION OF THE BODY AND THREADS OF THE VALVE LEADING 11/2" IPS** TO IMPROPER PERFORMANCE AND PRODUCT FAILURE. 2" IPS 2Y2" IPS 3" IPS 4" IPS Configurations: MNPT x GRV MNPT x FNPT GRV x GRV FNPTxFNPT 1 Y"only *Contains lead.Not for use in water systems intended for human consumption. "1 1"size is UUULc listed only The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is provided for guidance and information purposes only.FPPI and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use or misuse of its product by persons whose methods and qualifications are outside and beyond our control.It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of,methods of use,preparation prior to use,and appropriate installation for all products purchased from FPPI.It is the user's sole responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable or necessary for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. 3198 LIDNSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 +1 (760)599-1168 +1 (800)344-1822 ® +1 (800)344-3775 FAX COUS LISTED APPROVED O 2016 Fire Protection Products,Inc. IITIT1. • • ' 1 FireLock® Check Valves Series 717 Check Valve ✓ctaulrc' Series 717H High Pressure Check Valve 10.08 Series 717 Series 717 (21/2—3"/65—80 mm) (4—12'/100—300 mm) Series 717H High Pressure Check Valve (2—3'/50—80 mm) 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 2 —3"/DN50— DN80(Series 717H) • 21 — 12"/DN50—DN300(Series 717) Pressure Class • Up to 365 psi/2517 kPa/25 bar • Working pressure dependent on size of pipe, valve size and approval requirements. Application • Designed for use in Fire Protection systems. • Prevents back flow. • Single-disc mechanism incorporates a spring-assisted feature for non-slamming operation. • Can be installed either vertically(flow upwards only) or horizontally. • Valve body cast with arrow indicator to assist with proper valve orientation. • Optional upstream and downstream pressure taps included on select sizes. See Section 3.0. • Provided with grooved ends. • Rated for ambient temperature use in fire protection systems. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS ®. ® VdS LPCB1 NOTE • Refer to Victaulic submittal publication 10.01 for details ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date • • victaulic.com 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com • • 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS (Continued) Approvals/Listings Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 717H Size _.-- cULus FM LPCB Vds 2"/50mm 'I 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa • 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 21/21/65 mm j 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa • 76.1 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa • 365 psi/2517kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa • 3"/80mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517kPa 365 psi/2517kPa 365 psi/2517kPa Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 717 • J Size cULus FM LPCB Vds 2 W/65 mm 1 250 psi/1725 kPa n/a � 365 psi/2517 kPa n/a • • 76.1mm 250 psi/1725 kPa n/a 365 psi/2517kPa 16bar/232 psi 3"/80mm 250 psi/1725 kPa n/a 365 psi/2517 kPa 16bar/232 psi 4"/100mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517kPa 16bar/232 psi 57125mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517kPa n/a 139.7mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 166ar/232 psi I 6"/150mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517kPa i 16bar/232 psi • 165.1 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa n/a 8"/200mm 365 psi/2517kPa • 365 psi/2517 kPa 348 psi/2400 kPa 16bar/232 psi 10"/250mm 250 psi/1725 kPa 250 psi/1725 kPa 1725 kPa/250 psi n/a 12"/300mm t 250 psi/1725 kPa 250ps1/1725kPa 1725kPa/250 psi 1 n/a • 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 C 2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaul.c° victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS- MATERIAL Body: ❑ Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12. Body Coating: ❑ Series 717H Body: Black Paint E Series 717H Endface: Electroless Nickel conforming to ASTM B-733 E Series 717 (2 1—3"/DN65— DN80): PPS Coating E Series 717 (4— 12"/DN100— DN300): Black Paint Body Seat: ❑ Series 717H: Nitrile 0-ring installed into an Electroless Nickel plating conforming to ASTM B-733 ❑ Series 717 (2 1/" —3"/DN65— DN80): PPS Coated Ductile Iron ❑ Series 717 (4— 12"/DN100—DN300): Ductile Iron with Electroless Nickel plating conforming to ASTM B-733 Disc Seal or Coating: (specify choice') ❑ Nitrile (Series 717H only) ❑ EPDM NOT COMPATIBLE FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Discs: ❑ Series 717H: CF8M Cast Stainless Steel ❑ Series 717 (21/2—37DN65—DN80): Aluminum bronze with elastomer seal ❑ Series 717 (4— 12"/DN100— DN300): Elastomer encapsulated disc. Shaft: ❑ Series 717H: Brass ❑ Series 717 (21—3"/DN65— DN80): Type 416 Stainless Steel ❑ Series 717 (4— 12"/DN100— DN300): Type 316 Stainless Steel Spring: E Type 302/304 Stainless Steel Shaft Plug: E Series 717H: Carbon Steel Zinc Plated E Series 717: Carbon Steel Zinc Plated Pipe Plug: ❑ Series 717H: Carbon Steel Zinc Hated ❑ Series 717: Carbon Steel Zinc Plated Optional Pressure Taps: ❑ Series 717H: Available on all sizes ❑ Series 717: Available on sizes 4— 12"/DN100— DN300 • 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 ®2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓ctau6c` victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Series 717 A R A '110 lil gi ��II MIIIDE ��J p iUIJD 8 --K-)- :41- E �.- �' F 8 -r 1- O k B I 0 6 10 le"NPT Upstream Drain O VI"NPT Downstream Drain k"NPT Upstream Drain ® 2"NPT(Dram Optional) 01/2"NPT Downstream Drain Typical 21/2-3'/65-80 mm Typical 4-87100-200 mm Typical 10-127250-300 mm Size Dimensions ___.. _.._ .. Weight Actual _. Outside E to E i Approximate Nominal Diameter A B C K P R D E J (Each) inches inches inches inches inches inches i inches inches inches inches inches lb mm mm mm mR1... mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 21 2.875 I 3.88 4.26 3.57 _ -.. - 3.6 '.. 65 73.0 J' 99 108 91 - - - - - 1.6 76.1 mm 3.000 3.88 4.26 3.57 3.6 76.1 99 108 91 - - - - - - 1.6 3 3.500 4.25 5.06 4.17 _ 4.5 80 88.9 108 129 106 - - - - 2.0 4 4.500 9.63 6.00 3.88 2.75 3.50 2.00 4.50 3.50 3.35 20.0 100 114.3 245 152 99 70 89 51 114 89 85 9.1 5 5.563 10.50 6.80 4.50 - 4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 3.98 27.0 125 141.3 267 173 114 106 55 149 104 101 12.3 139.7 mm 5.500 10.50 6.80 4.50 4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 3.98 27.0 139.7 267 173 114 - 106 55 149 104 101 12.3 6 6.625 11.50 8.00 5.00 4.50 2.38 6.67 4.73 3.89 38.0 150 168.3 292 203 127 - 114 61 169 120 99 172 165.1 mm 6.500 1150 8.00 5.00 - 4.50 2.38 6.67 4.73 3.89 38.0 165.1 292 203 127 114 61 169 120 99 17.2 8 8.625 14.00 9.88 6.06 5.05 ', 5.65 2.15 8.85 5.65 5.75 64.0 200 219.1 356 251 154 128 144 55 225 144 146 '. 29.0 10 10.750 17.00 12.00 7.09 5.96 6.69 2.15 10.92 6.73 _ 100.0 250 273.0 432 305 180 151 170 55 277 171 45.4 12 12.750 '.. 19.50 14.00 8.06 6.91 7.64 2.51 12.81 7.73 _ 140.0 300 323.9 495 356 205 176 194 64 925 '. 196 63.5 • • 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 C 2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 tctaulic" victaulic.com • 4.1 DIMENSIONS Series 717H A i-B-1 If��l cur 1I IL E o o D R 1 Typical 2750 mm-3780 mm Size Dimensions Weight E to E Approximate Nominal A 1 B C D E J K P R I (Each) inches inches inches inches 1 inches inches inches inches inches inches lb mm mm mm mm mm mm mm rem mm mm kg 2 8.66 6.46 3.23 1.48 3.02 2.80 _ _ 4.25 10.7 50 219.8 164.1 82.1 37.5 76.7 71.0 108.0 4.9 2Yi 9.37 6.94 3.31 1.66 3.40 3.38 - _ 4.38 13.8 65 238.0 176.3 84.1 42.2 86.4 85.9 111.3 6.3 76.1mm 9.37 6.94 3.31 1.66 3.40 3.38 - 438 13.8 238.0 176.3 84.1 42.2 86.4 85.9 111.3 6.3 3 9.62 7.44 3.53 1.91 3.65 3.38 _ 4.63 I 20.0 80 244.3 189.0 89.7 48.5 92.7 85.9 _ 117.6 I 9.1 • 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 ®2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctaulrC victaulic.com • 5.0 PERFORMANCE Flow Characteristics The charts below express the flow of water at 60"F/16"C through valve. S717H/717HR to p}N. 0.1 100 1000 Flow Rate—GPM S717H/717HR ocao I o oa ti\5� ��° 05, CL 1.00 100 1000 10000 Flow Rate—Litres/Min. 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 ®2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Flow Characteristics The charts below express the flow of water at 60"F/16"C through valve. S717/717R to FF �FF FF b F F :q b F a CVY ro $ se FF oF' F 0. o.t to too 1000 10000 100000 Flow Rate—GPM S717/717R moo F � FF FF h F F N FF � $ atQ / o of F�$ 8 10.00 �rb F% y O 4 O N / t.00 10 100 1000 10000 100000 Flow Rate—Litres/Min. 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 ®2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 ✓ctaulrc` victaulic.com • • 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS ! WARNING,,Va r' • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust,or maintain any Victaulic piping products. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01:Seal Selection Guide 10.01:Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 29.01:Terms and Conditions/Warranty 1-100:Field Installation Handbook • • • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products fora particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly Instructions. standards and project specifications,as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard safety,and warning instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. recommendation,advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to Installation alter,vary,supersede,or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation of sale,installation guide,or this disclaimer. instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment Intellectual Properly Rights of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Warranty under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patentor other intellectual Trademarks property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. countries. • 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 ®2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 ✓ctaulrc° Victaulic® FireLockTM Zone Control Riser Module ✓ataulic Series 747M 10.96 P.. ,e 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes: • 11/4—6"/DN32— DN150 Pipe Material: • Carbon steel, Schedule 10, Schedule 40 NOTE • For use with alternative materials please contact Victaulic. Maximum Working Pressure: • Up to 365psi/2517kPa/25bar Application: • Fire protection system control modules integrated test and drain valve, with customizable test orifice, flow switch and pressure gauge. Optional Accessories: • Pressure Relief Kit- UL Listed and FM Approved for working pressures up to 174psi/1200kPa/12bar. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 10.96 3089 Rev J Updated 06/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 ✓Ct9UIYC` victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS- MATERIAL Module Body: • Housing: Cast ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. • Finish: Orange enamel. Shut-off and Test/Drain Valve: • Chrome plated brass ball, S 37700 brass clapper, 416SS or 410SS shafts, Delrin orifice, virgin Teflon', enhanced Teflon and EPDM rubber seals. 1 Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont. Waterflow Detector: • Vane type waterflow detector with sealed retard, visual switch activation, and mechanical delay adjustment. Cover includes tamper resistant security screws and tool. 4.0 DIMENSIONS ;t/n,O ei_ B B isrMI '41_ ,_ „..... A r, �-^Si° f �7. n iii.iii Hose Clamp D - Fie Pressure Relief Val ' ..ip__ . 1,„ 'x Barbed Fitting 4- ...iii,*) . .0„, --16, Hose Clamp I I Close Nipple DrainTubing I - E E G . Elbow Barbed Fitting t A A Optional Pressure Relief Valve Kit Detail 1 1V4-2"/DN32-DN50 sizes* 21 -6'/73.0 mm-DN150 sizes* Module Body Size l Dimensions Weight Actual Nominal Outside Drain E Approximate Diameter Diameter Size i A B C D (Groove) F G (Each) inches inches inches inches inches 1 inches inches inches inches inches lb DN mm mm 1 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg j 1 1 ' 1.660 1 l 11.45 7.20 5.77 3.50 '' 10.05 7.48 2.54 15.2 DN32 42.2 33.4 290.8 182.9 146.5 ! 88.9 255.3 190.0 64.5 6.9 1 1/2 1.900 1 11.45 7.32-_- 5.77 3.50 10.05 7.48 2.54 15.5 DN40 48.3 33.4 290.8 185.9 146.5 88.9 255.3 190.0 64.5 7.0 (-- 2 2.375 1 11.45 7.55 5.77 3.50 10.05 7.48 2.54 19.9 DN50 60.3 33.4 290.8 191.8 146.5 88.9 255.3 190.0 64.5 9.0 216 2.875 1 14 12.00 8.41 6.18 4.25 9.76 11.87 4.25 22.7 73.0 42 305 214 157 108 248 302 108 10.3 3 3.500 114 12.00 9.42 6.18 4.25 9.76 1187 4.25 23.2 DN80 88.9 42 305 239 157 108 248 302 108 10.6 4 4.500 2 12.00 9.90 7.25 5.00 10.15 12.62 4.21 30.3 DN100 I 114.3 60 305 252 184 127 258 321 107 13.8 6 6.625 2 12.00 10.85 8.31 6.00 10.15 13.62 4.24 36.7 DN150 , 168.3 60 305 276 211 154 258 346 107.7 16.7 * Valves shown in the test' position and with optional Pressure Rel of ValvP ke installed • . 10.96 3089 Rev J Updated 06/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 Jctaulrc° victaulic.com • --- • 5.0 PERFORMANCE • Nominal Size I Orifices inches 1.25 K2.8,K3.0,K3.S,K4.2,K4.9,K5.6 1.5 K2.8,K3.0,K3.5,K4.2,K4.9,K5.6 L 2 K2.8,K3.0,K3.5,K4.2,K4.9,K5.6 2.5 K4.2,K4.9,K5.6,K6.9,K8.0,K11.2,K14.0,K16.8 3 K4.2,K4.9,K5.6,K6.9,K8.0,K11.2,K14.0,K16.8 4 K4.2,K4.9,K5.6,K6.9,K8.0,K11.2,K14.0,K16.8,K25 6 K4.2,K4.8,K5.6,K6.9,K8.0,K1 1.0,K11.2,K14.0,K16.8,K25 • • • Nominal Size Drain Type Drain Size • inches inches 1.25 '.. NPT 1 1.5 NPT ---_ -_. 1 2 NPT _ 1 •- 2.5 Grooved _.. 1 14._.. 3 Grooved 114 4 Grooved 2_-.... ;,.. 6 Grooved • 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS • This product must be installed by an experienced, trained installer, in accordance with the instructions provided with each valve.These instructions contain important information. •Op' Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury, property damage, or valve leakage. If you need additional copies of this product literature or the valve installation instructions, or if you have any questions about the safe installation and use of this device, contact Victaulic Company, P.O. Box 31, Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA, Telephone: 001-610-559-3300. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 26.01:Victaulic®Design Data 29.01:Victaulic®Terms and Conditions of Sale_ 1-100:Victaulic®Field Installation Handbook 1-101/103.Victaulic®FireLockr""No.101(90°Elbow)and No.103(45°Elbow)Installation-Readvn""Fittings 1-102 Victaulic®FireLockr"^No.102(Straight Tee)Installation-Ready,""Fitting 1_108:Style 108 FireLockT^^Installation-Read TV Couol'in J-747M:Victaulic®Installation Instructions Series 747M FireLockTM Zone Control Riser Module Assembly • • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance,safety,and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to alter,vary,supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale,installation instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment guide,or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products,providing complete insta.lation and assembly data,and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website atwww.victaulic.com. No statement containec herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaullc for details. under any patentor other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. • • 10.96 3089 Rev J Updated 06/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 jotlaulio' Victaulic® FireLock NXTTM Dry Valve ✓atomic, Series 768N 31.80 ,y 111, ,,' til0 1 Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes: • 1V -8"/40-200mm Pressure Class: • Up to 300 psi/2068 kPa/21 Bar Minimum Air Pressure: • 13 psi/90 kPa/.90 Bar Acutation Options: • Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator • Optional: Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator Valve Configurations: • Bare • Pre-trimmed: Completely assembled with all necessary trim components. • Vic-Quick Riser: Pre-trimmed and includes: • Shut Off Valve (11W/40 mm: Series 728 Ball Valve, 2"—8'/50—200 mm: Series 705 FireLock Butterfly Valve) • Pre-set high or low air and alarm pressure switches • Drain kit • Fire-Pac Series 745 (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.23) Pipe Preparation: • Victaulic Original Groove System Application/Media: • For use on fire protection systems only. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. • , • System No. I Location Spec Section Paragraph ; Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 •ctaulic° victaulic.com 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS 'O• O LPCB C E 104-1a/02 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, grade 65-45-12. Clapper: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500 Latch: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500 Shafts: Stainless 17-4 Clapper Seal: Peroxide cured EPDM, ASTM D2000 Bushings/Seat 0-rings: Nitrile Springs: Stainless Steel (300 Series) Diaphragm: Peroxide cured EPDM with fabric reinforcement m ��Xtiii el .-. . lard, r'''S o 0 v/ © O r D I The 11-inch/48.3-mm and 2-inch/60.3-mm valve sizes contain washers under the heads of the cover plate bolts. Item i Description Item Description 1 Valve Body 11 Cover Plate 2 Clapper 12 Cover Plate Gasket 3 Clapper Seal 13 Cover Plate Bolts 4 Seal Ring 14 Latch 5 Seal Washer 15 Latch Spring 6 Seal Retaining Ring 16 Latch Spring Bushing and 0-Ring(Qty.2) 7 Seal Assembly Bolt 17 Diaphragm 8 Clapper Spring 18 ', Diaphragm Cover 9 Clapper Shaft 19 Diaphragm Cover Cap Screws(Qty.8) 10 Clapper Shaft Bushing and 0-Ring(Qty.2) 20 Latch Shaft 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 0 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 Jctaulrci victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL (Continued) ❑ Standard Trim Package: • Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator—The Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator is pneumatically actuated and requires only 13 psi/90 kPa minimum air pressure, regardless of the system supply pressure. This actuator allows the system to operate with a low air or gas pressure of 7 psi/48 kPa. • All required pipe nipples and fittings -standard galvanized finish • All standard trim accessories • All required gauges E Optional Trim Package: Black Trim for Foam Systems— If the valve is intended for use in a foam system, black trim must be ordered, per NFPA requirements. Specify this requirement on the order. Optional Accessories: ❑ Alarm Pressure Switch—Alarm Pressure Switches are designed to activate electrical alarms and control panels when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler). Included in VQR trim. ❑ Air Supervisory Pressure Switch—Air Pressure Supervisory Switches are used to monitor low and high system air pressure and are factory pre-set. Included in VQR trim. ❑ Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator—The Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is required when the Series 768N Dry Valve is installed in large systems to improve response time. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.64. ❑ Series 760 Water Motor Alarm-The Series 760 Water Motor Alarm is a mechanical device that sounds when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler). Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.32. ❑ Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device-The Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device is designed to provide a continuous alarm for systems equipped with a mechanical device. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.33. ❑ Series 75D Water Column Kit-The Series 75D Water Column Kit is designed to minimize residual water in the riser from collecting above the clapper. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.34. ❑ Air Supply System—The air supply system contains all components for establishing and maintaining air in the system. The compressor, low-pressure alarms, ball valves, and required trim are included in the air supply system. ❑ Air Compressor (See page 6 for more on the Victaulic Series 7C7 Compressor Package) • Air Maintenance Trim Assembly ❑ Fire Alarm Control Panels ❑ Drain Connection Kit— Included in VQR option. r = doh r "NACP l Ems✓ o ., Og omng.sMded area Idemdy[omprwMs INe art apsbnal tgYlpmmt. Thew mmpenern.ere.tad.N Mun,MVQP.rxmbl,I.wd,,S. Gm dwded areas ae mly.omponemf rlv<St.°*Wn.leyulpm t 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓ctaul.c° victaulic.com • • 4.0 DIMENSIONS A i e 1= 0 A h DID 11! tt A el r 6 -II_ Ali.;l .1--'1.- - .1..0 ' : B2 n • A r �1Il w1 1lillii • �'� 1 � -'= �_ J�,f D 01 1 tllll 5� 61 L.;�GiII VaINI��1, 1 A I '1 , 1 loh 141111 i. li t� • ` t..c . Al 1►•_ .. Fl lk Ir.slii mil Ty n I-K E-a• H .4- C Full Open Dimensions Weight Each Nominal Without With Size A Al B B1 B2 C D Dl E F Fl G H J K L Trim Trim inches inches;inches inches inches inches inches inches inches Inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches, lbs lbs DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm '.. mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 1 1 '9.00 16.37 27.75- 32.25 46.00 10.25 13.00 16.25 9.00 10.00 5.50 27.25 3.25 10.25'WOO 8.25 16.7 43.0 DN40 228.60'.415.80 705 819 1168 260 330 413 229 254 140 692 83 260 152 210 7.6 19.5 2 900 13.83 27.75 32.25 46.00 10.00 13.00 16.50 9.00 10.00 6.75 27.00 3.25 10.25 6.00 8.75 17.0 43.0 DN50 228.60 351.28 705 819 1168 254 330 419 229 254 171 686 83 260 152 222 7.7 19.5 2 Y2 12.61 16.51 29.50 34.25 47 75 12.50 14.00 18.00 9.50 10.00 8.00 25.50 4.00 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 65.0 320.29.419.35 749 870 ' 1213 318 356 457 241 254 203 648 102 248 165 171 18.7 29.5 76.1 mm 12.61 16.51 29.50 34.25 47.75 12.50 14.00 18.00 9.50 10.00 8.00 25.50 4.00 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 65.0 320.29 419.35 749 870 1213 318 356 457 241 254 203 648 102 248 165 171 18.7 29.5 3 12.61 16.51 29.50 34.25 47.75 12.50 14.00 18.00 9.50 10.00 8.00 25.50 . 4.00 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 66.0 DN80 320.29 419.35 749 870 1213 318 356 457 241 ' 254 203 648 102 248 165 171 18.7 29.9 4 15.03 19.85 30.25 34.75 48.25 15.00 16.00 22.00 11.00 11.25 9.25 25.25 4.75 8.50 8.00 7.00 59.0 95.0 DN100 381.76 504.19 768 883 1226 381 406 559 279 286 235 641 121 216 203 178 26.7 43.0 165.1 mm 16.00 22.13 31.25 35.75 50.25 15.25 17.00 28.75 11.00 11.75 11.75 25.50 4.50 8.25 8.25 7.25 80.0 116.0 406.40 562.10 794 908 1276 387 432 730 279 298 298 648 114 210 210 184 36.2 52.6 6 16.00 22.13 31.25 35.75 50.25 15.25 17.00 28.75 11.00 11.75 11.75 25.50 4.50 8.25 8.25 7.25 80.0 116.0 DN150 406.40 562.10 794 908 1276 387 432 730 279 298 298 648 114 210 210 184 36.2 52.6 8 17.50 23.02 33.00 37.75 51.25 16.25 16.25 25.25 12.25 ' 10.00 13.75 26.00 4.75 8.25 9.25 7.75 122.0 158.0 DN200 444.50 584.71 838 959 1302 413 413 f 641. 311 254 349 .L 660 121 210 235 197 55.3 71.6 NOTES • The"A"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. • The"Al"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. • The"Dl"dimension is not a fixed measurement.The drip cup can be rotated to provide more clearance at the back of the trim. • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • The recommended drain connection kit(shown in orange)is for reference and takeout dimensions.This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 Jctauhc° victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Hydraulic Friction Loss The chart below expresses the flow of water at 65"F/18"C through an open valve. 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 6F 2.0 qua �p N b al O 1.0 p 00.8 re 0.6 o Lo a 03 0.2 0.1 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,000 800 3,000 8,000 FLOW RATE-GPM Frictional Resistance Cv Values: The chart below expresses the frictional resistance of Cv values for flow of water at+60°F/+16°C through a Victaulic Series 768N FireLock NXT. fully open valve are shown in the table below. Dry Valve in equivalent feet of straight pipe. Formulas for Cv values where: Equivalent AP=Oz/Cv Flow Coefficient 111 Nominal Actual ! Length of q=CY x SAP 0(Flow)Size Outside Diameter Pipe121 inches inches feet AP(Pressure Drop) psi DN mm meters _--- 11/2 1.900 3.00 j Valve Size Full Open DN40 48.3 0.914 --- ---------- --- Actual 2 2.375 9.00 Nominal I Outside DN50 60.3 2.743 Size Diameter Flow Coefficient 215 2.875 8.00 inches inches C, 73.0 2.438 mm mm Kv 76.1 mm 3.000 8.00 11/2 1.900 60 76.1 2.439 40 48.3 1 `f 52.0 3 ', 3.500 17.00 2 2.375 110 DN80 1 88.9 5.182 50 60.3 95.0 4 4.500 21.00 215 2.875 180 DN100 114.3 6.401 65 73.0 156.0 165.1 mm 6.5.01 2.00 76.1 mm 00 3.000 180 _-... __. 76.1 156.0 6 1 6.625 22.00 3 3.500 200 F '-.%.t. DN 150 168.3 6.706 1 , !,xs`.:` - -.-- 80 88.9 173.0 !,__. 8 8.625 50.00 4 4.500 350 DN200 219.1 -.. 15.240 100 114.3 302.8 165.1 mm 6.500 1000 165.1 865.0 , 6 6.625 1000 150 168.3 865.0 i 8 8.625 1500 ' 200 219.1 1499.1 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓etaul lo' victaulic.com • 5.0 PERFORMANCE (Continued) Air Supply Requirements • Minimum: 13 psi/90 kPA/.9 Bar regardless of the system water pressure • Maximum Recommended: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 Bar • Multiple Series 768N FireLock NXT Dry Valves with a common air supply: • Isolate systems with a Victaulic spring—loaded, soft-seated ball check valve to ensure air integrity and serviceability of each system. • Sizing the compressor: • Engineer/system designer is responsible • Entire system must be charged to the required air pressure within 30 minutes to meet NFPA requirements • An oversized compressor will slow down or possibly prevent valve operation • Compressor filling the system too fast: • May be necessary to restrict the air supply • Ensure that air exhausted from an open sprinkler or manual release valve is not replaced by the air supply system as fast as it is exhausted • Compressor Requirements • Base or Riser Mounted Compressors: • "On" or "low" pressure setting: 13 psi/90 kPA/.9 Bar • "Off" or "high" pressure setting: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 Bar • Victaulic Series 7C7 riser mounted and pre-set for pressure requirements (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.22). • If the compressor is not equipped with a pressure switch, the Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with pressure switch should be installed (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.36). • Shop Air or Tank-Mounted Air Compressors: • Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly should be installed (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.35) • 13 psi/90 kPA/.9 Bar should be used as the set point for the air regulator • The compressor cut-in (turn-on) pressure setting should be at least 5 psi/34kPa/34 Bar above the set point of the air regulator. • Exploded View Trim: Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly(refer to Victaulic submittal 30.35) • Compressor Requirements and settings for systems installed with series 746 or series 746-LPA dry accelerators • A tank-mounted air compressor with a Series 757 Regulated AMTA must be used to supply air to system installed with a Series 746 or Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. • In the event a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank-mounted air compressor provides the greatest protection, since air can be supplied continuously to the sprinkler system for an extended time period. 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 ✓ctaulic° victaulic.com • • 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING Arf-4. T, • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove,adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 30.35:FireLockT"^Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757 Submittal 30.36:FireLockT"Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757P Submittal 30.22:FireLock®Compressor Package Series 7C7 Submittal 30.32:FireLockT^^Water Motor Alarm Series 760 Submittal 30.65:FireLockT^'Low Pressure Actuator Series 776 Submittal I-768N:FireLock NXTT"^Dry Valve Series 768N Installation Manual • • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Viclaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions_ standards and project specifications,as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard safety,and warning instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. recommendation,advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to Installation alter,vary,supersede,or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation of sale,installation guide,or this disclaimer. Instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment Intellectual Property Rights of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format on ourwebsite at www.victaulic.com. product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Warranty under any patentor other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Trademarks property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Viclaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. countries. • 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 ✓ctaullc` IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 30.64 FireLock® Dry Accelerator a®� <C> (Vd5) LPCB0786 See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details SERIES 746-LPA The Victaulic Series 746-LPA Firelock Accelerator is a quick-opening device that can be added to the: .4? • Victaulic FireLock NXTTM Series 768 Dry and Series 769 Preaction Valve in order to speed response time and/or accommodate larger systems. w'- IMPORTANT:The Series 746-LPA and the Series 746 provide unique functionality and are NOT interchangeable. _sFs•e ,.. Series 746-LPA Firelock Dry Accelerators are compatible with the Victaulic Series 768, 769 valves and are recommended for system air pressures ranging from 13psi/90kPa to 18 psi/124 kPa. n FUNCTIONALITY The Series 746-LPA Firelock Dry Accelerator speeds the operation of the sprinkler's control valves by sensing the rapid decay of system pressure and exhausting air from the upper chamber of the actuating device. It attaches to the air supply's trim at the inlet of the dry actuator. System air pressure in the upper and lower chambers sets the dry accelerator in the closed position, which holds pressure in the air chamber of the actuating device.When a sprinkler opens and system air pressure releases,the air evacuates from the lower chamber faster than it does from the upper air chamber.As the air pressure in the lower chamber decreases,the pressure in the upper air chamber remains relatively higher. When a 3—5 psi/21—34kPa differential occurs,the Series 746-LPA Firelock opens and vents the lower chamber's air into the atmosphere.This action also exhausts the air quickly from the actuator, which causes the sprinkler valve to operate. The Series 746-LPA Firelock features a unique, built-in check valve that allows rapid pressure equal- ization of the dry accelerator during system charging,and fast response to variations in system air pressure. The Series 746-LPA Firelock is equipped with all required parts,and is easily attached to the valve trim without additional modification. The Series 746-LPA Firelock Dry Accelerator is rated to 300 psi/2065 kPa working pressure,and is tested and UL Listed/FM Approved for use with all sizes of Victaulic Series 768,Series 769 Fire Safety Valves. DIMENSIONS Aprx. Dimensions—Inches/millimeters wFJ.Ea. Lbs.lkt 1 3.00 325 50 ■�l ® IM A 113 76 83 2.2 ICI k—R C JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.a 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. sCtal.IlaGf REV_G 30.64_1 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 30.64 FireLock® Dry Accelerator SERIES 746-LPA SERIES 757 REGULATED AIR When a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is used with a Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator,Series 767 MAINTENANCE TRIM ASSEMBLY electric/pneumatic actuator,or a Series 798 Double-Pneumatic Actuator,the air maintenance trim (For use with tank mounted air assembly MUST be used with the air regulator. compressors or shop air systems) Bill of Materials 1 is/3.2 mm Restrictor 2 Slow Fill Ball Valve(Normally Open) 3 Air Regulator 4 Strainer(100 Mesh) 5 Spring-Loaded,Soft-Seated /l • Ball Check Valve 0 kH 6 Fast Fill Ball Valve(Normally Closed) xi • O `Oil ' 1i% O •:I` 0 1 In the event that a compressor becomes inoperative,a properly sized tank-mounted compressor provides the greatest protection for systems that contain a Series 746-LEA FireLock Dry Accelerator.In this situation,air can be supplied continuously to the sprinkler system for an extended time period. 2 If multiple valves are installed with a common air supply,isolate the system by using a spring-loaded, soft-seat check valve to ensure air integrity for each system. 3 Victaulic recommends using no more than two dry valves per air maintenance trim assembly. NOTE The Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with Pressure Switch MUST NOT BE USED in any system installed with a Series 746-LPA FireLock Dry Accelerator. • • www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.0 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. sCtaUl iC° REV_G 30.64_3 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 30.64 FireLock® Dry Accelerator SERIES 746-LPA MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Body:Bronze per CDA-836(85-5-5-5) Diaphragm: EPDM Seal:EPDM Spring:Type 316 Stainless Steel Restrictor:Porous Stainless Steel Bolts:Type 316 Stainless Steel 0-ring:EPDM — Bill of Materials 1 Opening/Air Chamber 9 0-Ring 2 Restrictor 10 Seal Support 3 Piston 11 Closing Chamber Seal 4 0-Ring 12 Button-Head Cap Screw 5 Diaphragm 13 Washer 6 Actuator Shaft 14 Adjustable Seat 7 Closing Chamber 15 Check Valve B Compression Spring To Pressure Gauge --—7 2 Ig _ v —o gh ®— mod,- YA;;g 0 O 'H ii'{Y%///B Alr Inlet o L 0 m ® a) WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. III II II 1 I II l iii 111111111111111I II II IIII III WCAS-7MWRHT For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com 30.64 2934 REV G UPDATED 1l2009 iCt9Ulicr VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.®2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 30.64 Victaulic® FireLock NXTTM Preaction Trim ✓ctaulyd Series 769N 31.82 P Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 11 —8"/DN40— DN200 Pressure Class • Up to 300 psi/2068 kPa/20 Bar Minimum Air Pressure • 13 psi/90 kPa/.90 bar Acutation Options • Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator • Series 767 Electric/Pneumatic Actuator • Series 798 Double-Pneumatic Actuator • Electric Release • 24V DC Normally closed solenoid Release Mechanism • Non-Interlocked • Single Interlocked • Double Interlocked Valve Configurations • Bare • Pre-trimmed • Vic-Quick Riser: Pre-trimmed and includes: • Shut Off Valve (1 1/2"/DN40: Series 728 Ball Valve, 2"—8"/DN50—DN200: Series 705 FireLock Butterfly Valve) • Pre-set alarm pressure switch • Pre-set high or low air pressure switch (Dry Pilot Only) • Drain Connection kit • Fire-Pac Series 745 (refer to Victaulic publication 30.23) ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. • j System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 ©2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 ictaulrc' victaulic.com 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (Continued) Application: • For use on fire protection systems only 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS •0- J LPCB 104d/02 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Clapper: Aluminum bronze Latch: Aluminum bronze Shafts: Stainless 17-4 Clapper Seal: Peroxide cured EPDM Bushings/Seat 0-rings: Nitrile Springs: Stainless steel Diaphragm: Peroxide cured EPDM with fabric reinforcement 111 \ z•1•i fL ! 111TPS p 0 oo 0 0 0 m _,107 The 11/2'/0N40 and 2/DN50 valve sizes contain washers under the heads of the cover plate bolts. Item Description Item Description- - --- -- 1 Valve Body 11 Cover Plate 2 Clapper 12 Cover Plate Gasket 3 Clapper Seal 13 Cover Plate Bolts 4 Seal Ring 14 Latch 5 Seal Washer 15 Latch Spring 6 Seal Retaining Ring 16 Latch Spring Bushing and 0-Ring(Qty.2) 7 Seal Assembly Bolt 17 Diaphragm 8 Clapper Spring 18 Diaphragm Cover 9 1 Clapper Shaft 19 Diaphragm Cover Cap Screws(Qty.8) 10 Clapper Shaft Bushing and 0-Ring(Qty.2) 20 Latch Shaft • • 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 0 2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 rctaulfc° victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL (Continued) II Standard Trim Package: Non-Interlocked • Pneumatic Release: The pneumatic release system uses a supervisory pilot line to detect a release event. When EITHER a pilot sprinkler or a system sprinkler operates, the water in the diaphragm chamber is released and the valve operates. • Pneumatic/Electric Release: The Victaulic Electric Release System uses an electric solenoid valve, approved electric panel and a compatible detection system. The valve operates when the water in the diaphragm chamber jsreleased_when Either an electric-detectionon-oar a system ssprinkleroperaates. Single Interlocked • Electric Release: The Victaulic Electric Release System uses an electric solenoid valve, approved electric panel and a compatible detection system. The valve operates when the water in the diaphragm chamber is released when a release system event occurs. • Pneumatic Release: The pneumatic release system uses a supervisory pilot line to detect a release event. Only when a pilot sprinkler operates will the water in the diaphragm chamber be released and the valve operate. Double Interlocked • Electric Release: The electric/pneumatic/electric release uses two electric detection devices, a fire detection device and a low pressure switch installed in the sprinkler system. The valve will actuate ONLY when BOTH a fire detection event and loss of system pressure occurs. • Pneumatic/Electric Release: The pneumatic/electric preaction system uses both a pneumatically pressurized sprinkler system, and an electric release system, (composed of an approved solenoid valve, electric panel and an appropriate sensor). The valve will activate ONLY when there is a pressure loss in the sprinkler system AND the electric detection of a release event. • Pneumatic/Pneumatic: The pneumatic/pneumatic system uses one Series 798 Double Pneumatic Actuator to control the Series 769N Actuated Valve. The valve will operate ONLY when there are sprinklers activated in both the pilot line and the sprinkler system. • All required pipe nipples and fittings-standard galvanized finish • All standard trim accessories • All required gauges • Series 755 Manual Release Panel ❑ Optional Trim Package: Black Trim for Foam Systems—If the valve is intended for use in a foam system, black trim must be ordered, per NFPA requirements. Specify this requirement on the order. 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 0 2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓ctauIc° victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL (Continued) Optional Accessories: ❑ Alarm Pressure Switch—Alarm pressure switches activate electrical alarms at the control panel when the 769N valve actuates and flows water into the system piping. (Note: an open sprinkler may not actuate a 769N valve but any low air alarms should operate.) ❑ Air Supervisory Pressure Switch—Air Pressure Supervisory Switches are used to monitor low and high system air pressure and are factory pre-set. ❑ Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator—The Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is required when the Series 769N Preaction trim is installed in large systems to improve response time. Refer to Victaulic publication 30.64. ❑ Series 760 Water Motor Alarm—The Series 760 Water Motor Alarm is a mechanical device that sounds when the 769N valve actuates and is filling the system and discharging any water through any open sprinklers. Refer to Victaulic publication 30.32. ❑ Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device—The Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device is designed to provide a continuous alarm for systems equipped with a mechanical device. Refer to Victaulic publication 30.33. ❑ Series 75D Water Column Kit—The Series 75D Water Column Kit is designed to minimize residual water in the riser from collecting above the clapper. Refer to Victaulic publication 30.34. ❑ AutoConvert Kit—The AutoConvert Kit includes the Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator, latching solenoid, strainer, 3-in-1 strainer/check/restrictor assembly, air pressure gauge and assembly trim. It is ordered separately and can be installed on any FireLock NXTT"Single Interlock or Double Interlock Preaction system that includes a solenoid. ❑ Air Supply System—The air supply system contains all components for establishing and maintaining air in the system. The compressor ball valves, and required trim are included in the air supply system. ❑ Air Compressor Refer to Victaulic publication 30.22. ❑ Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Refer to Victaulic publication 30.35. ❑ Fire Alarm Control Panels ❑ Drain Connection Kit ❑ Redundant Electric Solenoid made by alternate manufacturer required by LPCB approval. o ra nge flailed areas iemflfy mmpunenl:thaa are optional poignant These eomponents art ShnEard when the VQR assembly is ordered. r 1 6ays:a.M areil,idendlymmponanbtlwtare optional �g equipment AOl li.n it Uitt, I L- - T e to , ti> xF \ 1: �.\ \ems I o i `.' jI \ a�rl:: i l/J/ • w 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 ®2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 ✓ctaulrc° victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS A 4"/DN100 valve with single-interlocked pneumatic release preaction trim is shown below 11/2-2"/DN40- DN50 configurations contain 3/4"/19 mm drain valves 2 1/2-3"/DN65-DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 11/4"/31 mm drain valves 4-8"/DN100-DN200 configurations contain 2"/50 mm drain valves A A I oa I1 1 -r I 6) I1 ,may'=--1 H IF-1T• .: B 11 ,P O-r4.' A II 111TW!lIII ,:� flll.lanilnli. u ���_; Alm• '•mac. E ^,_;- _:: 10 0' II ' iiipl� i"".+. D ll Ta ��y: - II °!, 1 bh' .. y` L. .I Will II V K F F C E Full Open Size Dimensions Weight Each Actual Outside i I Without With Nominal Diameter; Al Al2 B3 C D4 D14 E F G H K Trim Trim inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches I inches Inches inches ' lb lb DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 11/2 1.900 9.00 16.37 34.25 9.25 16.25 11.00 9.00 3.25 10.25 24.00 6.00 16.7 43.0 L_DN40 483 , 229 416 870 235 413 279 229 83 260 610 152 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 13.83 34.25 9.25 17 50 11.00 9.00 3.25 10.25 24.00 6.00 17.0 43.0 DN50 60.3 229 351 870 235 445 279 229 83 260 610 152 7.7 19.5 21/2 2.875 12.61 16.51 35.75 11.25 20.00 i 12.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 26.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 73.0 320 419 908 286 508 318 241 102 248 660 165 18.7 29.5 3.000 12.61 16.51 35.75 11.25 20.00 12.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 26.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN65 76.1 320 419 908 286 508 318 241 102 248 660 165 18.7 29.5 3 3.500 12.61 16.51 35.75 11.25 20.00 12.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 26.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 ON80 88.9 320 419 908 286 508 ' 318 241 102 248 660 165 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 19.85 36.50 13.50 22.25 13.50 11.00 4.75 8.50 28.00 8.00 59.0 95.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 927 343 565 343 279 121 216 711 203 26 7 43.0 6.500 _ 16.00 : 22.13 36.75 14.00 24.50 13.25 1 11.00 4.50 8.25 28.50 8.25 80.0 116.0 165.1 406 562 933 356 622 337 i 279 114 210 724 210 36.2 52.6 6 6.625 16.00 22.13 36.75 14.00 24.50 13.25 11.00 4.50 8.25 28.50 8.25 80.0 116.0 DN150 168.3 406 562 933 356 622 337 279 114 210 724 210 36.2 '.. 52.6 8 8.625 17.50 23.02 39.50 14.75 27.00 13.50 I 12.25 4.75 8.25 31.25 9.25 122.0 158.0 DN200 219.1 445 585 1003 375 , 686 343 311 121 210 794 235 55.3 71.6 The"A"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The"Al"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. 3 For systems with the optional Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator,add 11.50 inches/292 mm to the"8"dimension to account for the additional height. 4 The"D"and"Dl"dimensions are not fixed measurements.The drip cup can be rotated to provide more clearance at the back of the trim. NOTES • The drawings shown above reflect the single-interlocked pneumatic release trim with Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator In addition,these dimensions can be applied to all other trim configurations featured within this manual. • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • The recommended drain connection kit(shaded in orange)is for reference and takeout dimensions.This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. • 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 ®2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctaulrc° victaulic.com • 4.1 DIMENSIONS A 4YDN100 valve with electric autoconvert dry release preaction trim is shown below 11/2-2"/DN40- DN50 configurations contain 3/a"/19 mm drain valves 2 th-3'/DN65- DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 1)/431 mm drain valves 4-8"/DN100- DN200 configurations contain 2750 mm drain valves or ICED 1 1 r H _ aC .B n�I:it 1 A II te� p i . •aiPolry Al "�. ,.G. . /arfil ba,- D 1 t- ae Ili 161. ti I i Nailr K F 4- C E--0- Size I Dimensions Weight Each Actual Outside '., Without With Nominal Diameter A° Al2 i B3 C D D1 E F G 1 H K Trim Trim inches inches ' inches 1 inches 1 inches inches inches inches inches inches inches I inches I inches lb lb DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 1 Y 1.900 9.00 16.37 38.00 15.50 25.00",. 16.25 9.50 3.25 10.25 27.75 6.00 16.7 43.0 DN40 48.3 229 416 965 394 635 413 241 83 260 705 152 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 13.83 38.00 15.50 25.00 16.25 9.50 3.25 10.25 27.75 6.00 17.0 43.0 DN50 60.3 229 351 965 394 635 413 241 83 260 705 152 7.7 19.5 2Y2 2875 12.61 16.51 40.75 16.00 24.00 15.00 9.50 4.00 9.75 31.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 73.0 320 419 1035 406 610 381 241 102 248 787 165 18.7 29.5 3.000 12.61 16.51 40.75 16.00 24.00 15.00 9.50 4.00 9.75 31.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN65 76.1 320 419 1035 406 610 381 241 102 248 787 165 18.7 29.5 3 3.500 ' 12.61 16.51 40.75 16.00 24.00 15.00 9.50 4.00 9.75 31.00 ' 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN80 88.9 320 419 I 1035 406 610 381 241 102 248 787 165 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 19.85 : 42.50 15.25 22.50 14.75 11.00 4.75 8.50 34.00 7.50 59.0 95.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 1080 387 572 375 279 121 216 864 191 26.7 43.0 6.500 16.00 22.13 42.50 15.25 26.00 15.25 11.00 4.50 8.25 34.25 825 80.0 116.0 165.1 406 562 '. 1080 387 660 387 279 114 210 870 , 210 36.2 52.6 6 6.625 16.00 22.13 42.50 15.25 26.00 15.25 11.00 4.50 8.25 i 34.25 8.25 80.0 116.0 DN150 168.3 406 562 1080 387 660 387 279 114 210 870 210 36.2 52.6 8 8.625 17.50 23.02 44.50 18.50 30.00 16.00 12.25 4.75 8.25 - 36.25 9.25 122.0 158.0 DN200 219.1 i 445 i 585 1130 470 762 406 311 1 121 210 921 235 55.3 i 71.6 l The"A"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The"Al"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. 3 For systems with the optional Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator,add 9.50 inches/241 mm to the"B"dimension to account for the additional height. NOTES • The drawings shown above reflect the electric AutoConvert dry release trim.In addition,these dimensions can be applied to the redundant solenoid valve configuration. • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • The recommended drain connection kit(shaded in orange)is for reference and takeout dimensions,This drain connection comes standard when the VOR assembly is ordered. 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 ®2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 rctauLc° victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS A 4"/DN100 valve with double-interlocked electric/pneumatic autoconvert dry release preaction trim is shown below 1 Y2-2"/DN40- DN50 configurations contain 3/a"/19 mm drain valves 21/2-3"/DN65- DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 11/4"/31 mm drain valves 4-8"/DN100-DN200 configurations contain 2750 mm drain valves I El. r I•- n;I4 I�_i • li ■a1' ' F. 1 IJ ilk '1 �I {� r. 11 ilk] B I�lil ,11► tI Ir A C.r������ve% a DI je `�IP., -ier._ ///r•• v� r. Al I 'L LCi D -,. r ' �or 1 1!,'l ilk m • ,t' >S +i¢ 11 •Ix1111tlP r- ago'','" ,r G I.r. r I_K J F < - K C E Size Dimensions Weight Each Actual Outside Without With Nominal Diameter Al Al2 B3 C D Dl E F G H K Trim Trim inches inches i inches inches I inches inches inches inches inches inches inches , inches inches lb lb DN mm mm mm mm j mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 1' 1.900 9.00 16.37 36.50 17.50 20.25 13.50 9.00 3.25 10.25 26.25 6.00 16.7 43.0 DN40 48.3 229 416 927 445 514 343 229 83 260 667 152 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 13.83 36.50 17.50 20.25 13.50 9.00 3.25 10.25 26.25 6.00 17.0 43.0 DN50 60.3 229 351 927 445 514 343 229 83 260 667 152 7.7 19.5 2 1 2.875 12.61 16.51 38.25 17.50 20.75 13.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.50 6.50 41.0 65.0 73.0 320 419 972 445 527 343 241 102 248 724 165 18.7 29.5 3.000 12.61 16.51 38.25 17.50 20.75 13.50 9.50 4.00 I 9.75 28.50 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN65 76.1 320 419 972 445 527 343 241 102 248 724 165 18.7 29.5 3 3.500 12.61 16.51 38.25 17.50 20.75 13.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.50 6.50 41.0 65.0 IN80 -._ 88.9 320 419 972 445 527 343 241 102 i 248 724 165 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 19.85 39.00 14.25 20.25 12.50 11.00 4.75 8.50 30.50 7.50 59.0 95.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 991 362 514 318 279 121 216 775 191 26.7 43.0 6.500 16.00 22.13 40.25 15.00 20.75 13.00 11.00 4.50 8.50 31.75 8.25 80.0 116.0 i 165.1 406 562 1022 381 527 330 279 114 216 806 210 36.2 52.6 6 6.625 16.00 22.13 40.25 15.00 20.75 13.00 11.00 4.50 8.50 31.75 8.25 80.0 116.0 DN'150 168.3 406 562 1022 381 527 330 279 114 216 806 210 36.2 52.6 8 8.625 1750 23.02 41.75 16.00 21.50 13.50 12.25 4.75 8.25 33.50 9.25 122.0 158.0 DN200 219.1 445 585 1060 406 546 343 311 121 210 , 851 235 55.3 71.6 1 The"A'dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The"Al"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. s For systems with the optional Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator,add 9.50 inches/241 mm to the"B"dimension to account for the additional height NOTES • The drawings shown above reflect the electric AutoConvert dry release trim.In addition,these dimensions can be applied to the redundant solenoid valve configuration. • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • The recommended drain connection kit(shaded in orange)is for reference and takeout dimensions.This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. • 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 ®2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 Jctaulic' victaulic.com • 4.3 DIMENSIONS A 4"/DN100 valve with double-interlocked pneumatic/pneumatic release preaction trim is shown below 11/2-27DN40- DN50 configurations contain 3/4719 mm drain valves 21/-37DN65- DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 17/4731 mm drain valves 4-8"/DN100- DN200 configurations contain 2750 mm drain valves ' Eto Ii1:�1:R�IB•tll9 > il.U.it.n B 1.�. ': � .l • am • �1 : ter_ 11 Al \ "kW" I,• . , 0,1.1.i1l . Imo'`= D nem • I r 7 G r� 'l mta \Il,li I-F k--K C E D2 Full Open Size Dimensions Weight Each Actual -, Outside Without With Nominal Diameter Al Al' B3 C D D14 D24 ; E F G H K Trim Trim inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches , inches inches inches inches lb lb DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 1 v 1.900 9.00 16.37 36.00 9.25 21.25 11.00 23.50 9.25 3.25 10.25 25.75 6.00 16.7 43.0 DN40 _..48.3 229 ! 416 914 235. 540 279 597 235 83 260 654 152 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 13.83 36.00 9.25 21.25 11.00 23.50 9.25 3.25 10.25 25.75 6.00 17.0 43.0 DN50 60.3 229 351 914 235 540 279 597 235 83 260 654 152 7.7 19.5 21/2 I 2.875 12.61 16.51 37.75 11.25 22.50 12.50 24.75 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 73.0 320 419 959 286 572 318 629 241 102 248 711 165 18.7 29.5 3.000 12.61 16.51 37.75 11.25 22.50 12.50 24.75 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.00 6.50 ' 41.0 65.0 DN65 _..76.1 320 419 959 286 572 318 629 241 102 248 711 165 18.7 29.5 3 3.500 12.61 16.51 37.75 11.25 22.50 12.50 24.75 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN80 88.9. 320 419 959.. . 286 572 318 629 241 102 248 711 165 I 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 19.85 38.50 13.50 23.75 13.50 26.25 10.00 4.75 8.50 30.00 8.00 59.0 111.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 978 343 603 343 667 254 121 216 762 203 26.7 50.3 6.500 16.00 22.13 39.25 14.00 24.50 13.25 27.75 11.00 4.50 8.25 37.00 8.25 80.0 132.0 165.1 406 562 997 : 356 622 337 705 279 114 210 i 787 210 - 36.2 59.8 6 6 625 16.00 22.13 39.25 14.00 24.50 13.25 27.75 11.00 ' 4.50 8.25 31.00 8.25 80.0 I 132.0 DN150 168.3 406 562 997 356 622 337 705 279 114 210 : 787 210 36.2 1 59.8 l 8 8.625 17.50 23.02 41.25 14.75 27.00 13.50 29.75 12.25 4.75 ' 8.25 33.00 9.25 122.0 , 174.0 DN200 219.1 445 , 585 1048 375 686 j 343 756 311 121 210 838 235 55,3 78.9 I The"A"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The"Al"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with wafer supply main control valve. 3 For systems with optional Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerators,add 11.50 inches/292 mm to the"B"dimension to account for the additional height. 4 The"D"and"Dl"dimensions are not fixed measurements.The drip cup can be rotated to provide more clearance at the back of the trim. NOTES • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • The recommended drain connection kit(shaded in orange)is for reference and takeout dimensions,This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. • 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 ©2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 ictaulic* victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Hydraulic Friction Loss The chart below expresses the flow of water at 65"F/18"C through an open valve. 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 oFF P ,F6 2.0 a FF • a at OS m 0.7 �/ ix 0.6 0.5 to to 0.4 w a. 0.2 0.1 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,000 800 3,000 8,000 FLOW RATE-GPM Frictional Resistance Cv Values: The chart below expresses the frictional resistance of Cv values for flow of water at+60°F/+16°C through a Victaulic Series 769N FireLock NXT''. fully open valve are shown in the table below. Preaction Trim in equivalent feet of straight pipe. Formulas for Cv values Where: ...._-.._ Size AP=Q/Cv Flow Coefficient ent C. Actual Equivalent Q=Cv x V4P Q(Flow) GPM Nominal Outside Diameter I Length of Pipe AP(Pressure Drop) psi inches inches I feet DN mm meters i1 Size Full Open 1 Yz 1.900 3.00 1Actual DN40 48.3 0.914 Outside 2 2.375 9.00 Nominal Diameter Flow Coefficient DN50 60.3 2.743 inches inches Cy 2' 2.875 8.00 DN mm Ky 73.0 2.438 1.900 60 3.000 8.00 DN40 48.3 52.0 DN55 76.1 2.439 2 2.375 110 3 3.500 17.00 DN50 60.3 95.0 DN80 88,9 5.182 ' --- 21/2 2.875 180 c 4.500 21.00 -L-. 73.0 156.0 DN100 114.3 6.401 3.000 180 6.500 22.00 DN65 ' 76.1 156.0 165.1 6.706 I 3 3.500 200 6 ', 6.625 22,00 DNS° 88.9 173.0 DN150 168.3 6.706 -_.- 4 4.500 350 8 8.625 50.00 DN100 114.3 302.8 DN200 219J 15.240 i ! 6.500 1000 165.1 865.0 6 6.625 1000 DN150 168.3 865.0 8 8.625 1500 DN200 219.1 1297.5 • • 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 s 2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 ✓ctauluc° victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (Continued) Air Supply Requirements • Minimum: 13 psi/90 kPaL9 bar regardless of the system water pressure • Maximum Recommended: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 bar • Sizing the compressor: • Engineer/system designer is responsible • Entire system must be charged to the required air pressure within 30 minutes to meet NFPA requirements • An oversized compressor will slow down or possibly prevent valve operation • Compressor filling the system too fast: • May be necessary to restrict the air supply • Ensure that air exhausted from an open sprinkler or manual release valve is not replaced by the air supply system as fast as it is exhausted • Compressor Requirements • Base or Riser Mounted Compressors: • "On" or "low" pressure setting: 13 psi/90 kPa/.9 bar • "Off" or "high" pressure setting: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 bar • Victaulic Series 7C7 riser mounted and pre-set for pressure requirements(refer to Victaulic publication 30.22). • If the compressor is not equipped with a pressure switch, the Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with pressure switch should be installed (refer to Victaulic publication 30.36). • Shop Air or Tank-Mounted Air Compressors: • Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly should be installed (refer to Victaulic publication 30.35) • 13 psi/90 kPa/.9 bar should be used as the set point for the air regulator • The compressor cut-in (turn-on) pressure setting should be at least 5 psi/34kPa/34 bar above the set point of the air regulator. • Exploded View Trim: Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly(refer to Victaulic publication 30.35) • Compressor Requirements and settings for systems installed with Series 746 or Series 746-LPA dry accelerators • A tank-mounted air compressor with a Series 757 Regulated AMTA must be used to supply air to system installed with a Series 746 or Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. • In the event a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank-mounted air compressor provides the greatest protection, since air can be supplied continuously to the sprinkler system for an extended time period. Electrical Release Requirements • Verify that an approved control panel is installed for proper system operation. 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 ®2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 10 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (Continued) Autoconvert Requirements • System must be installed in conjunction with a Notifier RP-2001 family panel, System Sensor PDRP-2001, or a Potter 4410RC panel to be in compliance with FM Approvals. • AutoConvert Trim: In the event of an AC power loss, the AutoConvert module latches from Closed to Open with a quick electrical pulse. To stay open, no further current draw is required as would be needed in a normally open solenoid. This opened pathway allows the included Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator to operate as a dry actuator, putting the preaction system into a Non-Interlocked condition. In this case, an electrical release from the FACP and an air loss in the system or the system air loss would allow the Series 769N valve to actuate, filling the pipe with water. Upon an AC power return,the Auto-Convert module senses the restoration and latches the path from the Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator closed, returning the preaction valve to its standard release method. 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS ISA& tR-. • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal,adjustment,or maintenance of Q any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses,hardhat,and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current,applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R,etc.)standards,or equivalent standards,and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes.These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures,corrosion,mechanical damage,etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level,operating temperature,chloride level,oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure,resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 ®2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 ✓ctaulrc' victaulic.com • 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 30.22:FireLockTM Compressor Package Series 7c7 Scan for reference documents. 30.23:FireLockTM Fire-Pac Series 745 30.32:FireLockTM"Water Motor Alarm Series 760 CI R .E 30.33:Supplemental Alarm Kit Series 758 30.34:Automatic Water Column Drain Kit for FireLock NXT-M Valves Series75D141 Wei 30,35;FireLockTM Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757 I I 30.36:FireLockTM Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757P ■ .•• Il7 30.41:FireLockTM Manual Pull Station Series 755 .r,:a 1 30.61:FireLockTM Double-Pneumatic Actuator Series798 30.62:FireLockTM Low Pressure Actuator Series 767 30.63.FireLockTM Electric Solenoid Series 753E 30,64:FireLockTM Dry Accelerator Series 746-LPA 30 65:FireLockTM Low Pressure Actuator Series 776 30.84_FireLock NXTTM AutoConvert Trim Assembly for Preaction Devices I-769N.Preaction 1-769N.Preaction/DPA 1-769N.Preaction/EPA I-769 N.Preaction/AC-Elec I-769 N.Preaction/AC-E P • • • • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard safety,and warning instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. recommendation,advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to Installation alter,vary,supersede,or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation of sale,installation guide,or this disclaimer. instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment Intellectual Property Rights of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Warranty under any patentor other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. or affiliates covering such use cr design,or as a recommendation for the use of such material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patentor other intellectual Trademarks property right.The terms'Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. countries. • 31.82 9999 Rev C Updated 09/2020 ®2020 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 12 ✓ctaulrc" IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 30.35 FireLock® DevicesWEE SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS Air Maintenance Trim Assembly SERIES 757 - f The FireLock Air Maintenance Trim Package is designed to control the system air pressure when using the Series 756 Dry Valves,Series 758 Actuated Valves,or the FireLock NXT 768 Dry and 769 Acutated Devices for dry sprinkler applications. The Victaulice Air Maintenance Trim Assembly should be used with a reliable source of continuous(24 hours/day,7 days/week)air available,such as shop air or a tank mounted air compressor with an attached pressure control switch.The high pressure of the supply air is reduced by the integral regulator in the Air Maintenance Trim Assembly to the recommended air pressure based on the water supply pressure. Note:The regulator must be manually set to the recommended air pressure based upon the guidelines given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions for pneumatic systems.The air maintenance assembly will maintain the set air pressure as long as the supply air pressure is greater then the system air pressure. COMPONENTS Included in the Air Maintenance Trim Assembly are the following components: • High quality regulator which maintains the sprinkler piping air pressure • Strainer-A 100 mesh strainer is used to prevent particles from entering the Air Maintenance System and the sprinkler system. • Restrictor-A brass Restrictor is used in the maintenance loop in order to assure that air cannot enter the sprinkler system faster then air can be discharged through an open head. • Spring Loaded In-line Check Valve-Bubble tight ball check used to isolate the valve air maintenance system from air leaks in the air supply system. • Fast Fill Line-Used to rapidly restore system air pressure following operation or service. • Recommend maximum of two systems per air maintenance trim. • Regulator is a pressure reducing type. • WARNING A • This product must be installed by an experienced,trained installer, in accordance with the instructions provided with each valve.These instructions contain important information. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury, property damage or valve leakage. If you need additional copies of this product literature or the valve installation instructions or have any questions about the safe installation and use of this device,contact Victaulic Company, P.O.Box 31, Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA,Telephone:001-610-559-3300. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.C 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. rCt8L1liG' REV_D 30.35_1 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 30.35 FireLock® Devices Air Maintenance Trim Assembly SERIES 757 INSTALLATION&ADJUSTMENT Install the Air Maintenance Trim Assembly in the orientation shown on the appropriate trim drawing. The Air Maintenance Trim Assembly is intended to be used in systems that have a source of com- pressed air available such as shop air or a tank mounted air compressor. Refer to the Installation, Maintenance and Testing Manuals of the particular valve being installed for detailed setting information and procedures. Adjustment To increase the set pressure pull the knob of the regulator out and turn the knob clockwise until the desired pressure is read on the regulator gauge. More accurate adjustment of the system air pres- sure should then be made using the system pressure gauge.After final adjustment lock the regulator by pushing the knob in. To decrease the set pressure pull the knob of the regulator out and turn the knob counterclockwise until the desired pressure is read on the regulator gauge.More accurate adjustment of the system air pressure should then be made using the system pressure gauge.After final adjustment lock the regulator by pushing the knob in. NOTES 1 An air regulator must be used with Series 756/Series 758/Series 768/Series 769 Actuated Valves utilizing an Accelerator. 2 When supervisory air is required,such as in an electrically activated preaction system,the ores- sure should be set as low as the supervisory pressure switch installed will permit. 3 When installed with multiple pneumatic actuated valves,(two maximum)the systems must be isolated by using a spring loaded soft seat check valve to assure air integrity to each system. #01, I�YI Irk' �1 \ • www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.®2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. rCta Vlla 30.35_2 REV D IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 30.35 Fire Lack® Devices Air Maintenance Trim Assembly SERIES 757 RECOMMENDED AIR PRESSURE FOR DRY 60 AND PNEUMATIC ACTUATED SYSTEMS 50 n 40 I W 7 ! I I ce ce 767,776,and _ 798 Actuators 10 0 5 10 15 20 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 MAXIMUM WATER SUPPLY PRESSURE-psi(Peak) • COMPRESSOR REQUIREMENTS 26 24 55 psi/379 kPa 22 --- 40 psi/276 kPa 20 psi/138 kPa 20 - - - 13 psi/90 kPa - LL 6 A 16 C LL 12 i 10 ce 8 6 0 r N N 01 W 8 A In F. 01 01 V O O • r N N (u W A A 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 = 0 0 0 0 0 8 O N O N O N O 6' O O O O O O O O O O O O System Capacity(in gallons) www.victaulic.com jctaulle VICTA'.1L IC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.®2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVD 30.35_3 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 30.35 FireLock® Devices Air Maintenance Trim Assembly SERIES 757 PROPER AIR SUPPLIES FOR SERIES 1.When a riser or base mounted air compressor is being used to supply air to a dry valve or preac- 756/SERIES 758/SERIES 768/SERIES769 tion system it is not necessary to use the air maintenance trim assembly with the air regulator.In this ACTUATED VALVES: circumstance the air line of the compressor is connected to the valve trim at the fitting into which the Air Maintenance Trim is normally installed. When the valve is used with this setup it is the engineer/system designer's responsibility to size the compressor so that the compressor brings the entire system to the required pressure in 30 minutes. The compressor must not be oversized to provide more air flow as this will slow down or possibly prevent the operation of the valve. It must further be emphasized that the base mounted compressor does not provide any backup air to the system and that continuous service(24 hours per day,7 days per week)must be maintained in order to prevent the potential of false tripping of the valve due to loss of air pressure. Additionally,due to the large on/off differential available on pressure switches that control base mounted compressors,the compressor pressure switch must be adjusted so that the"ON"contact of the pressure switch is set a minimum of 5psi higher than the set point of the regulator. 2.When shop air or a tank mounted air compressor is being used,the Air Maintenance Trim Assembly(AMTA)must be used.The AMTA is designed to provide the proper air regulation to the sprinkler system which will assure the proper operation of the Fire Safety Valve. In the event of a compressor becoming inoperative the tank mounted air compressor provides the greatest protection.With a properly sized tank,air can be continuously supplied to the sprinkler sys- tem for an extended period of time even with a loss of compressor. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. I I 1111111111111111311111111111 WCAS-7MYM68 For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com 30.35 2515 REV D UPDATED 1/2009 ictauliC'r. VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.02009 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 30.35 Angle Hose Valves , F P P r Description Angle hose valves feature all brass` construction with forged or cast bodies for rigidity and light weight. Typical uses are in rack assemblies or any other application which requires a listed fire hose valve. Available in rough brass or polished chrome finish with a red hand wheel. UL, ULc Listed, FM A Approved. Rated 300psi Installation Specifications Install in accordance with customary installation practices. Use an approved thread sealant such as PipeFit®Thread Sealing Paste with PTFE on the male Material: Cast or Forged Brass*Body threads to which the valve is being installed. Finish: DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN. Over tightening of the valve during installation Rough Brass Polished Chrome* to the male pipe threads may crack or deform the valve body. Only use tools suitable for the installation of this product. Do not use pipe wrench Threads: extenders to increase leverage on pipe wrenches. This may result in valve 2 1/2" FNPT x FNPT damage as well as personal injury. x MNST x MBCT x MQST x MONT x MPHX x MTEM x MCLV x MNYFD x MDET x MCF x MRCH 2 1/2" GRV x FNPT x MNST x MQST x MNYFD 2'/2" FNPT x 3 MNST The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is provided for guidance 1 1/2" FNPT x FNPT and information purposes only.FPPI and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the x MNST use or misuse of its product by persons whose methods and qualifications are outside and beyond our control.It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of,methods of use,preparation prior to use,and appropriate installation *Contains lead.Not for use in for all products purchased from FPPI.It is the user's sole responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may water systems intended for human be advisable or necessary for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. consumption. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 (760)599-1168 r - � +1 (800)344-1822 v +1 (800)344-3775 FAX c ® US 11> APPROVED CD 2017 Fire Protection Products,Inc. 37WL NT! 11 . . . g � Angle Hose Valves I CA FPPI a rim1- 1 � r,l II Ili , A � itj a-CLOSED r'�`. �.. 1 C-OPEN A �� N ,III ii��'lil J��. ��=1 -- ��,�`��� II iiy-4i� ��III' t r.07 .. 1 rr . _lipl-1 '4 � jai'. D ITEM# CONFIGURATION A(IN) A(MM) B(N) B(MM) C(IN) C(MM) D(IN) D(MM) 07-000-00 2,h"FNPT XMNST 5 127 8.64" 219.5 10.41" 264.5 5.2" 132. 07-000-1 D 2,/"FNPT X MNST(PC) 5 127 8.64" 219.5 10.41" 264.5 5.2" 132 07-001-00 2,h"GRV X MNST 5" 127 9.42" 239.3 11,2" 284.3 5.12" 130 07-001-02 2,h"GRV X MQST 5" 127 9.42" 239.3 I 11.2" 284.3 5.12" 130 07-001-03 2 Ye"GRV X MNYFD 5" 127 9.42" 239.3 11.2" 284.3 5.12" 130 1 07-002-00 2 1/2"FNPTX MBCT/NYCORP 5" '.. 127 8.64" 219.5 10.41" '. 264.5 5.2" 132 07-003-00 2,/"FNPT X MNYFD 5" 127 '. 8.64" 219.5 10.41" 264.5 5.2" 132 07-004-00 2'h"FNPTX MOST 5" 127 8.64" 219.5 10.41" 264.5 5.2" 132 07-005-0D 2 1/2"FNPTX MRCH 5" 127 8.64" 219.5 10.41" 264.5 5.2" 132 07-006-00 2 1/2"FNPT X MONT 5" 127 8.64" 2195 10.41" 264.5 5.2" 132 D7-008-00 21/2"FNPTXMPHX 5" 127 8.64" 219.5 10.41" 264.5 5.2" 132 07-010-00 2 Y2"FNPT X MTEM 5" 127 8.64" 219.5 10,41" 264.5 5,2" 132 07-012-00 2,h"FNPT X MCLV 5" 127 8.64" 219.5 10.41" 264.5 5.2" 132 07-014-00 2 Ye"FNPT X MDFT 5" 127 8.64" 219.5 10.41" - 264.5 5.2" 132 07-016-00 2 1/2"FNPT X MCF 5" 127 8.64" 2'9.5 10.41" 264.5 5.2" 132 '.. 07-020-00 2 1/2"FNPT X FNPT 5" '. 127 8.64" 219.5 10.41" 264.5 5.2' 132 07-021-00 2,h"GRV X FNPT 5" 127 9.42" 239.3 11.2" 284.3 5.12" 130 07-022-00 1 Yz'FNPT X MNST 3.89" ! 98.8 6.71" 170.4 7.81" 198.5 3.84" 97.5 07-024-00 1,h"FNPT X FNPT 3.89" 98.8 6.71" 170.4 7.8'" 198.5 3.84" 97.5 07-050-00 2,h"FNPT X 3 MNST 5" 1 127 8.64" 219.5 10.41' 264.5 7.74" 196.5 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE lc-::--- +1 (760 D599-11168010 +1 (800)344-1822 ® +1 (800)344-3775 FAX ©2016 Fire Protection Products,Inc. 11 11 11. I . . i T TrimFit® Ball Valve 414 FPPr Description FPPI's complete line of TrimFit Forged Brass*, Full Port Ball Valves feature forged components machined to exacting specifications. UUULc listed and FM approved. Listed for fire sprinkler systems for trim, test or drain applications, our Full Port Ball Valves are rated 600 PSI for sizes 1/4" - 11/2" IPS and 300 PSI for the 2" size. Each valve is complete with plastic coated valve handle marked as required by UL. Blow out proof stem. Installation Specifications Installation practices consistent with those of the fire sprinkler industry are appropriate for the installation of this product. Always make sure to properly Nomenclature and Material: "hold back" the valve and each component being installed to the valve to prevent Part: Material: over tightening or stressing of the valve body. It is also necessary to make sure Nut Steel all components are in proper alignment in the assembly where the ball valve is Handle Steel Stem Gland Brass' present. Improper alignment of attached components may create stress on the Stem Packing PTFE valve leading to valve failure. Use a suitable thread sealant such as PTFE tape or Stem Brass* PipeFit Thread Sealant Paste with PTFE. Never use tape and paste together. Body Forged Brass* Ball Disc Pack PTFE We do not recommend the use of anaerobic sealants with this product. The Ball Disc Chrome Plated materials used in this sealant type are highly caustic and may cause failure of the Brass or synthetic components present in this product. Forged Brass* End Plug Forged Brass* *UUULc Listed 2R97 Part No.: Size: Take-Out: 06-838-00 1/4" IPS 1t1/ie" DO NOT USE MORE THAN ONE SEALANT TYPE PER THREADED 06-840-00 1/2" 2'Ae" 06-842-00 3/4" 2%" CONNECTION. DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN THREADS. OVER TIGHTENING WILL 06-844-00 1" 27/e" CAUSE LEAKS IN THIS AND OTHER THREADED COMPONENTS. 06-845-00 11/4" 37/16" 06-846-00 11/2" 313/16" 06-848-00 2" 43/a" "Full port valves have slightly larger"take out"dimensions The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is provided than standard port valves. for guidance and information purposes only.FPPI and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility You may need to adjust trim for results obtained in the use or misuse of its product by persons whose methods and qualifications are outside and beyond our control.It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of,methods components accordingly. of use,preparation prior to use,and appropriate installation for all products purchased from FPPI.It is the user's sole responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable or necessary for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. 'Contains lead.Not for use in water systems intended for human 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE consumption. CARLSBAD, CA 92010 +1 (760)599-1168 G % +1 (800)344-1822 3 +1 (800)344-3775 FAX cOus ©2017 Fire Protection Products,Inc. LISTED APPROVED TT TT It. . . . $ � Pressure Gauge Kits 1 I el F P P 1 Description , .. FPPI `s Sprinkler Gauge Kits provide everything needed to install a fire sprinkler �" I —101 gauge to a riser or other device. Each kit contains a pressure gauge that is UL ,so 1/4" �y. L Listed and FM approved for Fire Sprinkler Service, brass 3-way valve (UU , ULc Listed), 1A" x 1/2"galvanized reducer, t/a" IPS x 4" galvanized pipe nipple and a 1/4" IPS galvanized plug. Each kit is shrink wrapped to a sturdy cardboard backing to prevent the loss of the components before being installed at the job ` site.Available with Water, Air-Water, Air or Air with Retard fire gauge. p Specifications 11-565 Pressure Gauge Kit, Water 11-566 Pressure Gauge Kit, Air-Water 11-567 Pressure Gauge Kit, Air 11-568 Pressure Gauge Kit, Air w/Retard 11-569-00 Gauge Kit,Air- Water, Personalized The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is provided for guidance and information purposes only.FPPI and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use or misuse of its product by persons whose methods and qualifications are outside and beyond our control.It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of,methods of use,preparation prior to use,and appropriate installation for all products purchased from FPPI.It is the user's sole responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable or necessary for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE =`. CARLSBAD, CA 92010 G +1 (760)599-1168 +1 (800)344-1822 +1 (800)344-3775 FAX ©2016 Fire Protection Products,Inc. i 11 !1 11 I I . 1 ' 1, \ POTTER Model/Series No. \OROEMER CONNECTIONS (FDC) 5100-5400 / \\ FIRE PRO. INLET TYPE BODY INLET PPER SERIES Member of Morris Group Intern ationalTM SPECIFICATIONS Cast brass or ductile iron body with drop clappers, type and size of outlet and number of inlets as selected by model number. Polished brass plate with lettering as selected. Polished brass double female snoots with rigid end 3" N.P.T. x 2-1/2" pin lug hose thread swivels, pin lug plugs and chains. Outlet location as selected by suffix letters. Pik tom! AIN, MODEL SELECTION Tr TWO-WAY ❑5104 Back Outlet ❑*5114 Back Outlet ❑*5116 Back Outlet ❑5124 Angle Outlet ❑*5134 Angle Outlet ❑*5136 Angle Outlet ❑5144 End Outlet MODEL 5216 (Shown) ❑*5154 End Outlet *5156 End Outlet PRODUCT OPTIONS FOUR-WAY ❑5206 Back Outlet FINISHES: *5216 Back Outlet ❑-D Polished Chrome Plated ❑*5226 Angle Outlet VARIATIONS: ❑*5236 Angle Outlet ❑-F Sillcock Flange Plate with Sillcock ❑5246 End Outlet ❑*5256 End Outlet THREADS: SIX-WAY 1E1 N.S.T. ❑Other ❑5306 Back Outlet ❑5308 Back Outlet LETTERING AVAILABLE: D 5326 Angle Outlet ❑STANDPIPE [II5328 Angle Outlet ❑DRY STANDPIPE pi AUTO. SPKR. ❑5346 End Outlet El AUTO. SPKR. STANDPIPE ❑5348 End Outlet ❑Other FOUR-WAY SQUARE ❑5406 Back Outlet ❑*5416 Back Outlet ❑5426 Angle Outlet ❑*5436 Angle Outlet NOTE: *= UL Listed Call Potter Roemer-Fire Pro for current listings and - POTTER ROEMER/FIRE PRO approvals.Dimensions are subject to manufacturer's FIRE EQUIPMENT tolerance and may change without notice.Potter Roemer- / _ \ MANUFACTURERS• ONFSA Headquarters: Also in: Y 9 A580CMTINN Q New York(800)526-4592 Fire Pro assumes no responsibility for use of void or ^^^"^"'^"°^""^^`°""^^` P.O.Box 3527 superseded data.©Copyright Potter Roemer-Fire Pro, -"— City of Industry,CA Chicago(800)547-3473 Member of Morris Group International To Please visit ^ a,, Atlanta(800)762-0542 potterroemw.com for most current specifications. r imp` T � 91744 U.S.A. CAS P E r Lo0 Angeles Area Miami(866)961-3473 -3473 5100-5400SERIES Date: 10/02/1 5 N PA & �rrms �." 626-855-4890 Dallasttro m644rco m__. www.potterroemer.com ��`� POTTER Model/Series No. ,t ROEMER CONNECTIONS (FDC) 5100-5400 \\ FLUSH 2, 4 & 6 WAY CLAPPER FIRE PRE SERIES INLET TYPE BODY INLET Member of Morris Group International" MODEL DIMENSIONS OUTLET LOCATION Dimensions Back Angle End No. Outlet Body Material A B C D E Model No. Model No. Model No. Inlets Size Two-Way 5104 5124 5144 2 4 Brass 51/4 14 15 - 71/2 *5114 *5134 *5154 2 4 Ductile Iron 5 1/4 14 15 - 7 1/2 *5116 *5136 *5156 2 6 Ductile Iron 7 3/4 14 15 - 7 1/2 Four-Way 5206 *5226 5246 4 6 Brass 7 3/4 29 30 - 8 1/2 *5216 *5236 *5256 4 6 Ductile Iron 7 3/4 29 30 - 8 1/2 Six-Way 5306 5326 5346 6 6 Brass 7 3/4 43 44 1/4 - 8 1/2 5308 5328 5348 6 8 Brass 9 3/4 43 44 1/4 - 8 1/2 Four-Way Square • 5406 5426 - 4 6 Brass 7 1/2 12 - 8 3/4 8 *5416 *5436 - 4 6 Ductitle Iron 7 1/2 12 - 8 3/4 8 NOTE:*=U/L Listed ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES Gall approvals. Roemer-Fire nsaresoforcnrrant listingsomanufact and POTTER ROEMER/FIRE PRO approvals n Dimensions aresubject to manufacturer's FIRE EOVIP IERT ���V^ Roemer- MAN CIACTOREA S' V\ Fi ssumes no M Berne eddat. sInter PtterRoeme-Fire Prc. �,� ASSOCwnRN """"' no. , -" City of USsty,CA New York (Q0) change Morris ta responsibility for 526-4592 superseded f data.O Group International 547-3473 I ^^Please visit91744 )762-0542 otterroerneccom for most current specifications. AS P E Int Los Angeles Area Miami(866)961-3473 5100-5400 SERIES Date: 10/02/15 NFPA C 800-366-3473 Dallas ro 644-3473 rco _ _,__, 626-855-4690 www.potterroemer.com �/POTTER Model/Series No. \„ ROEMER CONNECTIONS (FDC) 5100-5400 `\ FIRE PRO FLUSH 2, 4 & 6 WAY CLAPPER SERIES INLET TYPE BODY INLET Otte'').)4 ; -e Member of Morris Group internationalTm • C B • ...-- C , . B - -4—C---. -4— B —+ 3" I~A y E I 0 A 7.6 cm _ Nipple �_ 1 BY t p p __ Others t E (TIT.) { %, ill %r%Alla dA j±%r% Wall SP III OP + —• '—' —' '� '— '—' WITH BACK OUTLET BODY 31/2" 8.9cm WITH END OUTLET BODY (Horizontal) (Vertical) II (Horizontal) Top(Vertical) SUFFIX-V SUFFIX-H JQ®®®p Left ® SUFFIX-VT r.(:)..i SUFFIX-HL0 (0 0 00 Right r0 SUFFIX-VB 0 SUFFIX-HR Bottom Wall Wall —E—%- ~DPI . B _ IF loud r I i1�loot lair� i B t\ \� B \ A B B 'ill luu�r l�HI ! ilk luo�l 1ul1. ! l A -+ 3" 7.6cm Nipple /' 3" } Angle Outlet omers Back Outlet Zs cm (TYP.) E Nipple BY — — — t omers` - - - FOUR-WAY SQUARE BODY (TYP-) WITH ANGLE OUTLET BODY (Honzontal) _ (Vertical) �4 0 O 0r ToP O1. SUFFIX-VR 16" 44 40.6 cm 1.6 cm 7 y SUFFIX-HT O` Right Left )� 76.22cm 17.Bcm _.__. 15c A Ir 1 17 8 cm 38.1 cm d® �oo Bottom 0 SUFFIX-VL 0., 'I. _- ', 7" J 16" 40.6ar g" 7.8on SUFRX-HB 29 m � ` �� �� r Horizontal or Vertical PLATES Cell Potter Roemer-Fire Pro for merest listings and '\ POTTER ROEMERlFIRE PRO approvals.Dimensions are subject to me.Rogererp 5 FIRE EFI PMExi ONFSA tolerance end maychange without notice.PottRoemer- ,/i C.—�\\ MRNUFATION a` Headquarters: Also in: aASSOCIATION _ 4 New York(800)526-4592 Fire Pro assumes no responsibility for use of void or P.O.BOX 3527 superseded data.©Copyright Potter Roemer-Fire Pro, City of Industry,CA Chicago(800)547-3473 Member of Morns Group International TM Please visa _ ""7, , 91744 USA Atlanta(800)762-0542 poHerroemer mom for most current specdiicetions. iira $ ASPE �s° Miami 866 961-3473 Las Angeles Area ( ) o & Cme,eg "�,�. ;��= 800-366-3473 Dallas(866)644-3473 5100-5400 SERIES Date: 10/02/15 NFPA o beeecF 626-855-4890 www.pofterroemer.com I'm also available In a BASEPLATE UNIT C AIRE ® .,,,,..,. iiiit III' PBS • lb. Np w1 9i 1uil Pg.,'t COMPRESSORS I`,_ „ !r;1k: .- g � S300 . , . .. , ..., , . . . . ..._ . ___________,„„, II PRODUCT NUMBERING SYSTEM i ', S300H - SD1 - 115 . SYSTEM CAPACITY MOUNTING OPTIONS =OM (II _ —IIISEMIIADDI-TIONAL OPTION 11 HD SD 'B.Baseplate HD:Hemry;uy 1 Single Phase '1s maebms" P Prewired Power Cord P� 175 300 "'"'""' H Horizontal Tank SO Standard Duty 3 Three Phase zao mna, S:Prewired Magnetic Starter 265 zSOD VVenicalTo '.. oon u.3o-aoosi Pressure wiah w��AaA SYSTEM CAPACITY 325500 Vertical `l�, 750 `j It SYSTEM 900 w CAPACITY IRO �O PSI IN GALLONS 1700 *Greyed out optionsda not apply to Ms unit 8 1,816 'S3ODH-SDI-115 is a stocked item SPECS: 10 1,422 INCLUDES: SINGLE PHASE THREE PHASE c5 12 1,166 TANK DRAIN VOLTS AMPS S.F. VOLTS AMPS S.F. SYSTEM CAPACITY 40 PSI 312 GALLONS 14 987 - - 115 17.4 1.0 208 rum 20 PSI 672 GALLONS 16 855 FULL SYNTHETIC OIL 208 8.6 1.0 230 LARGE OIL SIGHT GLASS 230 8.7 1.0 460 ®® 10 PSI 1,422 GALLONS 18 753 PRESSURE SWITCH STANDARD70-100P51 20 672 ADDITIONAL SPECIAL ORDER OPTIONS: SPECIAL ORDER 3o 40Psl 22 606 3 Phase Starter CFM 3.98@lOPSI 24 551 Power Cord PHASE 1 115 26 505 -Basep!ateMount SPECIAL ORDER 1 208V/230V 1 28 466 SPECIAL ORDER 3 PHASE 1 30 431 r. w DON'T FORGET YOUR INSTALLATION KIT! — 208V/230V/460V 32 401 O. CONFORMS TO UL STD 1450(USA) TANK SIZE 3 GALLON HORIZONTAL 34 375 Intttt CERTIFIED TO CSA STD C22.2#68(CANADA) OUTLET 1/2"MPT 36 351 '.. (, ' The Advantage DIMENSIONS 27"x12"x22"HORIZONTAL 38 331 SHIPPING WEIGHT 85 LBS. 40 312 380 WEST 1ST STREET.DRESSER.WI 54009//800,762.2247//651.462.3440//WWW.C-AIREINC,COM __— SOSR Stand Off 2-Hole Strap for CPVC Pipe , m n •o n Features z • Includes flared edges to protect piping r • Rated for use with CPVC fire sprinkler pipe A f ✓ T )---1 A. WIERGE.I (0) C __./ \lb.__I Specifications Material: Steel Finish: Pre-galvanized cOus Hole Size Hanger Standard Part Number Pipe Size HS A B C Spacing Packaging Listings Quantity SOSR075 3/4" 0.2" 2 11/16" 3 5/8" 1" 6' Max 100 pc cUL, UL SOSR075610 3/4" 0.2" 2 11/16" I 3 5/8" 1" 6'Max 10 x 10 pc - SOSR100 1" 0.2" 2 15/16" I 3 11/16" 1" 6' Max 100 pc cUL, UL SOSR100B10 1 0.2" 2 15/16" 3 11/16" 1" 6'Max 10 x 10 pc - SOSR125 1 1/4" 0.2" 1 3 5/16" 3 5/8" 1" 6' Max 100 pc cUL, UL SOSR12SB10 1 1/4" 0.2" 3 5/16" 3 5/8" 1" 6'Max 10 x 10 pc - SOSR150 1 1/2" 0.2" 3 7/8" 4 1/2" 1" 7'Max 100 pc cUL,UL I_ SOSR150B10 1 1/2" 0.2" 3 7/8" 4 1/2" 1" 7'Max 10 x 10 pc - SOSR200 2" 0.2" 4" 5 1/4" 1" 8'Max 100 pc cUL, UL SOSR200B10 2" 0.2" 4" 5 1/4" 1" 8'Max 10 x 10 pc 1 - 41-$ CADDY - - = ' `''° 30 www.erico.com DOSR Double Offset Surge Restraint for CPVC Pipe - DOSR100 • Provides quick and easy snap-in installation of pipe • Built-in nail tab allows for fast,temporary mounting to any surface • Rated for use with CPVC fire sprinkler pipe • Positions pipe 1-1/2" (38 mm]out and up from the mounting surface eliminating the need for wooden spacer blocks • Meets the UL®203 stringent upward thrust requirement • UL® Listed as both a hanger and restraint in the double offset orientation • Complies with static load requirements of NFPA' 13 • Includes mounting screws • Can be used with 3TW backing nut on composite wood joist installations 1/ rf ' 40 A 'O/ H 4-3 w C ® US Part Number DOSR100 Material Steel Finish Pregalvanized Pipe Size 1" Hz e Size(HS] 0.2" Height(H) 5.8" Width(WI 1 Depth(D) 3 4" A 1 1/2" Thickness IT] 18 GA Hangar Spacing 6 Max Certifications clkus Standard Packaging Quantity 100 pc UPC 78285695775 nJent CADDY 72nd & Dartmouth Apartments fire sprinkler product submittal Section 5 HANGERS AND SWAY BRACING SOSR STAND OFF 2-HOLE STRAP DOSR DOUBLE OFFSET 109 SIDE MOUNT CPVC PIPE 115 LOOP HANGER EASY UNIVERSAL SWAY BRACE UNIVERSAL STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT MULTI ATTACHMENT BRANCH LINE RESTRAINT 510 RISER CLAMP PIPE STAND SAMMYS FOR WOOD HILTI KH-EZ HILTI CAST-IN ANCHOR HILTI FLUSH ANCHOR 109 Side Mount Strap for CPVC Pipe w Features > N cc • Includes flared edges to protect piping • Rated for use with CPVC fire sprinkler pipe a x v A a e v 0 ill C �p ----1- 1. Specifications Material: Steel Finish: Pre-galvanized cOus Part Number Pipe Size Outer Diameter HoleS ize A B C Hanger Spacing 1090075EG 3/4" 1.050" 7/32" 2 5/16" 1 11/16" 1 3/16" 6' Max 1090100EG 1" 1.315" 7/32" 2 5/8" 1 15/16" 1 3/16" 6' Max 1090125EG 1 1/4" 1_660" 7/32" 2 15/16" 1 2 5/16" 1 3/16" 7' Max 1090150EG 1 1/2" 1.900" 7/32" 3 3/16" 2 1/2" 1 3/16" 7'Max 1090200EG 2" 2 3/8" 7/32" 3 5/8" 3" 1 3/16" 8'Max vvww.ericacom 29 ERICO. CRDDT 715 Standard Duty Loop Hanger Features The 115 Standard Duty Loop • Flared edges help Hanger, part of the CADDY® line — RS prevent any sharp of fasteners and supports from _P surfaces from coming ERICO, is ideal for suspending r` -- into contact with the stationary, non-insulated pipe o pipe (1/2" to 4" sizes) lines, including CPVC pipes, in ,+ s a fire sprinkler systems. A knurled • Retained insert nut insert nut helps simplify vertical OD helps ensure the loop adjustments and flared edges on hanger and insert the base (1/2" to 4" sizes) help nut stay together protect pipes from coming into IF • Recommended for contact with any sharp edges of the suspension of the hanger. stationary non- insulated pipe lines Material: Steel • Manufactured to F nish: Pre-galvanized CC US APPROVED use the minimum Outer Rod Static rod size permitted Part Plpe Diameter Size A B C Load Nber Size Numb by NFPA® for fire 1 OD RS F sprinkler piping 1150050EG 1/2" 0.840' 3/8" 213/16" 1 1/8" 1" 300 lb 1150075EG i 3/4" 1.050" 3/8" 3" 1 13/16" I 15/16" 300 lb • Conforms with 1150100EG 1" 1.315" 3/8" 3 1/4" 1 3/8" 15/16" 300 lb Federal Specification 1150125EG 1 1/4" 1.660" 3/8" 3 9/16" 1 1/2" I 15/16" 300 lb WW-H-171 (Type 1150150EG 1 1/2" 1 900" 3/8" 3 13/16" 1 5/8" 15/16" 300 lb 10), Manufacturers � 1 150200EG 2" � 2 3/8" 3/8" 4 1/4" 1 7/8" 15/16" 300 lb Standardization 1150250EG 2 1/2" 2 7/8" 3/8" 5 9/16" 2 13/16" 1 9/16" 525 lb Society (MSS) SP-58 1150300EG 3" 3 1/2" 3/8" 69/16" 312" 1 15/16" 525 lb and SP-69 (Type 10) I 1150350EG 3 1/2" 4" 3/8" 7 1/16" 33/4" 1 15/16" 585 lb 1150400EG 4" 4 1/2" 3/8" 7 9/16" 4" 1 15/16" 650 lb 1150500EG 5" 59/16" 1/2" 913/16" 43/4" 21/4" 1,000 lb 1150600EG 6" 6 5/8" 1/2" I 11 5/16" 6 5/16" 3 5/16" 1,000 lb 1150800EG 8" 8 5/8" 1/2" 12 7/8" 6 7/8" 2 7/8" 1,000 lb Surge Restraint Features • Surge restraint for 115 standard duty loop hangers `. ra Specifications " `' Material: Steel ,R{= Finish: CADDY®ARMOUR 0 Part Number Pipe Size —i SR6 1/2"-2" i tillrcULus and UL are registered certification marks of UL LLC. FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC,LTD. NFPA is a registered trademark of National Fire Protection Association,Inc. WARNING ERICOproducts shall be installed and used only as indicated in ERICO's product instruction sheets and training materials.Instruction sheets are available at www.erico corn and from your ERICO customer service representative.Improper installation,misuse,misapplication or other failure to CnDD_ _ completely follow ERICO's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction,property Ydamage,serious bodily injury and death. Copyright ered trdem rks ERICO International Corporation.or All rights reserved. ERICO® CADDY,CADWELD,CRITEC,ERICO,ERIFLEX,ERITECH,and LEMON are N� r//� registered trademarks of ERICO International Corporation. www.erico.com WISH-NAM MIISLT14NAEN 05M0414 Easy Universal Sway Brace D , z n - n Features • Use for both lateral and longitudinal sway brace applications • Unique slotted holes provide for easy slip-on installation eliminating loose hardware 1 • Snap-off bolt head helps enable easy installation and inspection of seismic sway braces • Works with 1 " through 2" brace pipes and 1/4" angle iron braces to reduce inventory • Meets NFPA 13 requirements for seismic sway bracing 4s ••'. !!! 1 .1 iF Specifications Material: Steel Finish: Electro-galvanized +4> cC)Ios i CSBEZU0100EG 1" 6 7/8" 1" UL,FM CSBEZU0125EG 1 1/4" 7 3/8" 1" UL,FM 1 CSBEZU0150EG 1 1/2" 73M" 1" UL, FM 1 CSBEZU0200EG 2" 8 1/8" 1 3/16" UL,FM CSBEZU0250EG 2 1/2" 8 7/8" 1 3/16" cUL, UL,FM CSBEZU0300EG 3" 9 3/8" 1 3/16" cUL,UL,FM CSBEZU0400EG 4" 10 5/8" 1 1/2" cUL, UL, FM CSBEZU0500EG 5" 12 1/8" 11 1/2" cUL,UL,FM CSBEZU0600EG 6" 13 5/8" 2" cUL,UL,FM CADDY 74 www.erico.com Easy Universal Sway Brace UL Loads(Listed for Restraints) Part Number Dyna-Flow° Sch 10 Sch 40 Service Pipe Service Pipe Service Pipe 4" CSBEZU0100EG N/A 655 lb 655 lb CSBEZU0125EG 655 lb 655 lb 655 lb L CSBEZU0150EG 655 lb 655 lb 655 lb UL Loads(Listed for Sway Bracing) Lateral Longitudinal Part Number Dyna-Flow® EZ FLOWTM Sch 10 Sch 40 Dyna-Flow® Mega-FIowTM Sch 10 Sch 40 Service Pipe Service Pipe Service Pipe Service Pipe Service Pipe Service Pipe Service Pipe Service Pipe CSBEZU0200EG 3,000 lb N/A 3,000 lb I 3,000 lb N/A N/A N/A N/A CSBEZU0250EG 3,000 lb N/A 3,000 lb 3,000 lb 1,265 lb N/A 1,265 lb 1,265 lb 1 CSBEZU0300EG 3,000 lb N/A 3,000 lb 3,000 lb 1,265 lb N/A 1,265 lb 1,265 lb CSBEZU0400EG 3,000 lb 3,000 lb 3,000 lb 3,000 lb 1,265 lb N/A 1,265 lb 1,265 lb CSBEZU0500EG N/A 3,000 lb 3,000 lb 3,000 lb N/A 1,600 lb 1,600lb 1,600 lb CSBEZU0600EG N/A 3,000 lb 3,000 lb 3,000 lb N/A 1,600lb 1,600lb 1,600 lb FM®Loads(Lightwall,Sch 10 and Sch 40 Service Pipes) Horizontal Capacity per Installation Angle from Vertical Part Number Lateral Longitudinal 30°-44° 45°-59° 60°-74° 75°-90° 30°•44° 45°-59° 60°-74° 75°-90° CSBEZU0100EG 860 lb 1,220 lb 1,500 lb 1 1,670 lo 3901b 550 lb 6/0 lb 750 lb 1 I CSBEZU0125EG 860 lb 1,220 lb 1,500 lb 1,670lb 390Ib 550 lb 670 lb 750 lb CSBEZU0150EG 860 lb 1,220 lb 1,500 lb 1,670 lb 390 lb 550 lb 670 lb 750 lb CSBEZU0200EG 1,530 lb 1 2,160lb 2,650lb 2,960lb 520 lb 690 lb 830 lb 930 lb - I CSBEZU0250EG 1,530 lb 2,160 lb 2,650 lb 2,960 lb 520 lb 690 lb 830 lb 930 lb CSBEZU0300EG 1,530 lb 2,160 lb 2,650 lb 2,960 lb 520 lb 690 lb 830 lb 930 lb 1 CSBEZU0400EG 1,570 lb 2,220 lb 2,720 lb 3,030 lb 630 lb 900 lb 1,100 lb 1,230 lb CSBEZU0500EG 1,570lb 2,220lb 2,720lb 3,030lb 630 lb 900 lb 1,100lb 1,230lb CSBEZU0600EG 1,980 lb 2,810 lb 3,440 lb 3,840 lb 730 lb 1,000 lb 1,230 lb 1,370 lb www.erico.com 75 ERICD® Universal Structural Attachment U w N N d o cc , Features • Universal design allows one product to attach directly to concrete, wood, bar joist or I-beam adapters • Snap-off bolt head helps enable easy installation and inspection of seismic sway braces • Use for both lateral and longitudinal sway brace applications • Works with 1" through 2" brace pipes and 1/4" angle iron braces to reduce inventory • Center bolt does not require tightening • Meets NFPA®-13 requirements for seismic sway bracing A 161 it -111 6 use 6 .1/ 0) L_ A - rak Specifications Material:SteelQ'.,., cOUS Part Number Hole Size A B. c HS Finish:Electro-galvanized CSBUNIV050EG 9/16" 5 1/4" 4" 15/8 CSBUNIV075EG 13/16" 5 1/4" 4" 1 5/8" Finish:Hot-dip galvanized CSBUNIV050HD 9/16" 51/4" 4" 1 5/8" Ur Loads Brace Type I Service Pipe Size Rating Pipe 1"-10" 3,000 lb 1 I 1/4"Thick Angle 1 '-8" 2,015 lb FM'Loads Horizontal Capacity per Installation Angle from Vertical Brace Type Service Pipe Size 30°-44 - I 45°-59' 60°•74° 75--90' Pipe N/A 1,620 lb 2,300 lb 2,820 lb 3,140 lb www.erico.com 73 ERICO' i. F ,,+ ... t� t ` z xt + a t , n , -te , ' � 1 I I 4 "-4,iis 1 ' • p Features • Disperses load over two anchors • Minimizes the number of installed braces needed for concrete and wood structures • Ideal for deck installations • Use for both lateral and longitudinal sway brace applications • Meets NFPA°-13 requirements for seismic sway bracing HSF D HS1 HS7 0 f�f !� 11 IA 1 IF B Specifications Material: Steel Finish: Electro-galvanized cOUS Part Number Hole Size 1 Hole Size 2 A B C D UL Listed Load HS1 HS2 jCSBMAo50050EG 9/16" 9/16" 12" 2 1/2" 2 1/2" 9" 3,740 lb lCSBMA050075EG 13/16" 9/16" l 12" 2 1/2" 2 1/2" 9" 3,740 lb Mount to structure using holes indicated in HS1MP �.. .a 72 www.erico.com Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Wood/Concrete Features • Swivel connector accepts 3/8" or 1/2" (M10 or M12)threaded rod • Attaches to wood or concrete structures 1 4 t p0 P. :,-I fi: - ' z T PS I.—y W -n n A D Specifications n Material: Steel c®us Electro-galvanized c �L us Part Number Rod Size Height Length Width Screw Diameter Screw Length Drill Bit Size RS H L l W I Sc L CSBBRS2EG 3/8", 1/2" 1.11" 1.59" 1.06" 1/4" 1 3/4" 3/16" Branch line structural attachments are for restraint only and not for the hanging of fire sprinkler piping. i C71DDY -- 4'eb, 96 www.erico.com 510 CADDY® EZ RISER -Ti D e n n p [' F ;9 i 4 1 Features • Recommended for suspending vertical steel pipe risers • Slotted holes make assembly easy, eliminating loose hardware • Serrated flange-head bolts eliminate need for wrenches on both bolt and nut • Conforms with Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 8), Manufacturers Standardization Society(MSS) SP-58 and SP-69 (Type 8) •• (Th. • ‘ i ao _ I` v .. ; ; .. r3-1 11 A Specifications cOBs Part Number Pipe Size Outer Diameter I Hole Size A B Static Load Listings OD HS F Material:Steel - Finish:Electro-galvanized 5100050EG 1/2" 0.840" 7/16" 81/2" 1" 2551b - 5100075EG 3/4" 1.050" 7/16" 9" 1" 255 lb - 5100100EG 1" 1.315" 7/16" 9" 1" 255 lb - 5100125EG 11/4" 1.660" 7/16" 97/16" 1" 255 lb 5100150EG 1 1/2" 1.900" 7/16" 9 7/8" 1" 255 lb - 5100200EG 2" 2 3/8" 7/16" 10 1/4" 1 3/16" 255 lb cUL,UL 5100250EG 2 1/2" 2 7/8" 7/16" 11" 1 3/16" 390 lb cUL, UL 5100300EG 3" 3 1/2" 7/16" 11 3/4" 1 3/16" 530 lb cUL,UL 5100350EG 3 1/2" 4" 9/16" 12 5/8" 1 3/16" 670 lb cUL, UL 5100400EG 4" 4 1/2" 9/16" 13" 1 1/2" 810 lb cUL,UL 5100500EG 5" 5 9/16" 9/16" 14 1/2" 1 1 1/2" 1,160 lb cUL, UL 5100600EG 6" 6 5/8" 9/16" 16" 2" 1,570 lb cUL, UL 5100800EG 8" 8 5/8" 11/16" 18 1/4" 1 2" 2,500 lb cUL, UL I CTIDDY x.Q ' 22 www.erico.com nVent x . TELESCOPING PIPE STAND 1 `� � FEATURES • Supports and fastens low to the ground horizontal pipe runs • Complete out-of-the-box assembly provides a compact solution, r simplifying material handling and reducing the amount of storage space required .� • Designed to minimize fabrication and reduce the installation time of a complete stand by up to 80% • Telescoping post provides fast vertical height adjustment • V-bolt fastener accommodates multiple pipe sizes,reducing + inventory by over 65% • Easy"push-to-install"nVent CADDY Rod Lock feature allows the V-bolt to assemble quickly • Integrated weep hole at bottom of stand provides drainage .0— for condensation Includes four holes for anchoring base to floor - 1 �Dg • Conforms with Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 37,38), A Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI®/MSS-SP-58(Type 37) o - H$ Material:Steel I Finish: Electrogalvanized Part Number Pipe Size A B C D Hole Size HS CTSO4 1"—4" 20" 38 1/8" 61/2' 6 1/2" 5" 9/16" CTS10 5'—10" 23"—421/4" 14 3/8" 8 1/2' 6 1/2" 9/16" Part Number Article Number Pipe Size A *Static Load Ratings lbs(N) 1" 20"-361/4" 1 1/4" 20 1/4"-36 1/2" 1 1/2" 20 3/8"-36 5/8" C 504 580065 1,370(6,094) 2" 20 5/8"-36 7/8" 3" 21 1/4"-37 1/2" 4" 21 7/8"-38 1/8' 5" 23"-39 1/4" CTS10 580066 6" 231/2" 40" 1,740(7,740) 8" 243/4"-41" 10" 26'-421/4" *Factory of Safety 3.51 When insulating pipe ins'tali V-bolt after insulation. 1i. r nVent Our powerful portfolio of brands: CADDY ERICO HOFFMAN RAYCHEM SCHROFF TRACER -`20,8n/ent.All n , marks aid lc go ac awned I,c rased by Went Ser r s Gn,bH I's at filial,,All It,tadcnak arethe prWety aft lea'espovt n-wnes -Vent reserves thyright to change aJeclfl;atIons wl hoot none CADrn DS-H8433', If N. '91,1pesra Id EN-18U8 nVent.com/CADDY I 1 �V i% I t V �f L1 t] U )IMMiiNIMIMIIII SIDEWINDER' FOR WOOD -Horizontal Application Application Product Features r. INot less than 2"nominal width •No pre-drilling required. • (1-1/2")up to 3-1/2"pipe;not less than 3"(2-1/2")nominal width 4"&5"pipe •-----. .... -ea._ , Quick to install using the Sammy 41-11' Floor Joist Nut Driver with an 18V cordless f, ill a' Minimum 2-1/2"from bottom for drill/driver. branch lines.Minimum 3"from bot- tom for main lines.Exception:This •Saves time from traditional requirement shall not apply to 2"or methods. thicker nailing strips resting on top of steel beams. •Reduces installation costs. Made ss in the U.S.A. Composite I Tru ConsW[hiss ma^ufa,ture'for 'ecommended mote Iztion point. 'Pro-drilfina n•.ay oc c_quii od for Muriel Sv6G 2/-38C Thu aun Table an cage H. Waitsavieeoudgre goal www.Hwbuildexcom� Approvals Rod Part Model Screw Ultimate UL Test Box Case Size Number Descriptions Pullout(Ibs) Load(Ibs) Qty Qty HORIZONTAL MOUNT 1/4" 8019957 SWG 200 114 z 2" 1725 (Fir) 25 125 �• 3/8" 8020957 SWG 10 1/4 x 1" 622 (Fir) 300 25 125 25 3/8' 8021957 SWG 20 1/4 x2" 1725 (Fir) 1050 125 318" 8073925 SWG 20-SS 114 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 850 25 125 318"' 8022925 SWG 25-380 318x2-112" 2249 (Fir) 1500 25 125 #14 SW Red _ ,.. 3/8" 8023925 SWG 30 _ - e,114 x 3" 1884 (Fir) 25 125 Nut Driver Part#8114910 *May require pre-drllling:consult joist manufacturer. SAMMYS SWIVEL HEAD"' FOR WOOD — Swivel Application I Application Product Features WOOD.10.9T OR RAFTER •Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. eN403108'to RAFTER Accommodates up to 3'/:"x 12 pitch roof. 17° t R0°Me A 1111 •All Savwses time from tradeflectionditifromonal mveethodical.s. •Reduces installation costs. lie,al* ■xxxxart Sr •Made in the U.S.A. r. WIRER \e Rod Part Screw Ultimate UL Test Load FM Test Min Box Case Approvals Size Number Model Descriptions Pullout(ths) (Ibs) Load(Ibs) Thickness Qty Qty 4'- SWIVEL MOUNT #14 Black — „V,,<111• 3/8" 8139957 SH-GST 20 1/4 x 2" 1257(Fir) 1050 1475 25 125 Nut Driver — „� 3/8" 8141957 SH-GST 30 1/4 x 3" 1720(Fir) 1500 1475 25 125 Part#Driver 0 1903 Dim,Lumber 11. 3/8'• 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 5116 x 13/4" 1406 @ 45°off vertical 850 @ 45` 25 125 Dim.Lumber 903 Dim.Lumber 1/2" 8303957 SH-GST/CST2.0 5/16 x 1-3/4" 1406@45"off vertical 25 125 1500 LDim.Lumber 'May require pre-drilling,consult gist manufacturer. is #14 SH Orange Nut Driver Part 118273910 • 5 To find a distributor near you,call 800-BUILDEX SAMMYS° FOR WOOD SAMMYS° FOR WOOD - Vertical Application Application• Not less then Product Features 8 Wood Flooring 2•nominal Math •No pre-drilling required. (1� 1 a. •Quick to install using the Sammy Not less than Nut Driver with an 18V cordless 3°nominal drill/driver. thickness(2.1/2") (depth or side Word Joist Saves time from traditional 11 of Vertical member) - _ - 3 methods. II Double Sheetrock . For vertical see- Ceiling •Reduces installation costs. install in center of lower face. Minimum 2"embedment into base •Made in the U.S.A. material for NFPA 13 compliance. • Composite I Truss i Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point. `Predrill/no may be required for GST 1 1 25-380.Tool available on page 11. A. 11i Watch a video demonstraton ar ®www.ilwbuildex.com) Approvals Rod Part Model Screw Ultimate UL Test FM Test Box Case Size Number Descriptions Pullout(Ibs) Load(Ibs) Load(Ibs) Qty Qty VERTICAL MOUNT 1l4" 8002957 GST 100 1/4 x 1" 210(7116"OSB) 25 125 670(3/4"Ply) 1/4" 8003957 GST200 '1/4x2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 1/4" 8004957 GST 300 1/4 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 25 125 .!1: ,, , i Q. 3/8" 8007957 GST 10 4 x 1" 210 (7116"OSB) 300 25 125 670 (3/4"Ply) J 318" 8008957 GST 20 114 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 1475 25 125 318" 8068925 GST 20-SS 114 x 2" 1760(Fir) 850 25 125 ,1. 3I8" 8009925 GST 25-380 3;8x2-112" 2113 (Fir) 150D 25 125 #14 Black N.,O 318" 8010957 GST 30 1/4 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 1500 1475 25 125 Nut Driver 3/8" 8069925 GST 30-SS 1/4 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 25 125 Pan#8113910 3/8"- 8011925 GST 40 114 x 4" 2180 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8013925 GST 2 114 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 112" 8014925 GST2.5-380 318 x2-1/2' 2113 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8015925 GST 3 1/4 x 3" 2275 (Fir) 25 125 i .._ #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part#8114910 ® IIIM U es. SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM:The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time.When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into,continue drilling until nut driver spins free.Installation is then complete.Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. For the most up to date information,visit www.itwbuildex.com 4 m1aar1 The following excerpt are pages from the North American Product Technical Guide, Volume 2: Anchor Fastening, Edition 17. Please refer to the publication in its entirety for complete details on this product including data development, product specifications, general suitability, installation, corrosion and spacing and edge distance guidelines. US: http://submittals.us.hilti.com/PTGVol2/ CA: http://submittals.us.hilti.com/PTGVoI2CA/ To consult directly with a team member regarding our anchor fastening products, contact Hilti's team of technical support specialists between the hours of 7:00am — 6:00pm CST. US: 877-749-6337 or HNATechnicalServices@hilti.com CA: 1-800-363-4458, ext. 6 or CATechnicalServices c(Dhilti.com Hiiti, Inc. 7250 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1000 Plano, TX 75024 1-800-879-8000 www.hilti.com Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6 3.3.6.1 Product description 3.3.6.1 Product description KWIK HUS-EZ(KH-EZ)anchors are Product features 3.3.6.2 Material specifications comprised of a body with hex washer • Suitable for seismic and 3.3.6.3 Technical data head.The anchor is manufactured nonseismic loads. 3.3.6.4 Installation instructions from carbon steel and is heat treated. • Quick and easy to install. 3.3.6.5 Ordering information It has a minimum 0.0003 inch(8 pm) • Length and diameter identification zinc coating in accordance with DIN clearly stamped on head facilitates EN ISO 4042.The KWIK HUS-EZ(KH- quality control and inspection after 41.1.11 ' - EZ)system is available in a variety of installation. -a lengths with diameters of 1/4-,3/8-, • Through fixture installation ..,II 3 1/2-, 5/8-and 3/4-in.The hex head is improves productivity and larger than the diameter of the anchor accurate installation. and is formed with serrations on the • Thread design enables quality �I underside.The anchor body is formed setting and exceptional load .o i' values in wide variety of base } with threads running most of the material strengths. i length of the anchor body.The anchor • Anchor is fully removable is installed in a predrilled hole with • Anchor size is same as drill l a powered impact wrench or torque bit size. 0 _' wrench.The anchor threads cut into the • Suitable for reduced edge 11 it EZ concrete on the sides of the hole and distances and spacing. 1 II tr interlock with the base material during installation. Applicable base materials 3.3.6.2 Material ° 1' include normal-weight concrete, specifications ,it • ilstructural lightweight concrete, Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ anchors are lightweight concrete over metal deck, manufactured from carbon steel. ¢ and grout-filled concrete masonry. The anchors are bright zinc plated to Guide specifications a minimum thickness of 8 pm. !I Screw anchors shall be 3.3.6.3 Technical KWIK HUS-EZ as supplied by data Hilti, Inc.Anchors shall be 3.3.6.3.1 ACI 318-14 Listings/Approvals manufactured from heat treated ICC-ES(International Code Council) carbon steel material,zinc plated Chapter 17 design ESR-3027 Cracked and Uncracked Concrete to a minimum thickness of 8 pm. The technical data contained in this ESR-3056 Anchor head shall display name of section are Hilti Simplified Design Grout-filled concrete masonry manufacturer, product name, diameter Tables. The load values were City of Los Angeles Research Report No.25897 and length.Anchors shall be installed developed using the Strength Design using a drill bit of same nominal parameters and variables of ESR-3027 E+ €LAGDBS diameter as anchor. and the equations within ACI 318-14 "--. Chapter 17. For a detailed explanation Independent code evaluation of the Hilti Simplified Design Method, IBC®/IRC"'2015 refer to section 3.1.8. Data tables from IBC®/IRC®2012 ESR-3027 are not contained in this IBC®/IRC®2009 section, but can be found on www.icc- IBC®/IRC®2006 es.org or at www.hilti.com. IBC®/IRC®2003 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hIItl.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 307 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 1 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ specifications' Setting Nominal anchor diameter information Symbol Units 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Nominal bit diameter deg 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Minimum nominal lino,. in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 3-1/4 5 4 6-1/4 embedment Minimum effective hat in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.86 2.50 1.50 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.88 2.92 4.84 embedment Minimum hole depth ho in. 2 2-7/8 1-7/8 2-3/4 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-3/8 4-5/8 3-5/8 5-3/8 4-4/8 6-5/8 Fixture hole diameter dh in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 Anchor Length=hho,+t f See ordering information Installation torque T ft-lb 18 19 40 45 85 115 concrete ""' (Nm) (24) (26) (54) (61) (115) (155) Maximum impact wrench ft-lb 114 137 114 450 137 450 450 450 torque rating concrete2 Timpact,maz (Nm) (154) (185) (154) (608) (185) (608) (608) (608) Installation torque T ft-lb 21 22 34 38 70 masonry s' (Nm) (28) (30) (46) (52) (95) Maximum impact wrench T ft-lb 114 114 332 332 332 332 torque rating masonry" maan, (Nm) (155) (155) (450) (450) (450) (450) Wrench size in. 7/16 9/16 3/4 15/16 1-1/8 1 T,"st is the maximum installation torque that may be applied with a torque wrench. 2 Because of variability in measurement procedures,the published torque of an impact tool may not correlate properly with the above setting torques. Over torquing can damage the anchor and/or reduce its holding capacity. 3 For more information on KWIK HUS-EZ installed in masonry,see ESR-3056 and section 3.3.6.3.3. Figure 1 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ specifications MO dh riiui he hnom ho ® • mill dbit-AM 308 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hllti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6 Table 2- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ design strength with concrete/pullout failure in uncracked concrete1.2.3.45 Nominal Tension-IpN,, Shear-o, anchor Nominal diameter embed. pc-2,500 psi f,=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi f'c=6,000 psi f c=2,500 psi f c=3,000 psi f c-4,000 psi f'c=6,000 psi In. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb (kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 585 620 675 765 1,075 1,180 1,360 1,670 (41) (2.6) (2.8) (3.0) (3.4) (4.8) (5.2) (6.0) (7.4) 1/4 2-1/2 1,525 1,670 1,930 2,365 2,235 2.450 2,825 3,460 (64) (6.8) (7.4) (8.6) (10.5) (9.9) (10.9) (12.6) (15.4) 1-5/8 910 1,000 1,155 1,415 980 1,075 1,245 1,520 (41) (4.0) (4.4) (5.1) (6.3) (4.4) (4.8) (5.5) (6.8) 3/8 2-1/2 1,980 2,165 2,505 3,065 2,130 2,335 2,695 3,300 (64) (8.8) (9.6) (11.1) (13.6) (9.5) (10.4) (12.0) (14.7) 3-1/4 3,085 3,375 3,900 4,775 6,640 7,275 8,400 10,290 (83) (13.7) (15.0) (17.3) (21.2) (29.5) (32.4) (37.4) (45.8) 2-1/4 1,645 1,800 2,080 2,550 1,770 1,940 2,240 2,745 (57) (7.3) (6.0) (9.3) (11.3) (7.9) (8.6) (10.0) (12.2) 1/2 3 2,785 3,050 3,525 4,315 3,000 3,285 3,795 4,645 (76) (12.4) (13.6) (15.7) (19.2) (13.3) (14.6) (16.9) (20.7) 4.1/4 5,070 5,555 6,415 7,855 10,920 11,965 13,815 16,920 (108) (22.6) (24.7) (28.5) (34.9) (48.6) (53.2) (61.5) (75.3) 3-1/4 3,240 3,550 4,100 5,025 3,490 3,825 4,415 5,410 5/8 (83) (14.4) (15.8) (18.2) (22.4) (15.5) (17.0) (19.6) (24.1) 5 6,705 7,345 8,485 10,390 14,445 15,825 18,270 22,380 (127) (29.8) (32.7) (37.7) (46.2) (64.3) (70.4) (81.3) (99.6) 121 4 4,380 4,795 5,540 6,785 9,430 10,330 11,930 14,610 3/4 (102) (19.5) (21.3) (24.6) (30.2) (41.9) (45.9) (53.1) (65.0) 6-1/4 9,345 10,235 11,820 14,475 20,125 22,045 25,455 31,175 (159) (41.6) (45.5) (52.6) (64.4) (89.5) (98.1) (113.2) (138.7) Table 3- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ design strength with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete1'2'3'4'5 Nominal Tension-cl)N, Shear-cl)v,, anchor Nominal diameter embed. f c=2,500 psi f<=3,000 psi f<=4,000 psi f =6,000 psi pc-2,500 psi f',=3,000 psi f<=4,000 psi f =6,000 psi in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb (kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 300 315 345 390 765 835 965 1,180 (41) (1.3) (1.4) (1.5) (1.7) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) (5.2) 1/4 2-1/2 760 830 960 1,175 1,585 1,735 2,000 2,450 (64) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) (5.2) (7.1) (7.7) (8.9) (10.9) 1-5/8 475 520 600 730 695 760 880 1,080 (41) (2.1) (2.3) (2.7) (3.2) (3.1) (3.4) (3.9) (4.8) 3/8 2-1/2 1,400 1,535 1,775 2,170 1,510 1,655 1,910 2,340 (64) (6.2) (6.8) (7.9) (9.7) (6.7) (7.4) (8.5) (10.4) 3-1/4 2,185 2,390 2,765 3,385 4,705 5,155 5,950 7,285 (83) (9.7) (10.6) (12.3) (15.1) (20.9) (22.9) (26.5) (32.4) 2-1/4 1,035 1,135 1,310 1,605 1,115 1,220 1,410 1,725 (57) (4.6) (5.0) (5.8) (7.1) (5.0) (5.4) (6.3) (7.7) 1/23 1,755 1,920 2,220 2,715 1,890 2,070 2,390 2,925 (76) (7.8) (8.5) (9.9) (12.1) (8.4) (9.2) (10.6) (13.0) 4-1/4 3,190 3,495 4,040 4,945 6,875 7,530 8,695 10,650 (108) (14.2) (15.5) (18.0) (22.0) (30.6) (33.5) (38.7) (47.4) 3-1/4 2,040 2,235 2,580 3,165 2,200 2,410 2,780 3,405 5/8 (83) (9.1) (9.9) (11.5) (14.1) (9.8) (10.7) (12.4) (15.1) 5 4,225 4,625 5,340 6,540 9,095 9,965 11,505 14,090 (127) (18.8) (20.6) (23.8) (29.1) (40.5) (44.3) (51.2) (62.7) 4 2,755 3,020 3,485 4,270 5,940 6,505 7,510 9,200 3/4 (102) (12.3) (13.4) (15.5) (19.0) (26.4) (28.9) (33.4) (40.9) 6-1/4 5,885 6,445 7,440 9,115 12,670 13,880 16,030 19,630 (159) (26.2) (28.7) (33.1) (40.5) (56.4) (61.7) (71.3) (87.3) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in table 6 to 15 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only.For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A.as follows: for sand-lightweight,A.=0.68;for all-lightweight,A. =0.60 I 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth-a„m=0.60 All other sizes-a =0.75 No reduction needed for seismic shear.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Hilt,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1.800.363.4458 I www.hifi.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 309 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 4-Steel design strength for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ anchors1'2 Nominal anchor diameter Nominal embedment Tensile cpNsa3 Shear¢V,a^ Seismic shear cpV4e.q5 in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3,945 930 835 (41) (64) (17.5) (4.1) (3.7) 1-5/8 5,980 2,200 2,200 3/8 (41) (26.6) (9.8) (9.8) 2-1/2 3-1/4 6,720 3,110 1,865 (64) (83) (29.9) (13.8) (8.3) 1/2 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 11,780 5,545 3,330 (57) (76) (108) (52.4) (24.7) (14.8) 5/8 3-1/4 5 15,735 6,735 4,040 (83) (127) (70.0) (30.0) (18.0) 3/4 4 6-1/4 20,810 9,995 6,935 (102) (159) (92.6) (44.5) (30.8) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 KWIK HUS-EZ anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tensile ON.=qA.r,fma as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with tliVsa<4)0.60 A�v fna as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with gVaa.1<tii 0.60 A.,„f,a as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 2 Anchors not permitted For a specific edge distance, - -in shaded area the permitted spacing is calculated " - Case 2 c c at s ::::: . i-Smin,2)Case1 (c-Cc (C -C ` ` mig2� - C " at 5 mini min,2 m�z mm,z U S�nz Cmaren Concrete edge distance c Edge Table 5 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ specifications Nominal anchor diameter Setting information Symbol Units 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Effective minimum embedment he in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.86 2.50 1.50 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.88 2.92 4.84 Minimum member thickness hmin in. 3-1/4 4.125 3-1/4 4 4-7/8 4-1/2 4 3/4 6-3/4 5 7 6 8-1/8 Case 1 Omura in. 1.50 1.75 for s,,, ,x in. 3 4 Cmin2 Case 2 in. 2 2.78 2.63 2.92 3.75 2.75 3.75 5.25 3.63 5.81 4.41 7.28 for smin 2'- in. 1.50 2.25 3 1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2. Linear interpolation for a specific edge.distance c,where c,",",<c<c,,, will determine the permissible spacings. 310 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hlttl.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6 Table 6-Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in-diameter HIlti KWIK HUS-EZ in uncracked concrete12 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness 1/4-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear" uncracked concrete f„N I RN fAV fR„ fR„ fH„ Embedment h in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 0.78 0.65 0.59 0.56 0.40 0.21 0.78 0.42 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.61 0.33 1.00 0.65 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.86 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a ;: 3 (76) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a 0 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.88 n/a u 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a E 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.92 0.98 n/a 8 4-1/8 (105) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 m '- 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.84 r 5 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 o gi m 5-1/2 (140) 0.98 . 0.83 0.72 0.93 d . 6 (152) 1.00 0.86 0.74 0.97 y Lc 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 , 1.00 8 (203) 0.98 0.82 m 9 (229) 1.00 0.86 co 10 (254) 0.89 11 (279) 0.93 12 (305) 0.97 14 (356) 1.00 Table 7 - Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in cracked concrete'2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness 1/4-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear' cracked concrete IAN f RN fA„ IR„ fpu IHV Embedment h in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 0.88 0.65 0.59 0.56 0.40 0.21 0.80 0.43 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.62 0.33 1.00 0.66 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.87 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a :1 3 (76) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a 0 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 , 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.89 n/a 0 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a E 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.93 0.98 n/a 8 2 4-1/8 (105) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 m 7 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.85 U t 5 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 i3, § 5-1/2 (140) 0.98 0.83 0.72 0.93 6 (152) 1.00 0.86 0.74 0.98 y t 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 , 1.00 o) 8 (203) 0.98 0.82 n 9 (229) 1.00 0.86 co 10 (254) 0.90 11 (279) 0.94 12 (305) 0.98 14 (356) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f A„,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then fA„=f•AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f M„assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f,,,,=1.0. I I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Hilt,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1.800.363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 311 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 8-Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in uncracked concrete1.2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness factor 3/8-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shears 1 toward edge from edge in shear' uncracked concrete fµ fen, f,,,, fR,, fRV f„„ in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 Embedment h (mm) (41) (64) (83) (41) (64) (83) (41) (64) (83) (41) (64) (83) (41) (64) (83) (41) (64) (83) 1-1/2 (38) n/a n/a n/a 0.58 0.63 0.57 n/a n/a n/a 0.49 0.25 0.08 0.58 0.50 0.17 n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a 0.76 0.75 0.66 n/a n/a n/a 0.75 0.38 0.13 0.76 0.75 0.26 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/4 (57) 0.84 0.70 0.65 0.86 0.81 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.90 0.46 0.16 0.90 0.81 0.31 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.88 0.72 0.67 . 0.95 0.88 0.75 0.67 0.61 0.55 1.00 0.54 0.18 1.00 0.88 0.37 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.95 0.77 0.70 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.71 0.63 0.56 1.00 0.71 0.24 1.00 1.00 0.48 n/a n/a n/a m 3-1/4 (83) 0.99 0.79 0.72 0.90 0.72 0.64 0.57 0.80 0.27 0.54 0.95 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 1.00 0.81 0.73 0.95 0.74 0.65 0.58 0.89 0.30 0.61 0.98 n/a n/a (102) 0.86 0.77 1.00 0.78 0.68 0.59 1.00 0.37 0.74 1.00 0.84 n/a E 4-1/2 (114) 0.90 0.80 0.81 0.70 0.60 0.44 0.88 0.89 n/a u c 4-3/4 (121) 0.93 0.82 0.83 0.71 0.60 0.48 0.96 0.91 0.64 `m '- 5 (127) 0.95 0.83 0.84 0.72 0.61 0.52 1.00 0.94 0.66 t 6 (152) 1.00 0.90 0.91 0.76 0.63 0.68 1.00 0.72 8 7 (178) 0.97 0.98 0.81 0.65 0.86 0.78 y 8 (203) 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.67 1.00 0.83 �?= 9 (229) 0.90 0.69 0.88 10 (254) 0.94 0.71 0.93 E. 11 (279) 0.98 0.74 0.97 rn 12 (305) 1.00 0.76 1.00 14 (356) 0.80 16 (406) 0.84 18 (457) 0.89 20 (508) 0.93 24 (610) 1.00 Table 9-Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in cracked concrete'' Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness factor 3/8-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge in shear° cracked concrete 1,,,, ( , lea /ply fR4 f RV f n, in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 Embedment h (mm) (41) (64) (83) (41) (64) (83) (41) (64) (83) (41) (64) (83) (41) (64) (83) (41) (64) (83) 1-1/2 (38) n/a n/a n/a 0.92 0.66 0.57 n/a n/a n/a 0.49 0.25 0.09 0.92 0.50 0.17 n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a 1.00 0.79 0.66 n/a n/a n/a 0.76 0.39 0.13 1.00 0.77 0.26 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/4 (57) 0.84 0.70 0.65 1.00 0.85 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.55 0.90 0.46 0.16 1.00 0.85 0.31 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.88 0.72 0.67 1.00 0.92 0.75 0.67 0.61 0.55 1.00 0.54 0.18 1.00 0.92 0.37 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.95 0.77 0.70 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.71 0.63 0.56 1.00 0.71 0.24 1.00 1.00 0.48 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.99 0.79 0.72 0.90 0.73 0.64 0.57 0.80 0.27 0.55 0.95 n/a n/a c 3-1/2 (89) 1.00 0.81 0.73 0.95 0.74 0.65 0.58 0.90 0.31 0.61 0.98 n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.66 0.77 1.00 0.78 0.69 0.59 1.00 0.37 0.75 1.00 0.84 n/a E 4.1/2 (114) 0.90 0.80 0.81 0.70 0.60 0.44 0.89 0.89 n/a c 4-3/4 (121) 0.93 0.82 0.83 0.71 0.60 0.48 0.97 0.92 0.64 m 5 (127) 0.95 0.83 0.85 0.72 0.61 0.52 1.00 0.94 0.66 b 6 (152) 1.00 0.90 0.92 0.77 0.63 0.69 1.00 0.72 a' g 7 (178) 0.97 0.98 0.81 0.65 0.86 0.78 8 (203) 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.67 1.00 0.83 E 9 (229) 0.90 0.69 0.88 at 10 (254) 0.94 0.72 0.93 n 11 (279) 0.99 0.74 0.97 m 12 (305) 1.00 0.76 1.00 14 (356) 0.80 16 (406) 0.85 18 (457) 0.89 20 (508) 0.93 24 (610) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f,,,,,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f 5,=f µ. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,J.,,,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f,,,,=1.0. i I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 312 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-579.8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6 Table 10-Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in uncracked concretet'2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness factor 1/2-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge in shear" uncracked concrete f,u, fa„ fA., fa„ fay f„„ in. 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 Embedment h (mm) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a n/a 0.68 0.57 0.51 n/a n/a n/a 0.40 0.25 0.07 0.68 0.50 0.15 n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a 0.75 0.62 0.54 n/a n/a n/a 0.48 0.31 0.09 0.75 0.61 0.18 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a n/a 0.91 0.71 0.60 n/a n/a n/a 0.68 0.43 0.13 0.91 0.71 0.25 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.83 0.73 0.66 1.00 D.81 0.66 0.65 0.61 0.55 0.89 0.56 0.17 1.00 0.81 0.33 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.88 0.77 0.68 0.93 0.73 0.68 0.63 0.56 1.00 0.71 0.21 0.93 0.42 n/a n/a n/a m 4 (102) 0.94 0.81 0.71 1.00 0.80 0.71 0.65 0.57 0.87 0.26 1.00 0.52 n/a n/a n/a a 4-1/2 (114) 0.99 0.85 0.73 0.87 0.73 0.67 0.58 1.00 0.31 0.62 0.96 n/a n/a o 0 E 4-3/4 (121) 1.00 0.87 0.75 0.91 0.74 0.68 0.58 0.33 0.67 0.99 0.85 n/a E 5 (127) 0.89 0.76 0.95 0.76 0.69 0.58 0.36 0.72 1.00 0.87 n/a m . c 6 (152) 0.96 0.81 1.00 0.81 0.73 0.60 0.47 0.95 0.95 n/a o 6-�/4 (171) 1.00 0.85 0.85 0.76 0.61 0.57 1.00 1.00 0.68 (178) 0.86 0.86 0.77 0.62 0.60 0.69 rn m 8 (203) 0.91 0.91 0.80 0.64 0.73 0.73 u 9 (229) 0.97 0.96 0.84 0.65 0.87 0.78 0., 10 (254) 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.67 1.00 0.82 11 (279) 0.92 0.69 0.86 A 12 (305) 0.95 0.70 0.90 14 (356) 1.00 0.74 0.97 16 (406) 0.77 1.00 18 (457) 0.80 ' 20 (508) 0.84 >24 (610) 0.91 Table 11 -Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in cracked concretel'2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness(actor 1/2-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension In shear' 1 toward edge from edge in shear° cracked concrete f,v, fee fAV fa, fey f,,,, in. 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 Embedment hn° (mm) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) 1.3/4 (44) n/a n/a n/a 0.82 0.66 0.55 n/a n/a n/a 0.45 0.28 0.08 0.82 0.57 0.17 n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a 0.90 0.72 0.58 n/a n/a n/a 0.55 0.35 0.10 0.90 0.70 0.21 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a n/a 1.00 0.83 0.65 n/a n/a n/a 0.77 0.49 0.14 1.00 0.83 0.29 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.83 0.73 0.66 1.00 0.94 0.72 0.67 0.62 0.56 1.00 0.64 0.19 1.00 0.94 0.38 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.88 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.79 0.70 0.64 0.56 0.80 0.24 1.00 0.48 n/a n/a n/a y 4 (102) 0.94 0.81 0.71 1.00 0.87 0.72 0.66 0.57 0.98 0.29 1.00 0.59 n/a n/a n/a 0 4-1/2 (114) 0.99 0.85 0.73 0.95 0.75 0.69 0.58 1.00 0.35 0.70 1.00 n/a n/a - 4-3/4 (121) 1.00 0.87 0.75 0.99 0.77 0.70 0.59 0.38 0.76 0.88 n/a E 5 (127) 0.89 0.76 1.00 0.78 0.71 0.59 0.41 0.82 0.91 n/a c 6 (152) 0.96 0.81 1.00 0.84 0.75 0.61 0.54 1.00 0.99 n/a 6-3/4 (171) 1.00 0.65 0.88 0.78 0.62 0.64 1.00 0.70 y 7 (178) 0.86 0.89 0.79 0.63 0.68 0.72 v 8 (203) 0.91 0.95 0.83 0.65 0.83 0.77 mo 9 (229) 0.97 1.00 0.87 0.67 0.99 0.81 lc ,-- 10 (254) 1.00 0.91 0.68 1.00 0.86 11 (279) 0.95 0.70 0.90 y 12 (305) 0.99 0.72 0.94 14 (356) , 1.00 0.76 1.00 16 (406) 0.79 18 (457) 0.83 20 (508) 0.87 >24 (610) 0.94 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,fm assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then fa,=fm. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f,,,,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f„"=1.0. I - I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hllti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 313 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 12- Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in uncracked concrete1.2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness 5/8-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear, uncracked concrete fAN fRN fA„ fRv +RV fHV Embedment h in. 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 5 "°"' (mm) (83) (127) (83) (127) (83) (127) (83) (127) (83) (127) (83) (127) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.62 0.51 n/a n/a 0.24 0.06 0.47 0.13 n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.67 0.54 n/a n/a 0.29 0.08 0.57 0.15 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.76 0.59 n/a n/a 0.40 0.11 0.76 0.21 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.71 0.63 0.86 0.65 0.61 0.55 0.53 0.14 0.86 0.28 n/a n/a 0 3.1/2 (89) 0.74 0.65 0.97 0.70 0.63 0.55 0.66 0.18 0.97 0.35 n/a n/a c 4 (102) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.76 0.65 0.56 0.81 0.22 1.00 0.43 n/a n/a O 4-1/2 (114) 0.81 0.69 0.83 0.66 0.57 0.97 0.26 0.52 n/a n/a E5 (127) 0.85 0.71 0.89 0.68 0.58 1.00 0.30 0.60 0.85 n/a 5-1/2 (140) 0.88 0.74 0.96 0.70 0.58 0.35 0.70 0.89 n/a c c 6 (152) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.72 0.59 0.40 0.80 0.93 n/a 16 7 (178) 0.99 0.80 0.75 0.61 0.50 1.00 1.00 0.65 h E d m 8 (203) 1.00 0.84 0.79 0.62 0.61 0.69 o c 9 (229) 0.89 0.83 0.64 0.73 0.74 10 (254) 0.93 0.86 0.65 0.86 0.78 11 (279) 0.97 0.90 0.67 0.99 0.81 p/ 12 (305) 1.00 0.94 0.68 1.00 0.85 a• 14 (356) 1.00 0.71 0.92 (f) 16 (406) 0.74 0.98 18 (457) 0.77 1.00 20 (508) 0.80 24 (610) 0.86 >30 (762) 0.95 Table 13- Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in cracked concrete12 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness 5/8-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear" cracked concrete fAN f,, fA1, f,, fR,, fHv Embedment h in. 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 5 °'" (mm) (83) (127) (83) (127) (83) (127) (83) (127) (83) (127) (83) (127) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.63 0.51 n/a n/a 0.27 0.07 0.53 0.14 n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.68 0.54 n/a n/a 0.33 0.09 0.65 0.17 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.77 0.59 n/a n/a 0.46 0.12 0.77 0.24 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.71 0.63 0.87 0.65 0.62 0.55 0.60 0.16 0.87 0.32 n/a n/a w 3-1/2 (89) 0.74 0.65 0.98 0.70 0.64 0.56 0.75 0.20 0.98 0.40 n/a n/a c• 4 (102) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.76 0.66 0.57 0.92 0.25 1.00 0.49 n/a n/a o 4-1/2 (114) 0.81 0.69 0.83 0.68 0.57 1.00 0.29 0.59 n/a n/a E 5 (127) 0.85 0.71 0.89 0.70 0.58 0.34 0.69 0.89 n/a d -- 5-1/2 (140) 0.88 0.74 0.96 0.72 0.59 0.40 0.79 0.93 n/a U c 6 (152) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.74 0.60 0.45 0.90 0.97 n/a :° , yo 8 (178) 0.99 0.80 0.78 0.61 0.57 1.00 1.00 0.68 (203) 1.00 0.84 0.82 0.63 0.69 0.72 rn at 9 (229) 0.89 0.86 0.65 0.83 0.77 10 (254) 0.93 0.89 0.66 0.97 0.81 Lc 11 (279) 0.97 0.93 0.68 1.00 0.85 12 (305) 1.00 0.97 0.70 0.89 a 14 (356) 1.00 0.73 0.96 co 16 (406) 0.76 1.00 18 (457) 0.79 20 (508) 0.83 24 (610) 0.89 >30 (762) 0.99 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f,,,„assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f A,=f,N. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f 4,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f M,=1.0. I I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this Indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 314 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espahol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6 Table 14- Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in. diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ In uncracked concretet'2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness fac- 3/4-in.KH-EZ In tension factor in tension in shears 1 toward edge from edge tor in shear' uncracked concrete fAr, fF lay/ay fav fa f,,,, 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 Embedment h,�m in. (mm) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.57 0.48 n/a n/a 0.10 0.05 0.19 0.10 n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.61 0.50 n/a n/a 0.12 0.06 0.23 0.12 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.68 0.54 n/a n/a 0.16 0.08 0.33 0.17 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.67 0.60 0.76 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.21 0.11 0.43 0.22 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.70 0.62 0.84 0.62 0.57 0.55 0.27 0.14 0.54 0.28 n/a n/a a 4 (102) 0.73 0.64 0.93 0.67 0.58 0.55 0.33 0.17 0.66 0.34 n/a n/a 111 4-1/2 (114) 0.76 0.65 1.00 0.72 0.59 0.56 0.39 0.20 0.79 0.41 n/a n/a co 5 (127) 0.79 0.67 0.76 0.60 0.56 0.46 0.24 0.92 0.48 n/a n/a E 5-1/2 (140) 0.81 0.69 0.81 0.61 0.57 0.53 0.28 1.00 0.55 n/a n/a 6 w (152) 0.84 0.71 0.86 0.62 0.58 0.61 0.31 0.63 0.69 n/a u c 7 (178) 0.90 0.74 0.97 0.64 0.59 0.77 0.40 0.79 0.75 n/a c - as 8 (203) 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.66 0.60 0.94 0.48 0.97 0.80 n/a :E- t' m 8-1/8 (206) 0.96 0.78 0.66 0.60 0.96 0.50 0.99 0.80 0.65 a c 9 (229) 1.00 0.81 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.58 1.00 0.85 0.68 cal i 10 (254) 0.84 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.89 0.72 rn 11 (279) 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.78 0.94 0.75 12 (305) 0.91 0.74 0.65 0.89 0.98 0.79 a 14 (356) 0.98 0.78 0.68 1.00 1.00 0.85 112 16 (406) 1.00 0.82 0.71 0.91 18 (457) 0.86 0.73 0.96 20 (508) 0.90 0.76 1.00 24 (610) 0.98 0.81 30 (762) 1.00 0.89 >36 (914) 0.96 Table 15- Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in cracked concrete1.2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness fac- 3/4-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shears I toward edge from edge for in shear" cracked concrete /AN fRN 'As fqv fay f,„ Embedment h in. 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 "°" (mm) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.57 0.48 n/a n/a 0.11 0.06 0.22 0.11 n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.61 0.50 n/a n/a 0.13 0.07 0.27 0.14 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.68 0.54 n/a n/a 0.19 0.10 0.37 0.19 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.67 0.60 0.76 0.58 0.57 0.54 0.24 0.13 0.49 0.25 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.70 0.62 0.85 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.31 0.16 0.61 0.32 n/a n/a m 4 (102) 0.73 0.64 0.93. 0.67 0.59 0.56 0.38 0.19 0.75 0.39 n/a n/a d 4-1/2 (114) 0.76 0.65 1.00 0.72 0.60 0.56 0.45 0.23 0.90 0.46 n/a n/a V 5 (127) 0.79 0.67 0.77 0.61 0.57 0.52 0.27 1.00 0.54 n/a n/a E 5-1/2 (140) 0.81 0.69 0.81 0.62 0.58 0.60 0.31 0.63 n/a n/a • E 6 (152) 0.84 0.71 0.87 0.63 0.58 0.69 0.36 0.71 0.72 n/a u c 7 (178) 0.90 0.74 0.97 0.65 0.60 0.87 0.45 0.90 0.78 n/a c - .D . 8 (203) 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.67 0.61 1.00 0.55 1.00 0.83 n/a `a y 8-1/8 (206) 0.96 0.78 0.68 0.61 0.56 0.84 0.67 ol a,c 9 (229) 1.00 0.81 0.70 0.63 0.66 0.88 0.71 0 10 (254) 0.84 0.72 0.64 0.77 0.93 0.75 11 (279) 0.88 0.74 0.65 0.89 0.98 0.78 m i 12 (305) 0.91 0.76 0.67 1.00 1.00 0.82 a 14 (356) 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.89 16 (406) 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.95 18 (457) 0.89 0.75 1.00 20 (508) 0.93 0.78 24 (610) 1.00 0.84 30 (762) 0.92 _ >36 (914) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative.To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,fq",assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then fA°=f,w. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f,,,,,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f nv=1.0. I I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espatol 1-800-879-5000 I HIlti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 315 Mechanical Anchoring Systems ' ..= a^" ry 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 16-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck1'2a4,5,6,7 Installation In lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-ON, Shear-¢V„ Tension-4)N, Shear-w, anchor Nominal diameter embedment f',=3,000 psi fo=4,000 psi f',=3,000 psi to=4,000 psi f',=3,000 psi f'o=4,000 psi f'o=3,000 psi f'o=4,000 psi in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 545 595 725 725 670 730 725 725 1/4 (41) (2.4) (2.6) (3.2) (3.2) (3.0) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) 2-1/2 1,220 1,410 1,325 1,325 1,275 1,470 1,960 1,960 (64) (5.4) (6.3) (5.9) (5.9) (5.7) (6.5) (8.7) (8.7) 1-5/8 845 975 905 905 970 1,120 2,200 2,200 (41) (3.8) (4.3) (4.0) (4.0) (4.3) (5.0) (9.8) (9.8) 2-1/2 1,455 1,680 905 905 1,900 2,195 3,655 3,655 3/8 (64) (6.5) (7.5) (4.0) (4.0) (8.5) (9.8) (16.3) (16.3) 3-1/4 2,550 2,945 2,165 2,165 n/a n/a n/a Na (83) (11.3) (13.1) (9.6) (9.6) 2-1/4 850 980 965 965 905 1,045 4,710 4,710 (57) (3.8) (4.4) (4.3) (4.3) (4.0) (4.6) (21.0) (21.0) 1/2 3 1,990 2,300 1,750 1,750 n/a n/a n/a n/a (76) (8.9) (10.2) (7.8) (7.8) 4-1/4 3,485 4,025 2,155 2,155 n/a n/a n/a n/a (108) (15.5) (17.9) (9.6) (9.6) 3-1/4 2,715 3,135 2,080 2,080 n/a n/a n/a n/a 5/8 (83) (12.1) (13.9) (9.3) (9.3) 5 6,170 7,125 2,515 2,515 n/a n/a n/a n/a (127) (27.4) (31.7) (11.2) (11.2) 3/4 4 2,715 3,135 2,255 2,255 n/a n/a n/a n/a (102) (12.1) (13.9) (10.0) (10.0) Table 17-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal decks'2'3'4'5'6 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-ON=7 Shear-4,V,s' Tension-ON,,' Shear-@v,7,a anchor Nominal diameter embedment f'o=3,000 psi f'o=4,000 psi f'o=3,000 psi f'o=4,000 psi f',=3,000 psi f',=4,000 psi f'o-3,000 psi f'o=4,000 psi in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 280 305 725 725 340 370 725 725 1/4 (41) (1.2) (1.4) (3.2) (3.2) (1.5) (1.6) (3.2) (3.2) 2-1/2 605 700 1,325 1,325 635 735 1,960 1,960 (64) (2.7) (3.1) (5.9) (5.9) (2.8) (3.3) (8.7) (8.7) 1-5/8 525 605 905 905 770 890 2,200 2,200 (41) (2.3) (2.7) (4.0) (4.0) (3.4) (4.0) (9.8) (9.8) 2-1/2 1,035 1,195 905 905 1,345 1,555 3,655 3,655 3/8 (64) (4.6) (5.3) (4.0) (4.0) (6.0) (6.9) (16.3) (16.3) 3-1/4 1,805 2,085 2,165 2,165 n/a n/a n/a n/a (83) (8.0) (9.3) (9.6) (9.6) 2-1/4 535 620 965 965 640 740 4,710 4,710 (57) (2.4) (2.8) (4.3) (4.3) (2.8) (3.3) (21.0) (21.0) 1/2 3 1,255 1,450 1,750 1,750 n/a n/a n/a n/a (76) (5.6) (6.4) (7.8) (7.8) 4-1/4 2,195 2,535 2,155 2,155 n/a n/a n/a n/a (108) (9.8) (11.3) (9.6) (9.6) 3-1/4 1,710 1,975 2,080 2,080 n/a n/a n/a n/a 5/8 (83) (7.6) (8.8) (9.3) (9.3) 5 3,885 4,485 2,515 2,515 n/a n/a n/a n/a (127) (17.3) (20.0) (11.2) (11.2) 3/4 4 1,710 1,975 2,255 2,255 n/a n/a n/a n/a (102) (7.6) (8.8) (10.0) (10.0) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear Interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute.Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x h (nominal embedment). 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison to steel values in table 4 is not required. Values in tables 16 and 17 control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by an =0.75. See section 3.1.8.rfor additional information on seismic applications. 8 For the following anchor sizes,an additional factor for seismic shear must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: 1/4-inch diameter-a„=,=0.75 3/8-inch diameter-cc,;,,,,=0.60 1/2-inch diameter-cb, =0.60 5/8-inch diameter-a,,,,,=0.60 3/4-inch diameter-a,,,;,=0.70 316 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1.800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6 Figure 3—Installation of Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ(KH-EZ)in soffit of concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies' 1 Min.1" Min.3,000 psi sand-lightweight N i or normal-weight concrete T Upper flute i (va4-1lley) Min. V /2 Minimum ' (typical) 20 gauge I t Lower steel deck Min.4-1/2" Anchor Flute edge 1\ - flute (typical) L . , ' (ridge) Min-1-1/4" Min.12"(typical) 1 Anchors may be placed in the upper or lower flute of the steel deck profile provided the minimum concrete cover above the drilled hole is satisfied.Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute.The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge ez distance is also satisfied. Figure 4—Installation of Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ on the top of sand-lightweight concrete over metal floor and roof assemblies Min.3,000 psi sand-lightweight `N or normal-weight concrete io Upper g flute 2 (valley) Min.4-1 f2" Minimum (typical) 20 gauge I� - I steel deck Min.4-1/2" i. Flute edge \ flute (ridge) Min.12"(typical) Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800.363.4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 317 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 18 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck'•2,3,4.5 Nominal Nominal Tension-4Nn Shear-On anchor embed. f' =3,000 psi f'o=4,000 psi f'o=3,000 psi f'0=4,000 psi diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4 1-5/8 620 675 1,180 1,360 (41) (2.8) (3.0) (5.2) (6.0) 1-5/8 1,000 1,155 1,075 1,245 3/8 (41) (4.4) (5.1) (4.8) (5.5) Table 19- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in the top of cracked concrete over metal dec10,s,4. Nominal Nominal Tension-4Nn Shear-4Vn anchor embed. f' =3,000 psi f'0=4,000 psi f',=3,000 psi f' =4,000 psi diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4 1-5/8 315 345 835 965 (41) (1.4) (1.5) (3.7) (4.3) 1-5/8 520 600 760 880 3/8 (41) (2.3) (2.7) (3.4) (3.9) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 20 and 21 as necessary.Compare to the steel values in table 4.The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight,A,=0.68;for all-lightweight,A,=0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-inch diameter-ci,„.,=0.60 3/8-inch diameter-a„,„„=0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 318 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en aspens)!1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6 Table 20-Load adjustment factors for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck12 1/4-in.and 3/8-in. Edge distance in shear KH-EZ Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear over metal deck fAN fRN fAV fRv fRV fHV Anchor in. 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 diameter da (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) _ Nominal in. 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 embed.hA.., (mm) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.44 0.58 n/a n/a 0.44 0.58 0.44 0.58 n/a n/a a) 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.50 0.67 n/a n/a 0.50 0.67 0.50 0.67 n/a n/a m 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.63 0.83 n/a n/a 0.63 0.83 0.63 0.83 0.78 0.83 0 3 (76) 0.92 0.95 0.75 1.00 0.68 0.71 0.75 1.00 0.75 1.00 0.85 0.91 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.99 0.81 0.70 0.72 0.81 0.81 E 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 1.00 0.88 _ 0.71 0.74 0.88 0.88 0 • c 4 (102) 1.00 1.00 0.74 0.78 1.00 1.00 o � 4-1/2 (114) 0.77 0.81 a N 5 (127) 0.80 0.84 cp Y 5-1/2 (140) 0.83 0.88 0 6 (152) 0.86 0.91 • r Tr, 6-1/2 (165) 0.89 0.95 7 (178) 0.92 0.98 as • 7-1/2 (191) 0.95 1.00122 8 (203) 0.98 ' 9 (229) 1.00 Table 21 -Load adjustment factors for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck12 1/4-in.and 3/8-in. Edge distance in shear KH-EZ Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in (shear' 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear' over metal deck fAN f RN /Ay f R„ f„ f t, Anchor in. 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 diameter da (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) Nominal in. 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 embed.h.om (mm) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.99 1.00 n/a n/a 0.51 0.62 0.99 1.00 n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 1.00 n/a n/a 0.62 0.76 1.00 n/a n/a • 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.87 1.00 0.78 0.83 0 3 (76) 0.92 0.95 0.68 0.71 1.00 0.85 0.91 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.99 0.70 0.73 �- E 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 1.00 0.71 0.74 c c 4 (102) 1.00 0.74 0.78 u 4-1/2 (114) 0.77 0.81 ,, 5 (127) 0.80 0.85 c 5-1/2 (140) 0.83 0.88 '�i c 6 (152) 0.86 0.92 rn 6-1/2 (165) 0.89 0.95 u 7 (178) 0.92 0.98 , rn 7-1/2 (191) 0.95 1.00 8 (203) 0.98 9 (229) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f AV assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f Av=f AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,fNv,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then fRv-1.0. 1-- I -For concrete thickness greater than or equal to 3-1/4-inches,the anchor can be designed using either table 2 or table 3 of this section. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 319 Mechanical Anchoring Systems Fv. .., 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6.3.2 Canadian Limit State design Limit State Design of anchors is described in the provisions of CSA A23.3-14 Annex D for post-installed anchors tested and assessed in accordance with ACI 355.2 for mechanical anchors and ACI 355.4 for adhesive anchors. This section contains the Limit State Design tables with unfactored characteristic loads that are based on the published loads in ICC Evaluation Services ESR-3027.These tables are followed by factored resistance tables. The factored resitance tables have characteristic design loads that are prefactored by the applicable reduction factors for a single anchor with no anchor-to-anchor spacing or edge distance adjustments for the convenience of the user of this document.All the figures in the previous ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design section are applicable to Limit State Design and the tables will reference these figures. For a detailed explanation of the tables developed in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D,refer to Section 3.1.8.Technical assistance is available by contacting Hilti Canada at(800)363-4458 or at www.hilti.com. Table 22-Steel resistance for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ carbon steel screw anchors 2 II Nominal anchor Tensile Shear Seismic shear diameter Nominal embedment N�3 V. 4 V. 5 in. in.(mm) Ib(kN) lb(kN) lb(a) 1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3,370 855 770 (41) (64) (15.0) (3.8) (3.4) 1-5/8 5,475 2,025 2,025 3/8 (41) (24.4) (9.0) (9.0) 2-1/2 3-1/4 6,150 2,865 1,720 (64) (83) (27.4) (12.7) (7.7) 1/2 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 10,780 5,110 3,065 (57) (76) (108) (48.0) (22.7) (13.6) 5/83-1/4 5 14,405 6,200 3,720 (83) (127) (64.1) (27.6) (16.5) 3/4 4 6-1/4 19,050 9,205 6,385 (102) (159) (84.7) (40.9) (28.4) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ carbon steel screw anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tensile N.=A.,4s fN,R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 4 Shear determined by static shear tests with V ,<A,,„¢s 0.6 f, R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with V.,.<A�A 0.6 f.R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 320 Hilti,Inc.(US)1.900.879.8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1.800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6 Table 23 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ design information in accordance with GSA A23.3-14 Annex D' I+1 Design parameter Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter Ref 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 A23.3-14 Nominal anchor diameter d in. 0.25 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Effective embedment' hN in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.86 j 2.50 1.52 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.88 2.92 4.84 (mm) (30) (49) (28) (47) (64) (39) (55) (82) (61) (99) (74) (123) Min.nominal embedment' h in. 1.5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 3-1/4 5 4 6-1/4 "°'" (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (83) (57) (76) (108) (83) (127) (102) (159) Minimum concrete thickness' h in. 3.1/4 4-1/8 3-1/4 4 4-3/4 4-1/2 4-3/4 6-3/4 5 7 6 8-1/8 "" (mm) (83) (105) (83) (102) (121) (114) (121) (171) (127) (178) (152) (206) in. 2 2.78 2.63 2.92 3.75 2.75 3.75 5.25 3.63 5.82 4.41 7.28 Critical edge distance c,= (mm) (51) (71) (67) (74) (95) (70) (95) (133) (92) (148) (112) (185) Minimum spacing at critical edge in. 1.5 2.25 3 distance s ","' (mm) (38) (57) (76) 1.5 1.75 Minimum edge distance Ce, in.(mm) (38) (38)38) (44)44) Minimum anchor spacing for s> in. 3.0 4 at minimum edge distance (mm) (76) (102) Mininimum hole depth in concrete II, in. 2 2-7/8 1-7/8 2-3/4 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-3/8 4-5/8 3-5/8 5-3/8 4-3/8 6-5/8 (mm) (51) (73) (48) (70) (89) (67) (86) (117) (92) (137) (111) (168) Minimum specified psi 125,000 106,975 120,300 112,540 90,180 81,600 ultimate strength f" (N/mmr) (860) (738) (829) (776) (622) (563) 1*1 Effective tensile stress area in' 0.045 0.086 0.161 0.268 0.392 Ase,N (mmr) (29.0) (55.5) (103.9) (172.9) (252.9) 1112 Steel embed.material resistance factor for reinforcement 4)° - 0.85 8.4.3 Resistance modification factor for R - 0.70 D.5.3 tension,steel failure modes° Resistance modification factor for R - 0.65 D.5.3 shear,steel failure modes° lb 3,370 5,475 6,150 10,780 14,405 19,050 Factored steel resistance in tension N,,, (kN) (15.0) (24.4) (27.4) (48.0) (64.1) (84.7) D.6.1.2 Factored steel resistance in shear V lb 855 2,030 2,865 5,110 6,200 9,205 D.7.1.2 '°' (kN) (3.8) (9.0) (12.7) (22.7) (27.6) (40.9) Factored steel resistance in shear, V lb 770 2,030 1,720 3,065 3,720 6,385 seismic °°'e° (kN) (3.4) (9.0) (7.7) (13.6) (16.5) (28.4) Coeff.for factored conc.breakout k lb 10 11.25 D.6.2.2 resistance,uncracked concrete " Coeff.for factored conc.breakout k - 7 D.6.2.2 resistance,cracked concrete �_� Modification factor for anchor resistance,tension,uncracked W"N - 1.0 D.6.2.6 concrete' Anchor category - - 3 1 0.5.3(c) Concrete material resistance factor ck - 0.65 8.4.2 Resistance modification factor for tension and shear,concrete failure R - 0.75 1.00 D.5.3(c) modes,Condition Be Factored pullout resistance in lb 675 1640 20 MPa uncracked concrete' Nc,u"=' (kN) (3.0) (7.3) NA D.6.3.2 Factored pullout resistance in lb 340. 810 515 20 MPa cracked concrete' Na,=, (kN) (1.5) (3.6) (2.3) NA D.6.3.2 Factored seismic pullout resistance N lb 275 810 515 in 20 MPa cracked concrete' am (kN) (1.2) (3.6) (2.3) NA D.6.3.2 1 Design information in this table is taken from ICC-ES ESR-3027,dated February,2016,tables 2,3,and 4,and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 2 See figure 1 of this section. 3 For concrete over metal deck applications where the concrete thickness over the top flute Is less than h,","in this table,see figure 4 and tables 28 and 29 of this section. 4 The KWIK HUS-EZ is considered a brittle steel element as defined by CSA A23.3-14 Annex D section D.2. 5 For all design cases,yr=N=1.0. The appropriate coefficient for breakout resistance for cracked concrete(k"",)or uncracked concrete(k=„,,,)must be used. 6 For use with the load combinations of CSA A23.3-14 chapter 8. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with CSA A23.3-14 section D.5.3 is not provided,or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified,the resistance modification factors associated with Condition A may be used. 7 For all design cases,yie e=1.0. NA(not applicable)denotes that this value does not control for design. See section 4.1.4 of ESR-3027 for additional information. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 321 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 24- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure 1+1 in uncracked concretei'2.3,4,5 Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f'�=20 MPa f'�=25 MPa to-30 MPa f'.=40 MPa to=20 MPa to=25 MPa to=30 MPa f'o=40 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900ps) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1.18 1-5/8 665 710 750 820 805 900 985 1,135 1/4 (30) (41) (3.0) (3.2) (3.3) (3.6) (3.6) (4.0) (4.4) (5.1) 1.92 2-1/2 1,645 1,840 2,015 2,325 2,225 2,490 2,725 3,145 (49) (64) (7.3) (8.2) (9.0) (10.4) (9.9) (11.1) (12.1) (14.0) 1.11 1-5/8 980 1,095 1,200 1,385 980 1,095 1,200 1,385 (28) (41) (4.4) (4.9) (5.3) (6.2) (4.4) (4.9) (5.3) (6.2) 3/81.86 2-1/2 2,120 2,375 2,600 3,000 2,120 2,375 2,600 3,000 (47) (64) (9.4) (10.6) (11.6) (13.3) (9.4) (10.6) (11.6) (13.3) 2.50 3-1/4 3,305 3,695 4,050 4,675 3,305 3,695 4,050 4,675 (64) (83) (14.7) (16.4) (18.0) (20.8) (14.7) (16.4) (18.0) (20.8) 1.52 2-1/4 1,765 1,970 2,160 2,495 1,765 1,970 2,160 2,495 (39) (57) (7.8) (8.8) (9.6) (11.1) (7.8) (8.8) (9.6) (11.1) 2.16 3 2,990 3,340 3,660 4,225 2,990 3,340 3,660 4,225 1/2 (55) (76) (13.3) (14.9) (16.3) (18.6) (13.3) (14.9) (16.3) (18.8) 3.22 4.1/4 5,440 6,080 6,660 7,690 10,875 12,160 13,320 15,380 (82) (108) (24.2) (27.0) (29.6) (34.2) (48.4) (54.1) (59.3) (68.4) 2.39 3-1/4 3,475 3,890 4,260 4,920 3.475 3,890 4,260 4,920 5/8 (61) (83) (15.5) (17.3) (18.9) (21.9) (15.5) (17.3) (18.9) (21.9) 3.88 5 7,195 8,040 8,810 10,170 14,385 16,085 17,620 20,345 (99) (127) (32.0) (35.8) (39.2) (45.2) (64.0) (71.5) (78.4) (90.5) 2.92 4 4,695 5,250 5,750 6,640 9,390 10,500 11,505 13,280 3/4 (74) (102) (20.9) (23.4) (25.6) (29.5) (41.8) (46.7) (51.2) (59.1) 4.84 6-1/4 10,020 11,205 12,275 14,170 20,040 22,410 24.545 28,345 (123) (159) (44.6) (49.8) (54.6) (63.0) (89.2) (99.7) (109.2) (126.1) Table 25-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure iel in cracked concrete1'2,3'4'5 Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal fo=20 MPa f‘=25 MPa f'�=30 MPa f'�=40 MPa f�=20 MPa to=25 MPa Po=30 MPa fc=40 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900ps) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1.18 1-5/8 340 360 385 415 565 630 690 795 1/4 (30) (41) (1.5) (1.6) (1.7) (1.9) (2.5) (2.8) (3.1) (3.5) 1.92 2-1/2 815 910 1,000 1,155 1,560 1,740 1,910 2,205 (49) (64) (3.6) (4.1) (4.4) (5.1) (6.9) (7.7) (8.5) (9.8) 1.11 1-5/8 510 570 620 720 685 765 840 970 (28) (41) (2.3) (2.5) (2.8) (3.2) (3.0) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) 3/8 1.86 2-1/2 1,485 1,660 1,820 2,100 1,485 1,660 1,820 2,100 (47) (64) (6.6) (7.4) (8.1) (9.3) (6.6) (7.4) (8.1) (9.3) 2.50 3-1/4 2,315 2,590 2,835 3,275 2,315 2,590 2,835 3,275 (64) (83) (10.3) (11.5) (12.6) (14.6) (10.3) (11.5) (12.6) (14.6) 1.52 2-1/4 1,095 1,225 1,345 1,550 1,095 1,225 1,345 1,550 (39) (57) (4.9) (5.5) (6.0) (6.9) (4.9) (5.5) (6.0) (6.9) 1%2 2.16 3 1,860 2,080 2,275 2,630 1,860 2,080 2,275 2,630 (55) (76) (8.3) (9.2) (10.1) (11.7) (8.3) (9.2) (10.1) (11.7) 3.22 4-1/4 3,385 3,785 4,145 4,785 6,765 7,565 8,290 9,570 (82) (108) (15.1) (16.8) (18.4) (21.3) (30.1) (33.7) (36.9) (42.6) 2.39 3-1/4 2,165 2,420 2,650 3,060 2,165 2,420 2,650 3,060 5/8 (61) (83) (9.6) (10.8) (11.8) (13.6) (9.8) (10.8) (11.8) (13.6) 3.88 5 4,475 5,005 5,480 6,330 8,950 10,005 10,965 12,660 (99) (127) (19.9) (22.3) (24.4) (28.2) (39.8) (44.5) (48.8) (56.3) 2.92 4 2,920 3,265 3,580 4,130 5,845 6,535 7,155 8,265 3/4 (74) (102) (13.0) (14.5) (15.9) (18.4) (26.0) (29.1) (31.8) (36.8) 4.84 6-1/4 6,235 6,970 7,635 8.820 12,470 13,945 15,275 17,635 (123) (159) (27.7) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (55.5) (62.0) (67.9) (78.4) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert factored resistance value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 6 to 15 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 22. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tablular values are for normal-weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight,An=0.68;for all-lightweight,Ae =0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth-a„,=0.60 All other sizes-cc, =0.75 No reduction needed for seismic shear.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 322 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879.5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6 Table 26- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck1'2'3'4'5'a'7 1+1 Installation in lower flute Installation In upper flute Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, Tension-N, Shear-V, anchor Nominal f' =20 MPa to=30 MPa f',=20 MPa f'‘=30 MPa Pc=20 MPa f =30 MPa f'c=20 MPa f',=30 MPa diameter embedment (2,900ps) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350psi) in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 585 660 665 665 720 810 665 665 1/4 (41) (2.6) (2.9) (3.0) (3.0) (3.2) (3.6) (3.0) (3.0) 2.1/2 1,200 1,470 1,220 1,220 1,255 1,535 1,805 1,805 (64) (5.3) (6.5) (5.4) (5.4) (5.6) (6.8) (8.0) (8.0) 1-5/8 830 1,020 835 835 950 1,165 2,030 2,030 (41) (3.7) (4.5) (3.7) (3.7) (4.2) (5.2) (9.0) (9.0) 3/8 2-1/2 1,430 1,755 835 835 1,865 2,285 3,365 3,365 (64) (6.4) (7.8) (3.7) (3.7) (8.3) (10.2) (15.0) (15.0) 3-1/4 2,505 3,070 1,990 1,990 n/a n/a n/a n/a (83) (11.1) (13.7) (8.9) (8.9) 2-1/4 835 1,020 885 885 890 1,090 4,335 4,335 (57) (3.7) (4.5) (3.9) (3.9) (4.0) (4.8) (19.3) (19.3) 3 1,955 . 2,395 1,615 1,615 1/2 (76) (8.7) (10.7) (7.2) (7.2) n/a n/a n/a n/a 4-1/4 3,425 4,195 1,985 1,985 n/a n/a n/a n/a (108) (15.2) (18.7) (8.8) (8.8) 3-1/4 2,670 3,270 1,915 1,915 5/8 (83) (11.9) (14.5) (8.5) (8.5) n/a n/a n/a n/a 141 5 6,070 7,430 2,315 2,315 (127) (27.0) (33.1) (10.3) (10.3) n/a n/a n/a n/aIS 3/4 4 2,670 3,270 2,075 2,075 n/a n/a n/a n/a (102) (11.9) (14.5) (9.2) (9.2) Table 27 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal dec10'2'34s'e'7'8 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V Tension-N Shear-V anchor Nominal f' =20 MPa f',=30 MPa f',=20 MPa IC=30 MPa f,=20 MPa f'c=30 MPa f',=20 MPa f'c=30 MPa diameter embedment (2,900psi) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350psi) (2,900psi) (4,350ps) in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 300 340 665 665 365 445 665 665 1/4 (41) (1.3) (1.5) (3.0) (3.0) (1.6) (2.0) (3.0) (3.0) 2-1/2 595 730 1,220 1,220 625 765 1,805 1,805 (64) (2.6) (3.2) (5.4) (5.4) (2.8) (3.4) (8.0) (8.0) 1-5/8 520 635 835 835 755 930 2,030 2,030 (41) (2.3) (2.8) (3.7) (3.7) (3.4) (4.1) (9.0) (9.0) 3/8 2-1/2 1,015 1,245 835 835 1,325 1,620 3,365 3,365 (64) (4.5) (5.5) (3.7) (3.7) (5.9) (7.2) (15.0) (15.0) 3.1/4 1,775 2,175 1,990 1,990 n/a n/a n/a n/a (83) (7.9) _ (9.7) (8.9) (8.9) 2-1/4 525 640 885 885 630 770 4,335 4,335 (57) (2.3) (2.8) (3.9) (3.9) (2.8) (3.4) (19.3) (19.3) 3 1,235 1,510 1,615 1,615 1/2 (76) (5.5) (6.7) (7.2) (7.2) n/a n/a n/a n/a 4-1/4 2,155 2,640 1,985 1,985 n/a n/a n/a n/a (108) (9.6) (11.7) (8.8) (8.8) 3-1/4 1,680 2,060 1,915 1,915 n/a n/a n/a n/a 5/6 (83) (7.5) (9.2) (8.5) (8.5) 5 3,820 4,680 2,315 2,315 n/a n/a n/a n/a (127) (17.0) (20.8) (10.3) (10.3) 4 1,680 2,060 2,075 2,075 3/4 (102) (7.5) (9.2) (9.2) (9.2) n/a n/a n/a n/a 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute.Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x h,,,,(nominal embedment). 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary.Tabular values control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1.5/8-in nominal embedment depth-a.„.=0.60 All other sizes-a„ ,=0.75. See section 3.1.8./for additional information on seismic applications. 8 For the following anchor sizes,an additional factor for seismic shear must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: 1/4-inch diameter-ot,i45=0.75 3/8-inch diameter-a,,.=0.60 1/2-inch diameter-cc.,,,,=0.60 5/8-inch diameter-a =0.60 3/4-inch diameter-o,,,,=0.70 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 323 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 28- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance 1+1 in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck',2w3M4,5 Nominal Tension-Nr Shear-Vr anchor Effective Nominal f' =20 MPa to=30 MPa f',=20 MPa f',=30 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4 1.18 1-5/8 665 750 805 985 (30) (41) (3.0) (3.3) (3.6) (4.4) 3/8 1.11 1-5/8 980 1,200 980 1,200 (28) (41) (4.4) (5.3) (4.4) (5.3) Table 29-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance EI in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck14.5 Nominal Tension-N, Shear-Vr anchor Effective Nominal f' =20 MPa f',=30 MPa f'0=20 MPa f' =30 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4 1.18 1-5/8 340 385 565 690 (30) (41) (1.5) (1.7) (2.5) (3.1) 3/81.11 1-5/8 510 620 685 840 (28) (41) (2.3) (2.8) (3.0) (3.7) 1 See Section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 20 and 21 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 22. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal-weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A as follows: for sand-lightweight,A,=0.68;for all-lightweight,A, =0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-inch diameter-aN„b,=0.60 3/8-inch diameter-a,,,,,, =0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. • 324 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6 3.3.6.3.3 Allowable Stress Design for masonry Table 30-Allowable tension loads for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ installed in grout-filled masonry walls (Ib)1,2,3,4,5 Nominal Spacing Edge distance anchor Load diameter Embedment Loads @ Critical-so, Minimum-s°,r reduction Critical-c° in. in.6 ca and sa in! in! factor at sm,ee in.9 1-5/810 530 2 0.70 1/4 2-1/211 910 4 4 4 1.00 1-5/811 535 4 2 0.70 3/8 2-1/2 895 4 6 4 0.80 3-1/4 1,210 2-1/4 710 4 2 1/2 3 1,110 8 4 0.60 4 4-1/4 1,515 5/8 3-1/4 1,155 10 4 0.60 4 5 1,735 3/4 4 1,680 12 4 0.60 4 6-1/4 2,035 M. Table 31 -Allowable shear loads for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ installed in grout-filled masonry walls(Ib)1'2-•4'5 Spacing Edge distance Nominal anchor Load Load reduction factor at cm, diameter Embedment Load at cor Critical-se, Minimum-smi0 reduction Critical-co, Minimum-c01io perpendicular parallel in. in 6 and s5, in! in.' factor at sm1e6 in.9 in.9 to edge to edge 1-5/8 675 1.00 1.00 1/4 2-1/2 840 4 4 1.00 4 4 1.00 1.00 1-5/8 1,140 0.61 1.00 3/8 2-1/2 1,165 6 4 0.94 6 4 0.70 1.00 3-1/4 1,190 0.70 1.00 I 2-1/4 1,845 0.50 1.00 1/2 3 2,055 8 4 0.88 8 4 0.45 0.94 4-1/4 2,745 0.40 0.89 3-1/4 3,040 0.36 0.82 5/8 5 3,485 10 4 0.36 10 4 0,34 0.92 4 3,040 0.36 0.82 3/4 10 4 0.36 10 4 6-1/4 3,485 0.34 0.92 1 All values are for anchors installed in fully grouted masonry with minimum masonry prism strength of 1,500 psi. Concrete masonry units may be lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight. 2 Anchors may not be installed within one inch in any direction of a vertical joint. 3 Linear interpolation of load values between minimum spacing sien and critical spacing so,and between minimum edge distance err*,and critical edge distance ca is permitted. T . V . T W3 Va s/a 4 For combined loading: For 1/4-in. - �°'" + apj1atl s 1 For 3/8-through 3/4-in.- �Pa + °P1e° s 1 Taowawe Vaio able T uewaue `aibwaWe 5 See figure 5 for anchor locations. 6 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry embedment. 7 Critical spacing sP is the anchor spacing where full load values may be used. The minimum spacing sr„ is the minimum spacing for which values are available and Installation Is recommended. Spacing is measured from the center of one anchor to the center of the adjacent anchor. 8 Load reduction factors are multiplicative,both spacing and edge distance load reduction factors must be considered.Load values for anchors installed at less than ca or s„must be multiplied by the appropriate load reduction factor based on actual edge distance(c)or spacing(s). 9 The critical edge distance c is the edge distance where full load values may be used. The minimum edge distance cr,„is the minimum edge distance for which values are available and Installation is recommended. For tension,c,equals ce11w.Edge distance is measured from the center of the anchor to the closest edge. 10 Load values must be reduced by 21%for installations within 1-1/4 inches of the bed Joint. 11 Load values must be reduced by 13%for installations within 1-1/4 inches of the bed joint. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espahol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 325 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 32-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ allowable loads installed in top-of-grout-filled concrete masonry walls or horizontal members of wall openings',2,3 Shear lb Load direction Nominal Minimum Minimum anchor embedment Edge Critical end Parallel Perpendicular diameter depth distance' spacings distance' Tension to edge of to edge of in. in. in. in. in. lb masonry wall masonry wall 1 5/8 1 1/2 205 180 135 1/4 3 3/4 205 275 275 2 1/2 1 1/2 4 4 355 345 155 3 3/4 390 415 330 15/8 11/2 245 345 175 3/83 3/4 245 345 345 31/4 11/2 6 6 465 490 200 3 3/4 540 800 625 1 3/4 390 460 200 2 1/4 3 3/4 610 525 500 1/2 13/4 8 8 540 885 245 41/4 3 3/4 750 1275 550 5/8 5 13/4 10 10 975 930 245 3 3/4 975 2190 630 3/4 61/4 3 3/4 12 12 975 2430 630 Table 33-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ allowable loads installed in end-of-wall or vertical members of wall openings' Shear lb Load direction Nominal Minimum Minimum anchor embedment Edge Critical end Parallel Perpendicular diameter depth distance' spacings distances Tension to edge of to edge of in. in. in. in. in. lb masonry wall masonry wall 1 5/8 1 1/2 360 525 205 1/4 3 3/4 380 595 585 21/2 11/2 4 4 590 610 225 3 3/4 755 635 585 15/8 11/2 355 725 215 3 3/4 465 1010 825 3/8 1 1/2 6 6 565 875 240 31/4 3 3/4 1020 1195 1050 21/4 13/4 500 855 260 3 3/4 525 1100 1050 1 41/4 13/4 8 8 650 925 280 3 3/4 1150 1240 1050 5/8 5 3 3/4 10 10 1605 2215 1050 3/4 61/4 3 3/4 12 12 1865 2550 1050 1 All values are for anchors installed in fully grouted concrete masonry with minimum masonry prism strength of 1,500 psi.Concrete masonry units may be lightweight,medium-weight or normal-weight conforming to ASTM C90. Allowable loads are calculated using safety factor of 5. 2 See figure 6 and 7 for allowable anchor installation locations on the top of grout-filled concrete masonry walls.Anchors may not be installed within one inch of a vertical joint. See figure 7 for anchor installation locations in end-of-wall and vertical members of wall openings. 3 Anchors may not be installed within one inch in any direction of a vertical joint. 4 For load values at edge distances between listed values linear interpolation is permitted. 5 Critical spacing equals minimum spacing. 6 Minimum end distance applicable to top-of-wall and end-of-wall and does not apply for wall openings such as windows. 326 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www•hirti.com I en espanol 1.800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363.4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6 4"minimum edge distance Critical edge distance No installation within (See load table) 1 1/4"of head joint lk Nit\%\ Reduced tension values for 1 4" Ilk , and 3/o inetajoin s s within 1-1/4"of bed joints(See Table 22). � j_ ■'■ � 4"minimum edge distance �or / %� Critical edge distance di 111`11111 (See load table) /fl Installations in this / /`♦ / area for full capacity Mortar joint Concrete masonry unit(grouted) Installation in this area for full tension capacity and reduced shear towards edge capacity Anchor installation is restricted to non-shaded areas Figure 5-Acceptable locations(shaded areas)for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ anchors in grout-filled concrete masonry 1131 Edge distance - KWIK HUS-EZ Anchor t I End distance I Top of wall and horizontal member locations. Figure 6-Edge and end distances See Table 24 and 32. for the Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ anchor End of wall installed in the top of CMU masonry _and vertical member locations. wall construction See Table 25 and 33. T Figure 7- Anchor locations in end of wall or wall opening applications Hilti-Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hiki.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800.363.4458 I www.hiki.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 327 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.6 KWIK HUS-EZ (KH-EZ) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.6.4 Installation instructions Installation Instructions For Use(IFU)are included with each product package.They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.hilti.com. Because of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are current when used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance.Training is available on request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. 3.3.6.5 Ordering Information -dam 7 w� ,,,,r44 I" l jm r ,41,i, , \ . ,, , .,... ,, tit r . / rfrzr 11F- , .. ,,,.,,.. . --,-. „ .. 0, 211:1; .,\, Order Information Total Length without Minimum Embedment Description Hole Diameter Anchor Head Depth Oty(pcs)/Box KH-EZ 1/4"x1-7/8" 1/4" 1-7/8" 1-5/8" 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x2-5/8" 1/4" 2-5/8" 2-1/2" 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x3" 1/4" 3" 2-1/2" 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x3-1/2" 1/4" 3-1/2" 2-1/2" 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x4" 1/4" 4" 2-1/2" 100 KH-EZ 3/8"x1-7/8" 3/8" 1-7/8" 1-5/8" 50 KH-EZ 3/8"x2-1/8" 3/8" 2-1/8" 1-5/8" 50 KH-EZ 3/8"x3" 3/8" 3" 2-1/2" 50 KH-EZ 3/8"x3-1/2" 3/8" 3-1/2" 2-1/2" 50 KH-EZ 3/8"x4" 3/8" 4" 3-1/4" 50 KH-EZ 3/8"x5" 3/8" 5" 3-1/4" 30 KH-EZ 1/2"x2-1/2" 1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/4" 30 KH-EZ 1/2"x3" 1/2" 3" 2-1/4" 30 KH-EZ 1/2"x3-1/2" 1/2" 3-1/2" 3" 25 KH-EZ 1/2"x4" 1/2" 4" 3" 25 KH-EZ 1/2"x4-1/2" 1/2" 4-1/2" 4 1/4' 25 KH-EZ 1/2"x5" 1/2" 5" 4 1/4" 25 KH-EZ 1/2"x6" 1/2' 6" 4-1/4" 25 KH-EZ 5/8"x3-1/2" 5/8" 3-1/2" 3-1/4" 15 KH-EZ 5/8"x4" 5/8" 4" 3-1/4" 15 KH-EZ 5/8"x5-1/2" 5/8' 5-1/2" 3-1/4" 15 KH-EZ 5/8"x6-1/2" 5/8' 6-1/2" 3-1/4" 15 KH-EZ 5/8"x8" 5/8" 8" 3-1/4' 15 KH-EZ 3/4"x4-1/2" 3/4" 4-1/2" 4" 10 KH-EZ 3/4"x5-1/2" 3/4" 5-1/2" 4" 10 KH-EZ 3/4"x7" 3/4" 7" 4" 10 KH-EZ 3/4"x8" 3/4" 8" 4" 10 KH-EZ 3/4"x9" 3/4" 9" 4" 10 328 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800.879.5000 I Hilt(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 MITI The following excerpt are pages from the North American Product Technical Guide, Volume 2: Anchor Fastening, Edition 16.1 . Please refer to the publication in its entirety for complete details on this product including data development, product specifications, general suitability, installation, corrosion and spacing and edge distance guidelines. US: http://submittals.us.hilti.com/PTGVol2/ CA: http://submittals.us.hilti.com/PTGVoI2CA/ To consult directly with a team member regarding our anchor fastening products, contact Hilti's team of technical support specialists between the hours of 7:00am — 6:00pm CST. US: 877-749-6337 or HNATechnicalServicesAhilti.com CA: 1-800-363-4458, ext. 6 or CATechnicalServices(a�hilti.com Hilti, Inc. 7250 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1000 Plano, TX 75024 1-800-879-8000 www huh corn Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.13 HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor 3.3.13.1 Product description 3.3.13.1 Product description 3.3.13.2 Material specifications HCI-WF/MD cast-in anchors are Guide specifications 3.3.13.3 Technical data internally threaded cast-in anchor HCI-WF:Concrete anchor shall be 3.3.13.4 Installation instructions suitable for use with either wood(WF) carbon steel,cast-in type with single or metal deck(MD)form work. The 3.3.13.5 Ordering information internal thread and a zinc/yellow HCI-WF and HCI-MD are ideally suited chromate plating and contained by a for a variety of rod hanging applications plastic flange.Anchor shall have break- , 1 , overand traditionaloffers post-installedsignificanttime ancsavingshor off nails for attachment to the surface of wood forms.Anchor will bear the - solutions. diameter and manufacturer name on Product features its hexagon head.Anchors shall be i HCI-WF as supplied by Hilti. HCI-WF • Installation performed on top of the formwork. No overhead drilling. No HCI-MD:Concrete anchor shall be scissor lift rental carbon steel,cast-in type with single Hexagonal head prevents spinning in concrete internal thread and a zinc/yellow chromate plating.Anchor shall have a r. ♦ ,- A' • Anchor bodies are color coded for quick identification protective plastic sleeve,steel flange with predrilled additional fastening holes • HCI-WF have large plastic flanges for secure seating to wood form. and placement spring for attachment This prevents concrete seepage to metal deck,anchor is to be secured HCI-MD into the threading. by clamping the deck between the • HCI-WF have notched nails that steel flange and the protective plastic snap off easily at the concrete sleeve.Anchor shall bear the diameter Listings/Approvals surface after the wood forms and manufacturer name on its hexagon ICC-ES(International Code Council) are stripped. head.Anchors shall be HCI-MD as ESR-3713 • HCI-MD have a protective plas- FM(Factory Mutual) tic sleeve that helps to prevent supplied by Hilti. Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic concrete, sprayed-on firestop or Sprinkler Systems 3/8 through 3/4 UL LLC sprayed on insulation from fouling UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire the threading. Protection Services 3/8 through 3/4 • HCI-MD have a robust spring that 4yPs•,F�o seats the anchor reliably. ARAM C u` 378 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hitti.com I en espariol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1.800-363-4458 I www.hihi.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 Mechanical Anchoring Systems HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor 3.3.13 3.3.13.2 Material specifications Component HCI-WF HCI-MD Insert body Heat treated carbon steel Heat treated carbon steel Flange Engineered plastic Heat treated carbon steel Spring N/A Carbon steel wire Plating Zinc-yellow chromate Zinc-yellow chromate Protective sleeve N/A Engineered plastic 3.3.13.3 Technical data Table 1 - Hilti HCI-MD specification table Setting information Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Insert thread d UNC 3/8-16 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10 + ,� Metal hole saw diameter dbh in. 7/8 1-3/16 1-3/16 1-1/4 l Height of assembled spring hs In. 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 tsh� hs ;� (mm) (48) (48) (48) (48) in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Minimum thread engagement eth t t(mm) (10) (13) (16) (20) __ __ 1.1, jn Sleeve length e6l I in. 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 L' I tst (mm) (86) (86) (86) (86) Length I in. 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16 (mm) (138) (138) (138) (138) in. 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 tsl Steel head thickness tth (mm) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) Steel flange thickness te in. 5/64 5/64 5/64 5/64 (mm) (2.0) (2.0) (2.0) (2.0) Minimum slab thickness h in. See Figures 3,4 and 5 Figure 1 - (mm) HCI-MD specifications Table 2- Hilti HCI-WF specification table Nominal anchor diameter Setting information Symbol Units A iimi it I 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 tor I '' Insert thread d UNC 1/4-20 3/8-16 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10 in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Minimum thread engagement fm (mm) 6 10 tn 13 16 20 Plastic flange diameter do (mm) 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 (mm) (38) (38) (38) (38) (38) tpf 11 in. 7/64 7/64 7/64 7/64 7/64 Plastic flange thickness to i (mm) (2.8) (2.8) (2.8) (2.8) (2.8) Length Z i 1 in. 2 2 2-3/16 2-3/16 2-3/16 Ea (mm) (51) (51) (57) (57) (57) t if t Steel head thickness tsh in. 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 (mm) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) apt in. 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 Length of break-off nails in (mm) (22) (22) (22) (22) (22) Figure 2- Minimum slab thickness h in. 4 4 4 4 4 HCI-WF specifications (mm) (102) (102) (102) (102) (102) 3.3.13.3.1 ACI 318 Appendix D design The technical data contained in this section are Hilti Simplified Design Tables.The load values were developed using the Strength Design parameters and variables of ESR-3713 and the equations within ACI 318-11 Appendix D. For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.8. Data tables from ESR-3713 are not contained in this section, but can be found at www.icc-es.org or at www.us.hilti.com. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening TecImical G.i de 2016 379 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.13 HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor Table 3- Hilti HCI-WF cast-In insert design strength with concrete/pullout failure in uncracked concrete',2,3,4'5 Nominal Tension-4 N, Shear-1:1:1Vo anchor Effective f'.=2,500 psi f o=3,000 psi f'o=4,000 psi f'o=6,000 psi f'.=2,500 psi to=3,000 psi f.=4,000 psi f o=6,000 psi internal embed. (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.1 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.1 MPa) diameter in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(RN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4 1.88 2,695 2,950 3,405 4,175 2,695 2,950 3,405 4,175 and 3/8 (48) (12.0) (13.1) (15.1) (18.6) (12.0) (13.1) (15.1) (18.6) 1/2,5/8 2.06 3,110 3,405 3,930 4,815 3,110 3,405 3,930 4,815 and 3/4 (52) (13.8) (15.1) (17.5) (21.4) (13.8) (15.1) (17.5) (21.4) Table 4-Hilti HCI-WF cast-in insert design strength with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete''2'3'4.5 Tension-ON, Shear-�Vn Nominal anchor Effective f.=2,500 psi to=3,000 psi f o=4,000 psi f,=6,000 psi f<=2,500 psi f c=3,000 psi to=4,000 psi f o=6,000 psi internal embed. (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.1 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.1 MPa) diameter in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4 1.88 2,155 2,360 2,725 3,340 2,155 2,360 2,725 3,340 and 3/8 (48) (9.6) (10.5) (12.1) (14.9) (9.6) (10.5) (12.1) (14.9) 1/2,5/8 2.06 2,485 2,725 3,145 3,850 2,485 2,725 3,145 3,850 and 3/4 (52) (11.1) (12.1) (14.0) (17.1) (11.1) (12.1) (14.0) (17.1) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 5 to 10 as necessary.Compare to steel rod values in table 13. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal-weight concrete only.For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A,as follows: for sand-lightweight,A,=0.85;for all-lightweight,A, =0.75 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by or,,,,,,,, 0.75. 380 Hila,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hitti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 Mechanical Anchoring Systems HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor 3.3.13 Table 5- Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in.and 3/8-in.diameter Hilti HCI-WF in uncracked concrete1,2 Edge distance in shear Edge distance II Concrete Spacing factor factor in Spacing factor 1 to and away thickness 1/4-in.and 3/8-in.HCI-WF in tension tensions in shears toward edges from edges factor(in shear' uncracked concrete fAN fRN fnv fav fav /Nv Effective in. 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 embed.h,1 (mm) (48) (48) (48) (48) (48) (48) , 1-1/2 (38) n/a n/a n/a 15 2 (51) n/a 0.781 n/a 0.449 0.781 n/a c 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.913 n/a 0.628 0.913 n/a 0 • 3 (76) n/a 1.000 n/a 0.826 1.000 n/a ▪ E 3-1/2 (89) n/a n/a 1.000 0.827 eo c 4 (102) n/a n/a 0.885 m '- 4.1/2 (114) n/a n/a 0.938 co . 5 (127) n/a n/a 0.989 m m 5-1/2 (140) 0.989 0.769 1.000 3 " 6 (152) 1.000 0.793 Y N 15 7 (178) 0.842 a) 8 (203) 0.891 c 9 (229) 0.940 0 a 10 (254) 0.989 rn 12 (305) 1.000 Table 6- Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in.and 3/8-in.diameter Hilti HCI-WF in cracked concrete'2 Edge distance in shear Edge distance II Concrete Spacing factor factor in Spacing factor I to and away thickness 1/4-in.and 3/8-in.HCI-WF in tension tensions in shears toward edges from edges factor in shear' cracked concrete fey fav f av f Nu Effective in. 1.86 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 embed.her (mm) (48) (48) (48) (48) (48) (48) a) 1-1/2 (38) n/a 0.659 n/a 0.261 0.521 n/a r2 2 (51) n/a 0.781 n/a 0.401 0.781 n/a c 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.913 n/a 0.561 0.913 n/a o 3 (76) n/a 1.000 n/a 0.737 1.000 n/a E 3-1/2 (89) n/a n/a 0.929 0.797 a c 4 (102) n/a n/a 1.000 0.852 c '- 4-1/2 (114) n/a n/a 0.903 MI N P 5 (127) n/a n/a 0.952 d m 5-1/2 (140) 0.989 0.749 0.999 W N 3 Y 6 (152) 1.000 0.772 1.000 L 7 (178) 0.817 8 (203) 0.863 c 9 (229) 0.908 0 a 10 (254) 0.953 co 12 (305) 1.000 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative.To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI-11 318 Appendix D(or CSAA23.3-04(R2010)AnnexD). 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f py,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f,v=f,r,. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,fs,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f,,,,=1.0. 5 For torqued anchors,the minimum edge distance is same as the minimum spacing distance for torqued anchors. I I Shaded cells are for anchors that will remain un-torqued. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I KW(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 381 Mechanical Anchoring Systems ni t k' "'' e'8`ef- 3.3.13 HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor Table 7-Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in.and 5/8-in.diameter Hilti HCI-WF in uncracked concrete'2 Edge distance in shear Edge distance II Concrete 1/2-in.,5/8-in.and 3/4-in. Spacing factor factor in Spacing factor 1 to and away thickness HCI-WF in tension tension' in shear3 toward edges from edges factor in shear' uncracked concrete fAN 1(RN fA„ fRv fRv f„„ Effective in. 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 embed.ho (mm) (52) (52) (52) (52) (52) (52) 1-1/2 (38) n/a 0.628 n/a 0.260 0.521 n/a r) 2 (51) n/a 0.736 n/a 0.401 0.736 n/a ti c 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.852 n/a 0.560 0.852 n/a o 3 (76) n/a 0.976 n/a 0.737 0.976 n/a • E 3-1/2 (89) n/a 1.000 n/a 0.928 1.000 0.797 E 4 (102) n/a n/a 1.000 0.852 c C 4-1/2 (114) n/a n/a 0.903 i5 . 5 (127) n/a n/a 0.952 ' N 5-1/2 (140) n/a n/a 0.999 • c 5-3/4 (146) 0.965 0.761 1.000 m 6 (152) 0.985 0.772 ._ 7 (178) 1.000 0.817 CA 8 (203) 0.863 o 9 (229) 0.908 al ca 10 (254) 0.953 o 12 (305) 1.000 Table 8-Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in.and 5/8-in.diameter Hilti HCI-WF in cracked concretel2 Edge distance in shear Edge distance II Concrete 1/2-in.,5/8-in.and 3/4-in. Spacing factor factor in Spacing factor 1 to and away thickness HCI-WF in tension tensions in shear3 toward edges from edge' factor in shear' cracked concrete IA„ fRN fAv fey fR„ f„„ Effective in. 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 embed.h, (mm) (52) (52) (52) (52) (52) (52) 1.1/2 (38) n/a 0.628 n/a 0.233 0.465 n/a m 2 (51) n/a 0.736 n/a 0.358 0.716 n/a c 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.852 n/a 0.500 0.852 n/a 8• 3 (76) n/a 0.976 n/a 0.658 0.976 n/a E 3-1/2 (89) n/a 1.000 n/a 0.829 1.000 0.767 E 4 (102) n/a n/a 1.000 0.820 c°1i c 4-1/2 (114) n/a n/a 0.870 0 ' 5 (127) n/a n/a 0.917 a N 5-1/2 (140) n/a n/a 0.961 cs c 5-3/4 (146) 0.965 0.742 0.983 o Y 6 (152) 0.985 0.752 1.000 V 7 (178) 1.000 0.794 c 8 (203) 0.836 -a 9 (229) 0.878 co o 10 (254) 0.920 12 (305) 1.000 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative.To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI-11 318 Appendix D(or CSAA23.3-04(R2010)AnnexD). 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f w„,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then fq„=f,,,,,. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f„,,,,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f,A,=1.0. 5 For torqued anchors,the minimum edge distance is same as the minimum spacing distance for torqued anchors. I 1 Shaded cells are for anchors that will remain un-torqued. 382 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879.8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 Mechanical Anchoring Systems HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor 3.3.13 Table 9- Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in.diameter Hilti HCI-WF in uncracked concretet'2 Edge distance in shear Edge distance II Concrete Spacing factor factor in Spacing factor I to and away thickness 3/4-in.HCI-WF in tension tensions in shear3 toward edges from edge5 factor in shear' uncracked concrete fAN INN fAN fa f RV fn Effective in. 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 embed.her (mm) (52) (52) (52) (52) (52) (52) 1-1/2 (38) n/a 0.628 n/a 0.260 0.521 n/a O 2 (51) n/a 0.736 n/a 0.401 0.736 n/a d 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.852 n/a 0.560 0.852 n/a 0 3 (76) n/a 0.976 n/a 0.737 0.976 n/a 3-1/2 (89) n/a 1.000 n/a 0.928 1.000 0.797 E 4 (102) n/a n/a 1.000 0.852 0 = 4-1/2 (114) n/a n/a 0.903 c• - 5 (127) n/a n/a 0.952 N t 5-1/2 (140) n/a n/a 0.999 d 6 (152) n/a n/a in 6-1/4 (159) 1.000 0.783 t 6-1/2 (165) 0.795 '- 7 (178) 0.817 c 8 (203) 0.863 5 a 9 (229) 0.908 rn 10 (254) 0.953 12 (305) 1.000 Table 10-Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in.diameter Hilti HCI-WF in cracked concretet2 Edge distance in shear Edge distance II Concrete Spacing factor factor in Spacing factor 1 to and away thickness 3/4-in.HCI-WF in tension tensions in shear3 toward edge5 from edge5 factor in shear' cracked concrete fAN INN /Ay fA„ fR, fHV Effective in. 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 embed.her (mm) (52) (52) (52) (52) (52) (52) 1-1/2 (38) n/a 0.628 n/a 0.233 0.465 n/a m 2 (51) n/a 0.736 n/a 0.358 0.716 n/a m 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.852 n/a 0.500 0.852 n/a O 3 (76) n/a 0.976 n/a 0.658 0.976 n/a 0 3-1/2 (89) n/a 1.000 n/a 0.829 1.000 0.767 113 E 4 (102) n/a n/a 1.000 0.820 O 4-1/2 (114) n/a n/a 0.870 m -- 5 (127) n/a n/a 0.917 ✓ y 5-1/2 (140) n/a n/a 0.961 m 6 (152) n/a n/a 1.000 o Y 6-1/4 (159) 1.000 0.763 r 6.1/2 (165) 0.773 7 (178) 0.794 c 8 (203) 0.836 9 (229) 0.878 a cn 10 (254) 0.920 12 (305) 1.000 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative-To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI-11 318 Appendix D(or CSAA23.3-04(R2010)AnnexD). 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,fAN,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then fAN=fAN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f m„assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f sV=1.0. 5 For torqued anchors,the minimum edge distance is same as the minimum spacing distance for torqued anchors. I I Shaded cells are for anchors that will remain un-torqued. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800.363.4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 383 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.13 HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor Table 11 - Hilti HCI-MD design strength in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck(B profile)1'2,3,4,5,6,7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-ON., Shear-4V" Tension-¢Nc Shear-(INn Anchor embed. f',=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi f',=3,000 psi f'o=4,000 psi f'n=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi f'c=3,000 psi f',=4,000 psi diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/82-1/16 615 710 690 690 2,130 2,460 1,725 1,725 (52) (2.7) (3.2) (3.1) (3.1) (9.5) (10.9) (7.7) (7.7) 1/2 2-1/16 615 710 735 735 2,130 2,460 1,860 1,860 (52) (2.7) (3.2) (3.3) (3.3) (9.5) (10.9) (8.3) (8.3) 5/8 2-1/16 615 710 735 735 2,130 2,460 1,860 1,860 (52) (2.7) (3.2) (3.3) (3.3) (9.5) (10.9) (8.3) (8.3) 3/4 2-1/16 615 710 735 735 2,130 2,460 4,220 4,220 (52) (2.7) (3.2) (3.3) (3.3) (9.5) (10.9) (18.8) (18.8) Table 12-Hilti HCI-MD design strength in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck(B profile)1.2a,45,6,7 Installation in lower flute Installation In upper flute Nominal Tension-4N" Shear-cVc Tension-¢N„ Shear-4V" Anchor embed. f',=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi f'c=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi f'c=3,000 psi f',=4,000 psi f'o=3,000 psi f'‘=4,000 psi diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/8 2-1/16 490 565 690 690 2,130 2,460 1,725 1,725 (52) (2.2) (2.5) (3.1) (3.1) (9.5) (10.9) (7.7) (7.7) 1/2 2-1/16 490 565 735 735 2,130 2,460 1,860 1,860 (52) (2.2) (2.5) (3.3) (3.3) (9.5) (10.9) (8.3) (8.3) 5/8 2-1/16 490 565 735 735 2,130 2,460 1,860 1,860 (52) (2.2) (2.5) (3.3) (3.3) (9.5) (10.9) (8.3) (8.3) 3/4 2-1/16 490 565 735 735 2,130 2,460 4,220 4,220 (52) (2.2) (2.5) (3.3) (3.3) (9.5) (10.9) (18.8) (18.8) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x he,(effective embedment). 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary. Tabular values control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design Is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by oi, ,=0.75. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 3- Installation of Hilti HCI-MD in the soffit . .. ` for installations • , .�6 i �• • • - �� � in lower flute 4.r T.6 • • • ._• • + ., Min.3,000 PSI normal • 0,0 and 2-1/2" 4 0•f'• =�'r - :�••• i _ or sand-lightweight concrete •l�- .41 • for Installations • 16 �A.OP 6. 'Ai •• a. in upper flute ,._�. ; et-•*'•r�-_'t_ ' f��0, -. Upper flute 1 Max. ,!:,.i: == / " `....�� Min.22 gauge • �' 2 Max.3-1/2" - -- steel B-deck Mhin.1-3/4" 1�\\ ` Lower flute Mln.2-1/2" 3/4"Min.J Min.6"Typ. f' 384 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800.363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 Mechanical Anchoring Systems HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor 3.3.13 Table 13 - Hilti HCI-MD design strength in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck (W profile with 4-1/2"width)1.2,3.4,5,6'7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-pN" Shear-On Tension- 'N" Shear-OV" Anchor embed. f o=3,000 psi f o=4,000 psi f'o=3,000 psi f',=4,000 psi to=3,000 psi f ,=4,000 psi f',=3,000 psi f'o=4,000 psi diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/8 2-1/16 1,490 1,720 920 920 2,660 3,070 1,725 1,725 (52) (6.6) (7.7) (4.1) (4.1) (11.8) (13.7) (7.7) (7.7) 1/2 2-1/16 1,490 1,720 995 995 2,660 3,070 1,860 1,860 (52) (6.6) (7.7) (4.4) (4.4) (11.8) (13.7) (8.3) (8.3) 5/8 2-1/16 1,490 1,720 995 995 2,660 3,070 1,860 1,860 (52) (6.6) (7.7) (4.4) (4.4) (11.8) (13.7) (8.3) (8.3) 3/4 2-1/16 1,490 1,720 1,395 1,395 2,660 3,070 4,220 4,220 (52) (6.6) (7.7) (6.2) (6.2) (11.8) (13.7) (18.8) (18.8) Table 14- Hilti HCI-MD design strength in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck (W profile with 4-1/2"width)1'2' "•s•s•7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-<IN" Shear-riV" Tension-O" Shear-coV" Anchor embed. f' =3,000 psi f',=4,000 psi f ,=3,000 psi f o=4,000 psi f c=3,000 psi f'o=4,000 psi f'o=3,000 psi Pc=4,000 psr diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/8 2-1/16 1,190 1,375 920 920 2,130 2,460 1,725 1,725 (52) (5.3) (6.1) (4.1) (4.1) (9.5) (10.9) (7.7) (7.7) 1/2 2-1/16 1,190 1,375 995 995 2,130 2,460 1,860 1,860 (52) (5.3) (6.1) (4.4) (4.4) (9.5) (10.9) (8.3) (8.3) 5/8 2-1/16 1,190 1,375 995 995 2,130 2,460 1,860 1,860 (52) (5.3) (6.1) (4.4) (4.4) (9.5) (10.9) (8.3) (8.3) 3/4 2-1/16 1,190 1,375 1,395 1,395 2,130 2,460 4,220 4,220 (52) (5.3) (6.1) (6.2) (6.2) (9.5) (10.9) (18.8) (18.8) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x ha,(effective embedment). 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary. Tabular values control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular 118 values in tension by a"„is=0.75. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 4-Installation of Hilti HCI-MD in the soffit of concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies for installations t•• •' •� •�♦ • - 'i �Ill • •�• •�� �.•: • '� •~'� •� � • �'. i Min.3,000 PSI normal •�� •�� •' • • in lower flute rss. .+ ♦ •'. 1t•`., y,- ♦�' w I••r `. and 2-1/2" •',,•,•f 0• +, .4. - or sand-lightweight concrete 4• ••r • for installations •io ..• ♦ • ♦ • in upper flute _ .I_�, . = y ♦i ' iii 6M.s.110•• • Min.4-1/2" Max.3" ►_ -• • - Minimum -_ 22 gauge } = steel deck Li Min.4-1/2" Upper flute J Minimum Lower flute ~ 1-1/8"offset Minimum 1-1/8"offset Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilt)(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hil6.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 385 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.13 HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor Table 15- Hilti HCI-MD design strength in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck (W profile with 3-7/8"width)1'2,3,4,5,6,7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-pN" Shear-ilV" Tension-clN" Shear-IN, Anchor embed. lc=3,000 psi f'"=4,000 psi Pc=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi f'c=3,000 psi f'"=4,000 psi f'o=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/8 2-1/16 1,300 1,500 920 920 2,660 3,070 1,725 1,725 (52) (5.8) (6.7) (4.1) (4.1) (11.8) (13.7) (7.7) (7.7) 1/2 2-1/16 1,300 1,500 995 995 2,660 3,070 1,860 1,860 (52) (5.8) (6.7) (4.4) (4.4) (11.8) (13.7) (8.3) (8.3) 5/8 2-1/16 1,300 1,500 995 995 2,660 3,070 1,860 1,860 (52) (5.8) (6.7) (4.4) (4.4) (11.8) (13.7) (8.3) (8.3) 3/4 2-1/16 1,300 1,500 995 995 2,660 3,070 4,220 4,220 (52) (5.8) (6.7) (4.4) (4.4) (11.8) (13.7) (18.8) (18.8) Table 16- Hilti HCI-MD design strength in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck (W profile with 3-7/8"width)1'2•3,4•5'6'7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-ON, Shear-pV" Tension-(IN., Shear-cpV" Anchor embed. f'o=3,000 psi f',=4,000 psi f,=3,000 psi to=4,000 psi f'"=3,000 psi lc=4,000 psi f'o=3,000 psi f',=4,000 psi diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(IN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/8 2-1/16 1,040 1,200 920 920 2,130 2,460 1,725 1,725 (52) (4.6) (5.3) (4.1) (4.1) (9.5) (10.9) (7.7) (7.7) 1/2 2-1/16 1,040 1,200 995 995 2,130 2,460 1,860 1,860 (52) (4.6) (5.3) (4.4) (4.4) (9.5) (10.9) (8.3) (8.3) 5/8 2-1/16 1,040 1,200 995 995 2,130 2,460 1,860 1,860 (52) (4.6) (5.3) (4.4) (4.4) (9.5) (10.9) (8.3) (8.3) 3/4 2-1/16 1,040 1,200 995 995 2,130 2,460 4,220 4,220 I (52) (4.6) (5.3) (4.4) (4.4) (9.5) (10.9) (18.8) (18.8) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x h5(effective embedment). 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary. Tabular values control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular val- ues in tension by auBi,=0.75. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 5- Installation of Hilti HCI-MD in the soffit of concrete over metal deck Min.1-1/2' . • •t�'� , .1s• •• . •. ." • #•.11•,• • • ♦s: . r1117. for installations ••• • ••••• • . - ivy. .•s• in lower flute • .. • • .,'�••�l•!•�•.e • • .,•. Min.3,000 psi Normal-weight •.•.;�• gb•.. and 2-1/2" �•.W �•�••� • , 'dir •�•I'O or Lightweight Concrete ,r.1♦-•• • r for installations .iC• •��it f_ - • • •���. . i•'1• • •49. �•• • T• • in upper flute . • 'oi•'•• • • r'• r <.!r.. _1!. '••�••••• • .�•t• ' • •4• '• •. 6••.• • . lb Ilb • '. _ I Upper ' (1' %••. ih. Max.3" • � ' I -I€ , Flute r'• a'• Minimum • f (Valley) s ''t l e 20 Gauge 1 ''.,•_:. �..•� <. _ f Steel W-Deck Min. I •• Min. - 3-7/8" I 3-7/8" Lower Min.12"Typical I Flute (` (Ridge) Min.3/4" 386 Hilti,Inc.(U5)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 Mechanical Anchoring Systems HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor 3.3.13 Table 17- Design strength for steel failure of common threaded rods used with Hilti HCI-WF or HCI-MD cast-in inserts' Grade A36 threaded rod ASTM A 193 B7 or ASTM F1554 Gr.105 threaded rod Nominal Tensile' Shear3 Seismic shear' Tensile' Shear3 Seismic shear" anchor cl)Naa �Vs OVsar.en ONaa ¢V., 4Vsar.� diameter lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4 1,390 605 425 2,980 1,290 905 (6.2) (2.7) (1.9) (13.3) (5.7) (4.0) 3/8 3,395 1,470 1,030 7,265 3,150 2,205 (15.1) (6.5) (4.6) (32.3) (14.0) (9.8) 1/2 6,175 3,210 2,245 13,305 6,920 4,845 (27.5) (14.3) (10.0) (59.2) (30.8) (21.5) 5/8 9,835 5,110 3,575 21,190 11,020 7,715 (43.7) (22.7) (15.9) (94.3) (49.0) (34.3) 3/4 14,550 7,565 5,295 31,360 16,305 11,415 (64.7) (33.7) (23.6) (139.5) (72.5) (50.8) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Tensile values determined by static tension tests with¢N.=4)A9e r,fNa as noted in ACI 318 Appendix D. 3 Shear values determined by static shear tests with if)V.<43 0.60 Ate,,f.,as noted in ACI 318 Appendix D. 4 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with 4)Vaa s 4 0.60 A,v f,-as noted in ACI 318,Annex D. See Section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Table 18- UL LLC and FM approvals''' HCI-MD Nominal Upper flute Lower flute HCI-WF anchor UL max pipe UL test FM max pipe UL max pipe UL test FM max pipe UL max pipe UL test FM max pipe diameter size(in.) load(lb) size(in.) size(in.) load(Ib) size(in.) size(in.) load(Ib) size(in.) 3/8 4 1,500 4 4 1,500 4 4 1,500 4 1/2 8 4,050 8 8 4,050 8 8 4,050 8 5/8 12 7,900 12 - - - 8 4,050 - 3/4 12 7,900 12 - - - 8 4,050 - 1 UL LLC Listing based on successful completion of testing in accordance with UL 203. 2 FM Approval based on successful completion of testing in accordance with FM 1952. I 3.3.13.3.2 Canadian Limit State design Limit State Design of anchors is described in the provisions of CSA A23.3-14 Annex D for post-installed anchors tested and assessed in accordance with ACI 355.2 for mechanical anchors and ACI 355.4 for adhesive anchors.This section contains the D Limit State Design tables with unfactored characteristic loads that are based on the published loads in ICC Evaluation Services ESR-3713.These tables are followed by factored resistance tables.The factored resitance tables have characteristic design loads that are prefactored by the applicable reduction factors for a single anchor with no anchor-to-anchor spacing or edge distance adjustments for the convenience of the user of this document.All the figures in the previous ACI 318-11 Appendix D design section are applicable to Limit State Design and the tables will reference these figures. For a detailed explanation of the tables developed in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D, refer to Section 3.1.8.Technical assistance is available by contacting Hilti Canada at(800)363-4458 or at www.hilti.ca Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hitti.com I en espanol 1.800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 387 Mechanical Anchoring Systems .''-.r g a�,y' , 0,,'+ W `7 ` . '� ,.tali`*es�3.�-`�a r+F.ei-. ,. c:. 3.3.13 HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor Table 19- Hilti HCI-WF design information in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D' I+I Nominal anchor diameter Ref Design parameter Symbol Units 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 A23.3-04 in. 0.68 0.87 1 Anchor O.D. da (mm) (17.3) (22.1) (25.4) in. 1.88 2.06 Effective embedment he (mm) (47.8) (52.3) in. 3-3/4 4-1/8 Minimum concrete thickness' hmn (mm) (95) (105) in. 2.82 3.09 Critical edge distance,uncracked C ,,c (mm) (72) (78) in. 1-1/2 Minimum edge distance cmin (mm) (38) in. 2.72 3.48 4.00 Minimum anchor spacing,untorqued Sminunta (mm) (69) (88) (102) in. 4.08 5.22 6.00 Minimum anchor spacing,torqued smin'tor (mm) (104) (133) (152) Steel embed.material resistance factor for reinforcement f•K - 0.85 8.4.3 Resistance modification factor for tension, R - 0.70 D.5.3 steel failure modes' Resistance modification factor for shear, R - 0.65 D.5.3 steel failure modes' lb 7,140 7,140 8,330 8,330 8,330 Factored steel resistance in tension goverend by insert 6.1.2 Na,,,, (kN) (32) (32) (37) (37) (37) Factored steel resistance in tension governed by insert, lb 7,140 7,140 8,330 8,330 8,330 seismic N'"eq (kN) (32) (32) (37) (37) (37) D.6.1.2 lb 4,801 4,801 4,801 4,801 5,011 Factored steel resistance in shear governed by insert V, D.7.12 (kN) (21) (21) (21) (21) (22) Factored steel resistance in shear governed by insert, lb 4,801 4,801 4,801 4,801 5,011 seismic v_", (kN) (21) (21) (21) (21) (22) D.7.1.2 Coeff.for factored conc. breakout resistance,uncracked k 10 D.6.2.2 concrete °nn' Coeff.for factored conc. breakout resistance, k - 10 D.6.2.2 cracked concrete Modification factor for anchor resistance,tension, - 125 D.6.2.6 uncracked conc. W°," Modification factor for anchor resistance,tension, 1,0 D.6.2.6 cracked conc. W°" Anchor category - - Cast-in D.5.3(c) Concrete material resistance factor ¢c - 0.65 8.4.2 Resistance modification factor for tension and shear, R - 1.00 D.5.3(c) concrete failure modes,Condition B' 1 Design information in this table is taken from ICC-ES ESR-3713,dated July 2016,tables 1 and 3,and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 2 The carbon steel HCI-WF is considered a brittle steel element as defined by CSA A23.3-14 Annex D section D.2. 3 For use with the load combinations of CSA A23.3-14 chapter 8.Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement In conformance with CSA A23.3.14 section D.5.3 is not provided,or where pullout or pryout strength governs.For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified,the resistance modification factors associated with Condition A may be used. 388 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879.8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hiltl.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 '+4Y-. v r7.+,k.- a 7'j4 Mechanical Anchoring Systems HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor 3.3.13 Table 20- Hilti HCI-WF cast-in insert design strength with concrete/pullout failure in uncracked concrete1,2,3,4,6 H Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f,=20MPa fc=25MPa f' =30MPalf'c=40MPa f'o=20MPa f' =25MPa fc=30MPa f'o=40MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4 and 1.88 2.01 2,715 3,035 3,325 3,840 2,715 3,035 3,325 3,840 3/8 (48) (51) (12.1) (13.5) (14.8) (17.1) (12.1) (13.5) (14.8) (17.1) 1/2,5/8 2.06 2.24 3,065 3,425 3,750 4,330 3,065 3,425 3,750 4,330 and 3/4 (52) (57) (13.6) (15.2) (16.7) (19.3) (13.6) (15.2) (16.7) (19.3) Table 21 -Hilti HCI-WF cast-in insert design strength with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete124'4'5 H Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f,=20 MPa f<=25 MPa f c=30 MPa f' =40 MPa f o=20 MPa f' =25 MPa f c=30 MPa f'o=40 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4 and 1.88 2.01 2,175 2,430 2,660 3,075 2,175 2,430 2,660 3,075 3/8 (48) (51) (9.7) (10.8) (11.8) (13.7) (9.7) (10.8) (11.8) (13.7) 1/2,5/8 2.06 2.24 2,450 2,740 3,000 3,465 2,450 2,740 3,000 3,465 and 3/4 (52) (57) (10.9) (12.2) (13.3) (15.4) (10.9) (12.2) (13.3) (15.4) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert factored resistance value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in Tables 5 to 10 as necessary.Compare to the steel values in Table 29. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tablular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A.as follows: For sand-lightweight,A.=0.85; for all-lightweight,A,=0.75. 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values by afies=0.75. NI CI HV.i.I 1 iIJS11 800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 389 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.13 HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor Table 22- Hilti HCI-MD design information in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D' 1+1 Nominal anchor diameter Ref Design parameter Symbol Units 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 A23.3-04 in. 0.67 0.87 0.87 1 Anchor O.D. de (mm) (17.0) (22.1) (22.1) (25.4) in. 1.95 Effective embedment her (mm) (49.5) in. 1-1/2 Max.concrete cover over metal deck,lower flute install hme (mm) (38.1) in. 2-1/2 Max.concrete cover over metal deck,upper flute install hmin (mm) (63.5) lb 13,000 13,000 13,000 13,000 Min.specified ult.strength fpt (kN) (58) (58) (58) (58) Steel embed.material resistance factor for reinforcement Os - 0.85 8.4.3 Resistance modification factor for tension,steel failure modes2 R - 0.70 D.5.3 Resistance modification factor for shear,steel failure modes2 R - 0.65 D.5.3 Installation in lower flute of 1 1/2-inch minimum flute height(i.e.B-deck)according to Figure 6 lb 455 455 455 455 Factored pullout resistance,cracked Npn.deck (kN) (2.02) (2.02) (2.02) (2.02) lb 586 622 622 622 Factored steel strength in shear as governed by insert V,..mck (kN) (2.61) (2.76) (2.76) (2.76) lb 586 622 622 622 Factored seismic steel strength in shear as governed by insert Veaceckea (kN) (2.61) (2.76) (2.76) (2.76) Installation in lower flute of 3-inch minimum flute height(i.e.W-deck with 4-1/2 inch flute width)according to Figure 7 lb 1,105 1,105 1,105 1,105 Factored pullout resistance,cracked Npn,deck (kN) (4.92) (4.92) (4.92) (4.92) lb 779 843 ' 843 1,039 Factored steel strength in shear as governed by insert Veade k (kN) (3.47) (3.75) (3.75) (4.62) lb 779 843 843 1,039 Factored seismic steel strength in shear as governed by insert Vea,de k,ep (kN) (3.47) (3.75) (3.75) (4.62) Installation in lower flute of 3-inch minimum flute height(i.e.W-deck with 3-7/8 inch flute width)according to Figure 8 lb 965 965 965 965 Factored pullout resistance,cracked Npn,deck (kN) (4.29) (4.29) (4.29) (4.29) lb 713 771 771 771 Factored steel strength in shear as governed by insert Vee.d«k (kN) (3.17) (3.43) (3.43) (3.43) lb 713 771 771 771 Factored seismic steel strength in shear as governed by insert VSB,,w (kN) (3.17) (3.43) (3.43) (3.43) Anchor category - - cast-in D.5.3(c) Concrete material resistance factor 4), - 0.65 8.4.2 Resistance modification factor for tension and shear,concrete failure R - 1.00 D.5.3(c) modes,Condition Bs 1 Design information in this table is taken from ICC-ES ESR-3713,dated July 2016,tables 2 and 4,and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 2 The carbon steel HCI-WF is considered a brittle steel element as defined by CSA A23.3-14 Annex D section D.2. 3 For use with the load combinations of CSA A23.3-14 chapter 8. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with CSA A23.3-14 section D.5.3 is not provided,or where pullout or pryout strength governs.For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified,the resistance modification factors associated with Condition A may be used. 390 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hlltl.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 Mechanical Anchoring Systems HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor 3.3.13 Table 23- Hilti HCI-MD factored resistance in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck H1 (B profile)12'3,4.s,6,7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, Tension-N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f'c=20 MPa f',=30 MPa f' z 20 MPa f'c=20 MPa f',=30 MPa f',z 20 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/8 1.95 2-1/16 560 685 585 2,430 2,975 1,465 (50) (52) (2.5) (3.0) (2.6) (10.8) (13.2) (6.5) 1/2 1.95 2-1/16 560 685 625 2,430 2,975 1,585 (50) (52) (2.5) (3.0) (2.8) (10.8) (13.2) (7.1) 5/8 1.95 2-1/16 560 685 625 2,430 2,975 1,585 (50) (52) (2.5) (3.0) (2.8) (10.8) (13.2) (7.1) 3/4 1.95 2-1/16 560 685 625 2,430 2,975 3,590 (50) (52) (2.5) (3.0) (2.8) (10.8) (13.2) (16.0) Table 24- Hilti HCI-MD factored resistance in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck Pi (B profile)1.2'3'4'6'e'7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, Tension-N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f',=20 MPa f',..30 MPa f' z 20 MPa f',=20 MPa f',=30 MPa f',z 20 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/8 1.95 2-1/16 445 550 585 1,945 2,380 1,465 (50) (52) (2.0) (2.4) (2.6) (8.7) (10.6) (6.5) 1/2 1.95 2-1/16 445 550 625 1,945 2,380 1,585 (50) (52) (2.0) (2.4) (2.8) (8.7) (10.6) (7.1) 5/8 1.95 2-1/16 445 550 625 1,945 2,380 1,585 (50) (52) (2.0) (2.4) (2.8) (8.7) (10.6) (7.1) 3/4 1.95 2-1/16 445 550 625 1,945 2,380 3,590 (50) (52) (2.0) (2.4) (2.8) (8.7) (10.6) (16.0) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x ha,(effective embedment). 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary.Tabular values control. 11 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular IS values In tension by a„N,,=0.75. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 6- Installation of Hilti HCI-MD in the soffit for installations • 4. 'Ilk , •511' •.• • + • •, • •in lower flute - •i .art '# - -"� •- ' Min.3,000 PSI normal •�'♦ •.0 and 2-1/2" ••••r• 0 a „!r�. , or sand-lightweight concrete t•r•■r r OF for installations � ♦ • • +, • • t r• ' i, i in upper flute i..;, i ra __t._.. �iA,'• &kW' '. Upperflute '�'li Max. Or 4. '`". t�I•• , •`�1.11-1/2" _ .+ i Min.22 gauge •• . - Max.3.1/2" steel B-deck IMin.1-3/4"III f FF�� ��II Lower flute Min.2-1/2" 3/4"Min.1 ll Min.6"Typ. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hiki.com I en espanol 1-800.879.5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 391 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.13 HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor Table 25- Hilti HCI-MD factored resistance in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck I7 (W profile with 4-1/2"width)1.2'3'4'5'6'7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, Tension- N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f',=20 MPa f',=30 MPa f"a 20 MPa f' =20 MPa f' =30 MPa f',a 20 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/8 1.95 2-1/16 1,360 1,665 780 2,430 2,975 1,465 (50) (52) (6.0) (7.4) (3.5) (10.8) (13.2) (6.5) 1/2 1.95 2-1/16 1,360 1,665 845 2,430 2,975 1,585 (50) (52) (6.0) (7.4) (3.8) (10.8) (13.2) (7.1) 5/8 1.95 2-1/16 1,360 1,665 845 2,430 2,975 1,585 (50) (52) (6.0) (7.4) (3.8) (10.8) (13.2) (7.1) 3/4 1.95 2-1/16 1,360 1,665 1,185 2,430 2,975 3,590 (50) (52) (6.0) (7.4) (5.3) (10.8) (13.2) (16.0) Table 26- Hilti HCI-MD factored resistance in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck I+1 (W profile with 4-1/2"width)1.2'3'4'5'6'7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, Tension-N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f"=20 MPa f'c=30 MPa f' z 20 MPa f' =20 MPa f'"=30 MPa f',a 20 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/8 1.95 2-1/16 1,085 1,330 780 1,945 2,380 1,465 (50) (52) (4.8) (5.9) (3.5) (8.7) (10.6) (6.5) 1/2 1.95 2-1/16 1,085 1,330 845 1,945 2,380 1,585 (50) (52) (4.8) (5.9) (3.8) (8.7) (10.6) (7.1) 5/8 1.95 2-1/16 1,085 1,330 845 1,945 2,380 1,585 (50) (52) (4.8) (5.9) (3.8) (8.7) (10.6) (7.1) 3/4 1.95 2-1/16 1,085 1,330 1,040 1,945 2,380 3,590 (50) (52) (4.8) (5.9) (4.6) (8.7) (10.6) (16.0) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x h•(effective embedment). 1 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary.Tabular values control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by u,, =0.75. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 7- Installation of Hilti HCI-MD in the soffit of concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies .. Min.1-1/2" 1 for Installations ' ii``4'', in lower flute ,,•,• '�Wa►•,+� • ' -.- Min.3,000 PSI normal r ��� • ' and 2-1/2" �+•���•� •'~ or sand-lightweight concrete: ,•0 r.,=�1�� dr for installations •�• •• :�•t '1 �'�e' �: , in upper flute --o-s..� i.�=,; ..,. � : 4% • •., sill • Min.4.1/2" Max.3" ��+,� •�:,/ f I '� / ► Minimum 44 •�� - 22 gauge ice•, '•-- .• -m. Steel deck I. Min.4-1/2" I Upper flute 1 Minimum Lower flute ~ 1-1/8"offset Minimum I ' 1-1/8"offset 392 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800.879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 Mechanical Anchoring Systems HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor 3.3.13 Table 27- Hilti HCI-MD factored resistance in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck n (W profile with 3-7/8"widthp2,3,4,5,4,7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-N, Shear-Vr Tension-N Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f',=20 MPa f'o=30 MPa 1,a 20 MPa f'c=20 MPa f'0=30 MPa f'c Z 20 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/8 1.95 2-1/16 1,185 1,455 780 2,430 2,975 1,465 (50) (52) (5.3) (6.5) (3.5) (10.8) (13.2) (6.5) 1/2 1.95 2-1/16 1,185 1,455 845 2,430 2,975 1,585 (50) (52) (5.3) (6.5) (3.8) (10.8) (13.2) (7.1) 5/8 1.95 2-1/16 1,185 1,455 845 2,430 2,975 1,585 (50) (52) (5.3) (6.5) (3.8) (10.8) (13.2) (7.1) 3/4 1.95 2-1/16 1,185 1,455 845 2,430 2,975 3,590 (50) (52) (5.3) (6.5) (3.8) (10.8) (13.2) (16.0) Table 28- Hilti HCI-MD factored resistance in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck Fki (IN profile with 3-7/8"width)1,2,3,4,5,8,7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-Nr Shear-V, Tension-Nr Shear-Vr anchor Effective Nominal Pc=20 MPa f',=30 MPa f'°t 20 MPa f'c=20 MPa f'c=30 MPa f',t 20 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3/8 1.95 2-1/16 950 1,160 715 1,945 2,380 1,465 (50) (52) (4.2) (5.2) (3.2) (8.7) (10.6) (6.5) 1/2 1.95 2-1/16 950 1,160 770 1,945 2,380 1,585 (50) (52) (4.2) (5.2) (3.4) (8.7) (10.6) (7.1) 5/81.95 2-1/16 950 1,160 770 1,945 2,380 1,585 (50) (52) (4.2) (5.2) (3.4) (8.7) (10.6) (7.1) 3/4 1.95 2-1/16 950 1,160 770 1,945 2,380 3,590 (50) (52) (4.2) (5.2) (3.4) (8.7) (10.6) (16.0) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x he,(effective embedment). 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary.Tabular values control. IM 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular In values In tension by an,=.=0.75. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 8- Installation of Hilti HCI-MD in the soffit of concrete over metal deck 1 Min.1-1/2 . • er •4w xc •.`1. . . s'I,� •, ,`rite• • a //o-.• �••t•i• for installations ••• ♦ 4� • .••s • „4 - • •••. in lower flute • .• •l ,•it••�� rmr•ok • • .,•• < Min.3,000 psi Normal-weight .I, 4, +.- and 2-1/2" 0-GM • •• •ow. lib••I•1•�•��•,• ' or Lightweight Concrete Aoki for installations • 6 • ` • • -• -• • 4� • r -♦ ' `s ..4 •-• 'MI6• •• •. in upper flute • • •sVT• •41•f41.•elm-:"• , •.-•T• •f•,400{t•.•.•. • •••i�• •a'• �••a s..••• • .. I •��V�..•r�'••f = It •- •if• .�►fib..i. • • _L ..�a� 4� ID • Max.3" , .t••• •• Ir.•%•*VI '. f Upper v'• �•,�;'./ • ;� - • ail Flute i� , Minimum 4IIP • _�l... • (Valley) •$1, A, _ 20 Gauge Steel W-Deck 1- Min. I Min. 3-7/8" `1 0I 3-78" Lower Min.12"Typical - 11 (Flute Ridge) Min.3/4" `- . Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hllti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 393 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.13 HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchor Table 29- Design strength for steel failure of common threaded rods used with Hilti HCI-WF Pi or HCI-MD cast-in inserts',2 Grade A36 threaded rod ASTM A 193 B7 or ASTM F1554 Gr.105 threaded rod Nominal anchor Tensile3 Shear.' Seismic shears Tensile3 Shear° Seismic shears diameter N� V., V NBer V.„ Vr in. lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kf�) lb(kN) lb(kN) Ib(kl�) 1,260 595 415 2,700 1,265 890 1/4 (5.6) (2.6) (1.8) (12.0) (5.6) (4.0) 3,080 1,440 1,010 6,585 3,090 2,165 3/6 (13.7) (6.4) (4.5) (29.3) (13.7) (9.6) 1/2 5,600 3,150 2,200 12,065 6,785 4,750 (24.9) (14.0) (9.8) (53.7) (30.2) (21.1) 5/8 8,915 5,010 3,505 19,210 10,810 7,565 (39.7) (22.3) (15.6) (85.4) (48.1) (33.7) 13,190 7,420 5,195 28,435 15,990 11,195 3/4 (58.7) (33.0) (23.1) (126.5) (71.1) (49.8) 1 See Section 3.1.8.6 to convert factored resistance value to ASD value. 2 Hilti HCI-WF and HCI-MD anchors are to be considered ductile steel elements. 3 Tensile N=,=Ago<f fN R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 4 Shear determined by static shear tests with V <0.6 A, 5 4)a f„R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with V..,p<0.60 A�v 4,f.,R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. See Section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 3.3.13.4 Installation instructions Installation Instructions For Use(IFU)are included with each product package.They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.us.hilti.com(US)and www.hilti.ca(Canada). Because of the possibility of changes,always verify that downloaded IFU are current when used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance.Training is available on request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. 3.3.13.5 Ordering information' HCI-WF cast-in anchor for use in wood forms HCI-MD cast-in anchor for use in metal deck Sleeve Sleeve Description color2 Qty/box Description color2 Qty/box Hole saw diameter HCI-WF 1/4 Green 150 HCI-MD 3/8 Red 100 7/8 HCI-WF 3/8 Red 150 HCI-MD 1/2 Orange 60 1-3/16 HCI-WF 1/2 Orange 100 HCI-MD 5/8 Yellow 60 1-3/16 HCI-WF 5/8 Yellow 100 HCI-MD 3/4 Black 60 1-1/4 HCI-WF 3/4 Black 100 1 All dimensions in inches 2 Identifies anchor size 394 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I enespanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hllti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 NI I FLUSH ANCHOR SOLUTION FOR SHALLOW EMBEDMENT CRACKED CONCRETE AND SEISMIC APPLICATIONS Flush anchors HDI-P TZ technical supplement H✓ & FLUSH ANCHOR SOLUTION Ho,P TZ"chor FOR SHALLOW EMBEDMENT The Hilti HDI-P TZ is the best-in-class anchor for applications requiring cracked concrete and seismic approval when minimal concrete embedment is allowed. Requiring just 3/4" of concrete embedment,this anchor is ideal for concrete slabs with post-tensioned cable.The HDI-P TZ anchor can be set with a hand setting tool and a hammer, or with a hammer drill and the auto setting tool. Using the auto setting tool with a Hilti hammer drill and the Hilti Dust Removal System(DRS),the installation of this anchor is virtually dust free, and provides an OSHA 1926.1153 Table 1 compliant solution. Make all of your post-installed anchor attachments in the ceiling cracked concrete compliant with the new HDI-P TZ. APPLICATIONS AND Technical data ADVANTAGES Product Carbon-steel with zinc coating Mechanical (Hanging pipes, HVAC) Inner thread diameter 3/8" Electrical (Hanging conduit, cable tray) Drill bit diameter ANSI 9/16" Sprinkler(Hanging pipes) Nominal embedment 3/4" Anchor design • Carbon steel anchor with zinc plating • 3/8" inner thread diameter Item number Description Technical data • Uncracked and cracked concrete Flush anchor HDI-P TZ 3/8" 2204029 HDI-P TZ 3/8"MC(1200 PCS/MCI 3596870 • Seismic category A-F HDI-P TZ 3/8"(1/3 Pallet=9600 PCS) 3596672 • FM/UL approval for pipe hanging 3597043 up to 4" diameter HDI-P TZ 3/8"Pallet Productivity HDI-P TZ 3/8"(300)with auto set tool 3597044 • Shallow embedment of 3/4" allows HDI-P TZ 3/8"(600)with auto set tool 3597045 minimal drilling time HDI-P TZ 3/8"(1200)with 3 auto set tools 3597046 • Easy installation with Auto Setting Tool • Auto Setting Tool includes stop drill bit and setting tool, no tool change necessary Accessories Safety Description Item number • Use of Hilti's Dust Removal System Auto setting tool HDI P TZ 3/8" 2204112 (DRS) helps ensure an OSHA 1926.1153 - - 2204110 Table 1 compliant solution Setting tool HST HDI-P TZ 3/8"x20 I�III�TI Drop-in anchor HDI-P TZ technical supplement PRODUCT DESCRIPTION4 Product Features 1i • Drop-in anchor with optimized length for reliable fastenings in post-tensioned cable concrete slabs Carbon steel HDI-P TZ • Shallow drilling for fast installations • Lip provides flush installation, consistent anchor depth, and easy rod alignment • Suitable for uncracked and cracked concrete including seismic areas 644111 0 s • Productive installation with HDI-P TZ automatic setting tool with hammer drill • Used with Hilti Dust Removal System (DRS)for compliance with Table 1 of OSHA Auto-setting tool HDI-P TZ 1926.1153 regulations for silica dust exposure Hand-setting tool HDI-P TZ Uncracked Cracked concrete Seismic Design concrete Categories A-F Approvals/Listings :CC-r LA ?;;51: DBS ICC-ES(International Code Council) ESR-4236 in concrete per ACI 318-14 Ch.17/ACI 355.2 °O'•"'�"O""'°"""""' -2018 International Building Code/International /ICC-ES AC193 Residential Code(IBC/IRC) City of Los Angeles 2017 LABC Supplement(within ESR-4236) F M C US Florida Building Code 2017 FBC Supplement(within ESR-4236) LISTED APPROVED FM(Factory Mutual) Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems 3/8(4-inch nominal pipe diameter) UL and cUL(Underwriters Laboratory) Pipe hanger equipment for fire protection services for 3/8 (4-inch nominal pipe diameter) July 2018 3 IMu`TI MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS HDI-P TZ drop-in anchors are manufactured from carbon steel with zinc plating per DIN EN ISO 4042 A2K. INSTALLATION PARAMETERS Figure 1 -Hilti HDI-P TZ installation Table 1 -Hilti HDI-P TZ Setting Information parameters - Nominal anchor size/internal thread dia.(in) I dbk• Setting information Symbol Unit 3/8 k"'" — Internal thread diameter d in. 3/8 ��� N.,het ^ hmin Nominal bit diameter da, in. 9/16 he I h0 Nominal embedment h,,om in• 3/4 (mm) (19) Hole depth in concrete ha in' 3/4 (mm) (19) MI Minimum concrete hmn in. 2-1/2 $d thickness (mm) (64) Thread engagement in. 3/8 length h, (mm) (10) Minimum edge distance c in. 6 m,n (mm) (153) 1111, Minimum anchor spacing sm" (in.) ( 8 204) Installation Instructions El Installation Instructions For Use(IFU)are included with each product package.They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.hilti.com or www.hilti.ca. Because of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are current when t used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance.Training is available on request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. 4 July 2018 ', Drop-in anchor HDI-P TZ technical supplement DESIGN DATA IN CONCRETE PER ACI 318 ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 Design The design tables in Tables 2 to 4 are Hilti Simplified Design Tables. The load values were developed using the design parameters and variables of ICC Evaluation Services ESR-4236 and the equations within ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 as amended by ICC-ES AC193. The strength design capacities calculated from the tables below are to be compared to the factored loads determined from strength design load combinations. For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to Section 3.1.8 of the Hilti North American Product Technical Guide Volume 2 -Anchor Fastening Ed. 17 [Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17]. Data tables from ESR-4236 are not contained in this section, but can be found at www.hilti.com or www.icc-es.org. Table 2-Hilti HDI-P TZ design strength based on concrete failure modes in uncracked concrete per ACI 318 14 Ch.171R-3'4'5 Nominal Nominal Tension(lesser of concrete breakout/pullout)-<pN„ Shear(lesser of concrete breakout or pryout)-q V„ anchor i embed. diameter in.(mm) f'„=2500 psi f',=3000 psi P.=4000 psi f',=6000 psi f',=2500 psi f'„=3000 psi f',=4000 psi f',=6000 psi in. ' (17.2MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 3/4(19) 310(1,4) 340(1.5) 395(1.8) 485(2.1) 350(1.6) 385(1.7) 445(2.0) 545(2.4) Table 3-Hilti HDI-P TZ design strength based on concrete failure modes in cracked concrete per ACI 318 14 Ch.171•2'3'4'5'6'7 Nominal Nominal Tension(lesser of concrete breakout/pullout)-ipN„ Shear(lesser of concrete breakout or pryout)-tpV„ anchor embed. diameter in.(mm) f,=2500 psi f',=3000 psi f',=4000 psi f',=6000 psi f',=2500 psi f',=3000 psi f',=4000 psi f =6000 psi in. (17.2 MPa) i (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) J lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1 lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 3/4(19) 190(0.8) 200(0.9) 220(1.0) 255(1.1) 250(1.1) 270(1.2) 315(1.4) 385(1.7) The following footnotes apply to both Table 2 and 3: 'See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed.17 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 'Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 'Tabular values are for a single anchor with a minimum edge distance of 6-1/2-in(166mm)and a minimum spacing of 8-in(204mm). For a 6-in(153mm)edge distance multiply uncracked concrete tension and shear values by 0.92. No reduction needed for cracked concrete. `Compare to the steel values in Table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 'Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A,as follows:For send-lightweight,A,-0.68. For all-lightweight,A,=0.60. °Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by a„ ;,=0.74. 'No additional reduction needed for seismic shear for concrete breakout or pryout failure. See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed.17 for additional information on seismic applications. Table 4-Hilti HDI-P TZ design strength based on steel failure per ACI 318-14 Ch. 17 1'2'3 Steel strength of HDI-P TZ anchor Steel strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod Nominal anchor diameter Tensile4 Shears Seismic Shear" Tensile4 Shear' Seismic Shear" in. N,„ V NV°a TN:a.oa WV°area tPV>..oa.ea Ib (kN) Ib (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)_: lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 4,065(18.1) 585(2.6) 585(2.6) 3,370(15.0) 1,885(8.4) 1,320(5.9) 'See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed.17 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 'Steel strength in tension and shear determined from the lesser of the HDI-P TZ or the inserted threaded rod. Hilti HDI-P T7 anchors are considered a brittle steel element. ASTM A36 threaded rod is considered a ductile steel element. °Tensile rpN„=cpA,,,„f,,,as noted in ACI 318-14 Ch.17- s Shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by static shear tests with tpV„s cp 0.60 A,,,,f,„,as noted in ACI 318-14 Ch.17. 6 Seismic shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by seismic shear tests with qV„<or 0.60 A,,,,,f,,,as noted in ACI 318-14 Ch.17. 'Shear values for threaded rod determined by rpV,,,,,=tp 0.60 A,,,,i,„as noted in ACI 318-14 Ch.17. 'Seismic shear values for threaded rod determined by tpV,,,,,,,,=tp 0.70 °See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed.17 for additional Information on seismic applications. July 2018 5 mc`Tl '*1 DESIGN DATA IN CONCRETE PER CSA A23.3 CSA A23.3-14 Annex D Design Limit State Design of anchors is described in the provisions of CSA A23.3-14 Annex D for post-installed anchors tested and assessed in accordance with ACI 355.2 for mechanical anchors and ACI 355.4 for adhesive anchors. Tables 8 and 9 in this section contains the Limit State Design tables that are based on the published loads in ICC Evaluation Services ESR-4236 and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. Tables 5 to 7 below are Hilti Simplified Design Tables which are pre-factored resistance tables based on the design parameters and variables in Tables 8 and 9. All the figures in the previous ACI 318 14 Chapter 17 design section are applicable to Limit State Design and the tables will reference these figures. For a detailed explanation of the tables developed in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D, refer to Section 3.1.8 of the Hilti North American Product Technical Guide • Volume 2 - Anchor Fastening Ed. 17 [Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17].Technical assistance is available by contacting Hilti Canada at(800)363-4458 or at www.hilti.ca. in uncracked concrete per CSA A23.3-14 Annex D''2'''''s factored resistance based on concrete failure modes Table 5-Hilti HDI-P TZ ac Nominal Nominal Tension(lesser of concrete breakout/pullout)-N, Shear(lesser of concrete breakout or pryout)-Vr anchor embed. fr=20 MPa f'5=25 MPa to=30 MPa f'o=40 MPa f,=20 MPa f,=25 MPa f'5=30 MPa f'o=40 MPa diameter in.(mm) • (2 900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) In' lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 3/4(19) 325(1.5) 365(1.6) 400(1.8) 460(2.1) 380(1.7) 425(1.9) � 465(2.1) 1 540(2.4) Table 6-Hilti HDI-P TZ factored resistance based on concrete failure modes in cracked concrete per CSA A23.3-14 Annex D'•2'3'4'5.5.7 Nominal Nominal Tension(lesser of concrete breakout/pullout)-N. Shear(lesser of concrete breakout or pryout)-Vr anchor embed. f,=20MPa f'o=25MPa] f'o=30MPa f,=40MPa f,=20MPa f4=25MPa fo=30MPa f0=40MPa diameter In.(mm) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. j lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 -� 3/4(19) 195(0.9) 210(0.9) 220(1.0) 245(1.1) 270(1.2) 300(1.3) 330(1.5) I 380(1.7) The following footnotes apply to both Table 5 and 6: 'See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed.17 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 'Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 'Tabular values ere for a single anchor with a minimum edge distance of 6-1/2-in(166mm)and a minimum spacing of 8-in(204mm). For a 6-in(153mm)edge distance multiply uncracked concrete tension and shear values by 0.92. No reduction needed for cracked concrete. °Compare to the steel values in Table 7. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 'Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A,as follows:For sand-lightweight,A,=0.68. For all-lightweight,A,=0.60. 'Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by aµ,:.=0.74. 'No additional reduction needed for seismic shear for concrete breakout or pryout failure. See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed.17 for additional information on seismic applications. Table 7-Hilti HDI-P TZ factored resistance based on steel failure per CSA A23.3-14 Annex D'2•' Steel strength of HDI-P TZ anchor Steel strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod Nominal anchor diameter Tensile° Shears Seismic Shearae Tensile4 Shear' Seismic Shear3,9 Vsar,av in. lbr(kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lbV(kN) lb (kN) 3/8 3,720(16.5) 540(2.4) 540(2.4) 3,055(13.6) 1,720(7.7) 1,200(5.3) ' See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed.17 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Steel strength in tension and shear determined from the lesser of the HDI-P TZ or the inserted threaded rod. ' Hilti HDI-P TZ anchors are considered a brittle steel element. ASTM A36 threaded rod is considered a ductile steel element. 4 Tensile N,,,=Awn ap,f,N,as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. ' Shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by static shear tests with V,,,s 0.6 A„y cps f,,,R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. ' Seismic shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by seismic shear tests with V,,.,,s 0.60 A,,,,p,f,,,R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. ' Shear values for threaded rod determined by V.,=0.6 A„y cp.f,,,R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. ' Seismic shear values for threaded rod determined by V„,,,,,,,,-0.70 V,,,,,d. ' See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed.17 for additional information on seismic applications. 6 July2018 Drop-in anchor HDI-P TZ technical supplement Table 8-Design information,Hilti HDI-P TZ,in accordance with CSA A23.3-14' 1+1 Nominal anchor size/internal thread dia.(in) Ref Setting information Symbol Unit 3/8 CSA A23.3-14 Anchor O.D. d in. 0.561 (mm) (14.25) Effective embedment h., (in) (39) Steel embed.material resistance factor for reinforcement Ns - 0.85 8.4.3 Resistance modification factor for tension,steel failure modes 2•' R,,a - 0.70 D.5.3 b) Min.specified yield strength fr, Psi 70,400 (N/mm') (484) Min.specified ultimate strength f"a psi 8(N/mm� (8,000 05) Effective-cross sectional steel area in tension A„" ln' 5(mm� (4(45.8.8) Factored steel resistance in tension° N„ lb 6,250 D.6.1.2 (kN) (27.8) Eq.D.2 Concrete material resistance factor (Po - 0.65 8.4.2 Anchor category - - 1 D.5.3 c) Resistance modification factor for tension,concrete failure 3 R,,n - 0.60 Coeff.for factored conc.breakout resistance,uncracked concrete in-lb 24 k`""" (SI) (10.0) D.6.22 Coeff.for factored conc.breakout resistance,cracked concrete in-lb 17 �.or (SI) (7•1) D.6.2.2 Modification factor for anchor resistance,tension,uncracked conc.s W=,a - 1.0 D.6.2.6 Critical edge distance c in. 6 B0 (mm) (152) Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa uncracked concretes Np,,,,,,, lb(IN) N/A D.6.3.2 lb 495 Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concrete' Norc (kN) (2.2) D.6.3.2 lb 0 Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concrete,seismic' Ne„7 (kN) (2 D.6.3.2 Resistance modification factor for shear,steel failure modes ZZ' Roy - 0.65 D.5.3 b) Factored steel resistance in shear 7 V„ lb 975 D7.1.2 (kN) (4.3) Factored steel resistance in shear,seismic 7 V °a lb 975 „ (kN) (4.3) Resistance modification factor for shear,concrete failure modes' Rev - 0.70 Coefficient for pryout resistance kip - 1.0 D.7.3 Design information is taken from ICC.ES ESR-4236,dated July 2018,table 2,and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. The HDI-P TZ is considered a brittle steel element as defined by CSA A23.3-14 Annex D Section D.2. All values of R are applicable with the load combinations of CSA A23.3.14 Chapter 8.For concrete failure modes,no increase for Condition A is permitted. N,,,=N„9,fl. where N„tabular value above is precalculated from A,,,,f,,,. For all design cases,4,,,x=1.0. The appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete(k,F,)or uncracked concrete(k,,,,,,)must be used. ° For all design cases,yr„=1.0. Tabular value for pullout resistance is fora concrete compressive strength of 20 MPa(2.900 psi).Pullout resistance for concrete compressive strength greater than 20 MPa(2,900 psi)may be increased by multiplying the tabular pullout resistance by(f,/20)°"for MPa or(r,/2,900)o.a'for psi.NA(not applicable)denotes that pullout strength does not need to be considered for design. Shear and seismic shear tests are all performed in cracked concrete member per ICC-ES AC193 section 9.4 and 9.6 respectively.Value of V„c„,<0.6 A,,,v f„"for all cases.Multiply V,°tabular value above by ip,R,v to get V„,and V,,,,„. July 2018 FIl`Tl Table 9-Steel design information for inserted threaded rod,in accordance with CSA A23.3-14' 1+1 Nominal anchor size/internal thread dia.(in) Setting information Symbol Unit 3/8 Nominal rod diameter d,,, in. 0.375 Steel embed.material resistance factor for reinforcement tp; - 0.85 Resistance modification factor for tension,steel failure modes 2 R,N - 0.80 psi 58,000 Min.specified ult.strength fN, (Mpa) (400) in., 0.0775 Rod effective cross-sectional area f4w.v, (mm') (50) lb 4,495 Factored steel resistance in tension ASTM A36 steel material' N„,qd (kN) (20.0) lb 4,495 Factored steel resistance in tension,seismic ASTM A36 steel material' Nse,,od,ro (kN) (20.0) Resistance modification factor for steel in shear ASTM A36 steel material' Rw,„d,v - 0.75 lb 2,695 Factored steel resistance in shear ASTM A36 steel material° V,,,m (kN) (12.0) lb 1,885 Factored steel resistance,seismic ASTM A36 steel material, V„a,.,n (kN) (8,4) ' Values provided for steel element material types,or equivalent,based on minimum specified strengths end calculated in accordance with GSA A23.3 14 Eq.D.2 and Eq.D.30,as applicable. ' All values of R are applicable with the load combinations of GSA A23.3-14 Chapter 8.Values correspond to a ductile steel element. ' N..,.a,pq=N.,.aa.,W.R,,,,where N..,,,,tabular value above is precalculated from A,,,,,,f,,,. N.,shall be the lower of N.,,,,or N,,,,,,o,arz for static steel strength in tension;for seismic loads, N.,..shall be the lower of N,,,,,,R.or N,,,,q,HDI-P TZ. " V,,,,,,1eq,=V,,,,,,,e W,R,,,,where V,,,,,tabular value above is precalculated from 0.6 A,,,.f,„„and V,,,,,,,,must be taken as 0.7 V,,,,,• V,„shall be the lower of V,,,a,or V,,,,,,-crz for static steel strength in tension;for seismic loading,V,,,,,shall be the lower of V,,,,,,rod or V,,,,,,,,,.rrz. .. 8 July 2018 ,■■„�IT, In the US: In Canada: Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) Hilti (Canada) Corporation 7250 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1000, Plano, TX 75024 2360 Meadowpine Blvd. Customer Service: 1-800-879-8000 Mississaugua, Ontario, L5N 682 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 Customer Service: 1-800-363-4458 Fax: 1-800-879-7000 Fax: 1-800-363-4459 www.hilti.com www.hilti.ca Certified Quality and Environmental Systems Hilti is an equal opportunity employer. Hilti is a registered trademark of Hilti, Corp. -- o ISO 9001/ISO 14001' ©Copyright 2018 by Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) Reg.No.12455-02 ISO 14001 US only The data contained is this literature was current as of the date of publication. Updates and changes may be made based on later testing. If verification is needed that the data is still current, please contact Hilti Technical Support Specialists at 1-800-879-8000. All published load values contained in this literature represent the results of testing by Hilti or test organizations. Local base materials were used. Because of variations in materials, on-site testing is necessary to determine performance at any specific site. Laser beams represented by red lines in this publication. Printed in the United States. imilli`Ti Product Information High performance intumescent ! I 1 I ill firestop sealant II li FS—ONE MAX Product description / ■ Intumescent(expands when exposed to fire)firestop sealant that helps protect combustible and non-combustible penetrations for up to 4 hours fire rating / Applications / // • Effectively seals most common through penetrations in a variety of 1 base materials ■ For use on concrete,masonry and drywall ```,, • Mixed and multiple penetrations , ■ Metal pipe penetrations • Insulated metal pipe penetrations • Plastic pipe penetrations 1 " ° • Cable bundles and trays "` II HVAC penetrations I ' �7 Advantages ■ One product for a variety of common through penetrations Technical Data' • Cost-effective and easy-to-use solution Chemical basis Water-based acrylic dispersion • Water-based and paintable Color Red • W-rated systems available Application temperature 41°F to 104°F ■ Ethylene glycol-free Storage and transportation range 41°F to 77°F • Industry leading VOC results Approx.cure time e 4 rem/3 days • Convenient multi application firestop solution for penetrations Shelf life 18 months" Temperature resistance range -4°F to 212°F Mold and mildew performance Class 0(ASTM G21-13) _ Mold and mildew resistant Yes Surface burning characteristics Flame Spread:0 (ASTM E 84.14) Smoke Development:10Approvals California State Fire Marshal-in progress Tested In accordance with ASTM G21 ASTM E 90 CAN/ULC-S115 UL 1479 ASTM E 814 ASTM E84 At 75"F(24'C)and 50%relative humidity "from date of manufacture CDFLUrIDTOirRVneAtE .FOSNEST GHPEfRTION FIRESTOPSYSTEMcW`SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY 4111 Mt enara rn�a.11aU 6EY7 APPROVED ,m,hixaystemaanpatiElawm. FBC i9 a trademark M the WMzd Corporation. hI III rated CO m a In E O Hilti. Outperform. Outlast. © © l Hilti,Inc.(USA)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca